Too long, too much padding. If I am going to watch a 49 minute video, it’s got to be packed with relevant information. There is so much information out there that creators/video makers are competing for our time and this video fails me after 1.39. I am sure there are some interesting points, but there is only so much time in a day and I could spend all my time watching videos and reading. This site alone can have 4/5 hours of video content per day. Praise be that some people make videos 10, 20, and 30 minutes long, but even these are often padded out.
Activisor
on September 12, 2020 at 9:32 am
Unless these revelations appear in the corporate media, the agenda will carry on. Switch off the BBC/Sky etc. and stop reading the daily broadsheets, and CV19 will disappear.
Americans may be overestimating their risk of contracting the novel coronavirus, a controversial new study from California suggests.
The team, from Stanford University and the University of California Los Angeles, says action from local and state governments, attention from the media, and the lack of feeling in control may be influencing the public’s perception of risk.
…they calculated the probability of contracting COVID-19, the disease caused by the virus, from someone who doesn’t know they have it, including a household member.
Results showed that, in these middle to large counties, the risk of infection is one per 3,836.
What’s more, this is when a person doesn’t practice social distance, doesn’t wear a mask and doesn’t have good hand hygiene.
For a person between ages 50 and 64, the odds of being hospitalized with the virus after having a single contact is one in 852,000.
The risk of fatality is even smaller. with people the same age having a one in 19.1 million chance of dying from COVID-19, based on rates seen in the final week of May.
Jahi sami
on September 12, 2020 at 12:39 pm
A crinimal investigation need to commence. Several political and governments official should be charge with MURDER. Or get rid of them.
Lance
on September 12, 2020 at 4:34 pm
Excellent video . By the way I love the peacocks- and could spend all day watching them and listening to this amusing and fearless commentary.
Craig Omanis
on September 12, 2020 at 6:08 pm
I knew Covid19 was a hoax in early April after listening to the “Perspectives on a Pandemic ” interview series, which featured John Ionnides, Knut Whitkowski, etc.
These scientists and others said that this virus was nothing to worry about and we should have just protected nursing home residents for a couple of months and that’s it.
If I could find this information so easily, then why are these politicians driving this so hard? They must be involved in a hoax knowingly, or utterly incompetent!
Craig Omanis
on September 12, 2020 at 6:11 pm
Knut Whitkowski also published a paper and a simple spreadsheet model to explain how lockdowns could work. He said beyond a month, lockdowns were not effective.
They told us they would flatten the curve to take load off hospitals. The hospitals were empty. They are lying so much.
Now the Washington Post is saying 13 million people would die in the US to reach herd immunity if the US lifted lockdowns.
Exaggerating viruses is terrorism.
Jim Crowstein
on September 12, 2020 at 7:19 pm
The first wave of covid was astonishingly weak and harmless, but the 2nd wave predicted by Fauci, Gates, and the UN may be deadly. Gates has dropped hints that the 2nd wave will be more serious.
The only way Fauci, Gates, WHO, and the UN can know there will be a 2nd wave is if they are among the people planning the 2nd wave. Right on cue, the Jews Media is talking up a 2nd wave of covid, now that autumn is about to start.
Part of the title for this Igan article is “Dissolve Your Government.” Covid is a pretext for lockdowns, social distancing, enforcing mad mask rules, and making people hate their governments so that they will want to Dissolve their Governments and subordinate them under the UN / Jew World Order / Bankster Jews. Covid is having the effect its planners intended by making goyim want to get rid of their governments.
Social distancing isn’t enforced against bankster funded riots, looting, burning, and destruction. But social distancing is enforced against churches, Christian activities, to prevent Christians from meeting, organizing, and forming resistance movements against this devilish covid scam.
Amber
on September 12, 2020 at 8:55 pm
Max Igan is brilliant. He hits the nail right on the head with everything he is saying. Listening to his every word is rich and his clips priceless. THANKS FOR BRINGING THIS TO US TRUTHSEEKER. Keep on bringing till victory.
Gwendolyn Manchester
on September 12, 2020 at 9:05 pm
USA, INC. DBA US “GOVERNMENT” IS SHEER FRAUD AND TAXATION IS UNMITIGATED THEFT
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT WAS DISSOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY IN THE YEAR 1933. AS SUCH, THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA “GOVERNMENT” EXISTS IN NAME ONLY AND IS IN FACT A PRIVATELY OWNED CORPORATION RUN SOLELY UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE PRIVATE BANKS AND CORPORATIONS AND THE UNITED NATIONS.
A FEW THOUGHTS OVER THE YEARS:
The United States INC. DBA the US “government” and all the career politicians/lifelong parasitic sycophants and the countless bureaucrat paper-shufflers/useful idiots within it’s many taxpayer-funded departments and agencies are actively engaged in an elaborate criminal conspiracy and all are engaged in criminal collusion with multiple private international banks and multiple private international corporations in cahoots with the UNITED NATIONS, which itself seeks to overtake the entire world in it’s fascist totalitarian global governance scheme.
These thoroughly illegal, in deed CRIMINAL collaborative entities have been actively engaged in all imaginable High Crimes including but not limited to Fraud, High Treason, Treachery; Embezzlement, Profiteering, Larceny; Slavery; Blackmail, Extortion, Bribery; Human Trafficking, Rape, Child Sex Slavery, Child Pornography, Child Trafficking, Murder; Human Organ harvesting and trafficking; Drug Trafficking, Money Laundering; Multiple Crimes Against Humanity; Domestic and International TERRORISM; Ongoing local and global GENOCIDE.
The de facto criminal corporation DBA the government of the United States of America along with it’s many tax-payer-funded departments and agencies’ government “officials,” both elected and/or appointed, have actively and deliberately been plotting to undermine the sovereignty of the United States and have been deliberately deceiving the American citizenry since it’s inception.
The U.S. [corporation] government’s insidious and strictly deliberate use of propaganda and propaganda tools, such as privately-owned media mouthpieces, compliant agency spokespersons and other willing quislings and covert agents do actively and constantly spread outright lies and deliberate misinformation and disinformation through it’s highly organized and directed propaganda outlets also known as the “mainstream media,” to completely stymy and utterly stupefy it’s own population, the taxpaying citizens.
The U.S. fully-kleptocratic (also narco) government is today and has been for at least multiple decades, engaged in all manners of thoroughly criminal activities, particularly by the highly contemplated and systematic use of countless choking bureaucratic agencies, including ALL schools, and also notable, the C.I.A.-controlled (Enemy-owned and -controlled) so-called Mass Media (see Operation Mockingbird, 1950’s), which is itself responsible for spreading constant repetitive LIES, half-truths, disinformation and misinformation through insidious and pernicious programs of brainwashing and mass mind control programming through use of pointed Propaganda confabulated by the devious criminals within this treasonous, traitorous, fraudulent, illegal and thus thoroughly illegitimate United States CORPORATION DBA US government.
These highly deliberate and elaborately deceptive programs have long ago been planned, devised and implemented with very specific goals in order to brainwash and thus control every facet of the United States citizenry and concurrently to conceal the multiple ongoing, vicious, genocidal, abhorrent, blatant and utterly flagrant crimes of this United States government.
The United States’ Central Intelligence Agency, the C.I.A., under the CROWN OF ENGLAND, for only ONE of literally innumerable other bureaucratic criminal agencies engaged in multiple ongoing criminal operations, is entirely funded by the taxpayers of the United States. The nefarious C.I.A. is a government-sponsored Global Terrorist Organization and is linked to many global networks that have long been actively engaged in highly illegal and treasonous operations including but not limited to subversion, collusion; extortion, blackmail, bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud; drug trafficking, money laundering, human trafficking, organ trafficking; war crimes, treachery, treason; multiple foreign and domestic coups d’etat; multiple domestic and foreign assassinations; and countless myriad other activities, all highly illegal and all conducted in secrecy and without the knowledge or the consent of the taxpaying citizens of the United States of America.
We the People of the United States do hereby demand the full and complete DISASSEMBLY of this ENTIRE United States government including ALL government departments and agencies.
Further, all heretofore “public servants”/”employees” and “appointees” of this LIE, this FAKE nation DBA the United States of America, are to be held to full account through the thorough and rigorous investigations which lead to full disclosure of all to the U.S. citizenry.
We the Taxpaying citizen/victims of this CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE, this murderous criminal racket, the USA, WE demand forthwith indictments, arrests, post-haste legal proceedings in public trials, within the NEW COURTS OF LAW, of all heretofore employees/public servants within each and every branch, each and every department, each and every agency within and of this criminal enterprise, USA, INC. DBA the U. S. “government.”
Public Trials and/or Public Tribunals of ALL heretofore government employees, including the entire so-called Military Industrial Apparatus; Thorough prosecutions of every heretofore public employee; the most severe punitive measures to be meted out to each and every one found guilty of any and all crimes against the taxpaying citizens of the United States; the full and immediate forfeiture and full and immediate seizure of all ill-gotten gains, i.e. everything; Lastly, severe terms of imprisonment and/or exile of any and all guilty parties within this illegal United States government, as strictly determined by the newly-instated U. S. citizens’ Courts of Law and/or Public Tribunals.
Last, We the People of the United States of America do hereby demand forthwith full retribution to be paid by all those whom are determined guilty of any and all of these most egregious crimes and henceforth, full reparations and full compensation for first, all citizens of the United States, and second, all other affected citizens around the world.
Across this entire country, in every single town, city, county, these arrogant and controlling wastrels do absolutely NOTHING BUT STEAL every last nickel of our hard-earned money, our hard-earned tax dollars, all straight into their own filthy pockets!! YES…Just like pouring our tax dollars all down a RAT HOLE!!! AND THEY ARE WORKING ON BEHALF OF PURE EVIL.
As these LIARS, THESE ACTORS, these self-important, self-serving, self-aggrandizing, narcissist-FREAKS shovel ALL OUR MONEY down their own wide-open filthy throats, ever increasing their disgustingly disgraceful astronomical salaries for doing NOTHING but RAPING THE TAXPAYER, keep the underlings busy with idiotic paper shuffling all whilst listening to their own RAP JIVE, with their big loud TRAPS constantly YAWNING WIDE OPEN talking their garbage NONSENSE in order to SUBVERT and DESTROY this country on behalf of EVIL…All for filthy lucre and junk trinkets.
These little tyrant-sycophants are VERMIN and are much, much worse than useless–they are in FACT and IN DEED DANGEROUS AND VERY, VERY EVIL DICTATORS.
FURTHER, they own the millions upon millions of thoroughly brainwashed, mind-controlled lackey-flunky bureaucrats, police, and the enormous military operatives who only mindlessly FOLLOW ORDERS. They all YAP back and forth incessantly to DUPE YOU.
Yes, there are MILLIONS of THEM…THEY who only serve themselves and in propping up this thoroughly criminal enterprise, this corporate BEAST called America, wasting our precious resources decade after decade, heavily employing their very own “USEFUL IDIOTS” as STALIN coined the term, all whilst ruining entirely every single thing they can get their filthy greedy dirty mitts on…AND THOSE AT THE TOP KNOW EXACTLY WHAT THEY ARE DOING.
As the underlings shuffle, shuffle and shuffle again stupid worthless documents, PRODUCING NOTHING BUT DESTRUCTION AND EVIL, bankrupting all of US, the actual working [stiff] TAX PAYERS.
They should ALL BE PUT INTO PRISON FOR LIFE!!! This entire FAILED “NATION,” which is in FACT actually a CORPORATION, America, INC., is a total DISGRACE and a criminal TRAVESTY.
GO SEE your local CAFR Comprehensive Annual Financial Report for ONE.
Subject: TRUTH????
DO YOU WANT THE TRUTH????
USA, INC. IS A COMPLETE AND TOTAL FRAUD AND TAXATION IS UNMITIGATED THEFT
Democrats and Republicans are the exact selfsame BEAST that together, decade after decade, play the same old Dog and Pony Show to prop up the STATUS QUO.
U.S. KLEPTOCRACY: RULED BY THIEVES
The UNITED STATES OF AMERICA IS A CORPORATION, NOT A NATION (SEE YOUR LOCAL C.A.F.R., THE COMPREHENSIVE ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT, FOR ONE…
And, um, “THEY” themselves comprise the STATUS QUO. OH!! Along with the United Nations together with the global banking cartels and global corporations in which they work on behalf.
This is a thoroughly failed, thoroughly corrupt and totally criminal system.
Have you really not noticed the ENORMOUS transfers of Wealth???? And the total destruction of the Middle Class???? Americans Bankrupted by GENOCIDAL health Care every DAY??? U.S. DEBT at $19 TRILLION and counting???? Student DEBT at 1.3 TRILLION DOLLARS????
Do you LIKE DEBT???
Another thing, do you know that the peak of U.S. “wages” was way back in 1968 and wages have ACTUALLY been going DOWN for FIFTY YEARS. QUI BONO??? YOU???
I don’t think so, dearie.
QUI BONO???? WHO WINS??? WHO LOSES????
So consider yourself TOLD that both sham-parties, working in tandem, do represent SOLELY and DE FACTO the UN, the Global Corporate and Banking Cartel Interests and the perpetual furtherance thereof and the ghastly wealth therein;
A MESSAGE TO ALL AMERICANS
(NOVEMBER 12TH 2016)
YOU ARE BEING DECEIVED!!!!!
I HAVE SOME NEWS FOR ALL OF YOU, ESPECIALLY THE YOUTH:
FROM THE CLINTONS TO THE TRUMPS TO THE BUSH CLAN–ALL OF THEM…”THEY” ARE ALL IN “THIS” TOGETHER, WORKING IN TANDEM, DECADE AFTER DECADE, TO DESTROY AMERICA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UNITED NATIONS AGENDA 21/AGENDA 2030.
MARK MY WORDS. LOOK HOW FAR THEY’VE ALREADY COME!!
I ADVISE YOU ALL TO DO YOUR DUE DILIGENCE BECAUSE THESE FARCE “ELECTIONS” DO NOT MATTER ONE WIT. “THEY” CAN AND THEY WILL DO WHATEVER THEY WANT TO DO…AND THEY ALWAYS HAVE.
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT IS NOT AT ALL–IN ANY WAY, SHAPE OR FORM–“OURS” TO CAST A VOTE IN THE FIRST PLACE; IT IS A JOKE AND THEY LAUGH AT US ALL DAY LONG.
A FULL-SPECTRUM CORPORATE COUP D’ETAT HAS LONG AGO BEEN ACHIEVED AND THOROUGHLY.
WE ARE LIVING IN ABSOLUTE LAWLESSNESS AND THE EXACT PLANNED RELENTLESS CHAOS ENSUES, THAT WHICH THEY THEMSELVES CREATE AGAIN AND AGAIN AND FOMENT REPEATEDLY TO PUT THE PEOPLE IN CONSTANT FEAR AND DIVISION.
THERE ARE NO “NEGOTIATIONS” TO BE HAD!!
THIS GOVERNMENT IS NOT LEGITIMATE!!
IN FACT AND IN DEED THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT, INCORPORATED, HAS BEEN THE MOST ENORMOUS FRAUD THAT HAS EVER BEEN PERPETRATED ON ANY PEOPLE IN HISTORY THAT I KNOW.
THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT IS 100% ILLEGAL, AS PER THE U.S. CONSTITUTION, WHICH BURNS IN BROAD DAYLIGHT ON A FUNERAL PYRE FOR ALL TO SEE IF ONLY THEY’D LOOK.
FOR YOUR DUE DILIGENCE, PLEASE RESEARCH THE FOLLOWING AND DO NOT STOP UNTIL YOU SEE THAT ABSOLUTELY NOTHING IS AN “ACCIDENT.”
THE SEPTEMBER 11TH 2001 COUP D’ETAT;
THE SO-CALLED NEW WORLD ORDER AND THE UNITED NATIONS’ RESPECTIVE ROLE;
THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE TRILATERAL COMMISSION, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE BILDERBERG GROUP, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND (IMF) AND THE WORLD BANK AND THEIR ROLES;
BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS (BIS) AND ITS MEMBERS AND HISTORY
THE ROTHSCHILDS DYNASTY AS IT RELATES TO AMERICA AND THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANKING “SYSTEM”
THE ROCKEFELLERS AND ROTHSCHILDS ET AL VIS-A-VIS THE GLOBAL MONETARY SYSTEM;
HINT: SEE THE ROTHSCHILDS, THE ROYALS OF EUROPE, ALL U.S. PRESIDENTS WITH THE POSSIBLE EXCEPTION OF JFK (LOOK WHAT HAPPENED TO HIM!!!)
HINT: SEE LUCIFERIAN FREEMASON ALBERT PIKE’S LETTER TO MAZZINI REGARDING THE THREE WORLD WARS
HINT: SEE THE INTENTIONAL CREATION OF THE MUSLIMS, THE NAZIS ET AL
AND DO NOT STOP THERE!!!
YOU SHOULD THEN THOROUGHLY RESEARCH FREEMASONRY AND IT’S HISTORY AND YES THE SO-CALLED ILLUMINATI; SEE ALL SECRET SOCIETIES SUCH AS SKULL AND BONES AT YALE; RHODES, FULBRIGHT ET AL;
DO NOT STOP THERE!!!
TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE, FRANKFURT SCHOOL, THE FABIAN SOCIETY
THEN THOROUGHLY RESEARCH MASS MIND CONTROL, MASS BRAINWASHING VIA PROJECT PAPERCLIP AND THE CIA;
PROJECT ARTICHOKE, PROJECT PANDORA, PROJECT MONARCH, PROJECT MK-NAOMI, PROJECT OFTEN, ETC., ETC., ETC. AD NAUSEUM; MK ULTRA TRAUMA-BASED MIND CONTROL, ETC, ETC, ETC. AD NAUSEUM
YOU ARE BEING DECEIVED!!!!!
(AND P^ is IN IN FACT AND IN DEED REAL!!!!)
MULTI-GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND CONTROL PROGRAMMING
INTENSIVE GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING AND USE OF “RACE” AS A TACTIC IN DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY
TACTICS IN THE DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY (KNOW WHAT THEY’VE ACCOMPLISHED!!)
BRAINWASHING and MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING:
All wings of the private-corporate-owned and -controlled media, under the dictates of the UNITED NATIONS and all others complicit (such as the CIA) under the long-term program named Operation Mockingbird that seized total control of the U.S. media in the 1950s, has successfully and utterly brainwashed and mind-control programmed entire generations of unwitting Americans.
Through use of all forms of media, the carefully orchestrated and directed propaganda campaigns (SEE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE, FRANKFURT SCHOOL, THE FABIAN SOCIETY) incessantly stream highly-contemplated and very specifically-focused confabulations consisting of a combination of total LIES, half-truths, every possible form of distortion, misinformation, disinformation; All is fed directly into the minds and consciousness of a mostly unwitting [HYPNOTIZED] television-addicted American populace.
The diabolical, pernicious and thoroughly calculated propaganda campaigns, serve as a very successful tool in a veritable arsenal of tools used to DIVIDE and CONQUER this population. AND THEN TO GENOCIDE US, WHICH IS PRECISELY WHAT THEY ARE DOING NOW.
One of the most effective of the divide and conquer tactics is the intentionally created “racial division.”
The enemy has instrumentally used this particularly wicked LIE for centuries specifically in order to cause DIVISION: DIVIDE and CONQUER.
The enemy’s use of “race” baiting, always along with the careful use of media, has served and still does today serve the enemy very well. In fact and indeed twas the enemy who invented and concocted the entire layout including the very notion of “race” and all the concocted concepts and insidious precepts associated with so-termed “race,” causing entire swaths of people to hate each other, believe lies of the enemy and cause them to fight and even kill each other.
The enemy has used their own invention called “RACE” a priori to accomplish precisely what they have already accomplished on a huge scale heretofore, and what we are witnessing today. ALL Racial division was deviously invented, systematically created, craftily devised and then implemented in every conceivable way and HERE WE ARE.
KNOW YOUR ENEMY:
The enemy did concoct every bit of theretofore non-existent animosity based on ethnicity, carefully stirring and intentionally fomenting “racial” rather CIVIL strife by creating obvious inequality and wicked injustice and then using the thereby spawned animosity and hatred that did NOT exist before, all imaginable divisions included, contrived racial superiority or inferiority complexes and incite civil strife often ending in riots and death. There are NO ACCIDENTS.
MORE ON BRAINWASHING
Brainwashing through [State] Propaganda uses all techniques, all tactics. A most effective one is the sheer fear tactics; Communism, Socialism, Terrorism; We are all force-fed outright LIES, for very specific results, from the cradle to the grave.
(US against THEM = Divide and Conquer [tactic])
There are entire manuals and playbooks on How to BRAINWASH and Control an Entire Society. See one titled PROPAGANDA written by Edward Bernays in the 1920s; He was the nephew of Kabbalist Sigmund Freud.
One Example, have you ever noticed that there are a dizzying, indeed countless, number of…”groups of people?”
In the last decade, I noticed a new onslaught: Millions of new 501(c)(3)s, many thoroughly fraudulent.
(WEDGE ISSUES = Divide and Conquer)
Have you noticed that these same “groups,” fight vehemently amongst themselves and, most curiously, directly against themselves and their own self interests?
Whether members of these groups are genuine in their profound ignorance; or whether the groups were deliberately created to further spread misinformation and lies, so as to stupefy the populace…
It works in that the desired result is the same:
Significant confusion; convolution; Infighting and pitted fights; It leaves many in in a state of fear or hate; That too is deliberate.
Divide and Conquer.
So!! These same exact hand-selected “issues” are also bandied about, in and on, all forms of media, non-stop, 24/7; The same incessant, irritating high hum of blathering morons on radio; the same empty headed television hosts who I now suspect are hired based solely on either 1. a very low IQ score; or 2. a fundamental ignorance so deep that it cannot ever be challenged. Or they simply CHOOSE TO WORK ON BEHALF OF EVIL.
So!! WHO is it exactly that calls the shots?
Who does hand-pick and then place STUPID CONTRIVED “issues” under the collective noses of the stymied-electorate?
And THEN there IS the OTHER SIDE:
The Stymied-Electorate needs to answer this:
So, who is it that, just like Pavlov’s Dog, decade after decade, who casts their vote each and every time there comes a ballot for the candidates presented?
So then, do any of us even wonder such things as:
WHO in HELL is THIS???
FROM WHERE in HELL did they COME?
And AT WHOSE BEHEST?
Subject: FILTHY PARASITIC LITTLE HACKS…LACKEYS…FLUNKIES…STOOGES…STUPID BUREAUCRATS…USEFUL IDIOTS…
AMERICA IS KAPUT
Today, most of our U. S. population are:
1.) Serving in the vast U. S. military WAR APPARATUS as thoroughly mind-controlled minions, solely for the War Profiteers’ interests, and directly against their own and our interests, i.e the interests of the United States’ taxpayers and the very sovereignty of the U.S.; or
2.) Working within this unwieldy beast government as corporate bureaucrats and technocrats, a.k.a. USEFUL IDIOTS; or
3.) Paid protesters/demonstrators who work directly for the outright enemies of the state such as George Soros and the like; or
4.) Paper-shufflers in subversive and thoroughly fraudulent 501 (c)(3)’s and (4)s
5.) Minimum-wage debt slaves in low-paying thankless jobs in the “service” industry
6.) Unemployed, homeless, bankrupt
OR
7.) “WORKING” SHUFFLING PAPERS AND PASSING EGREGIOUS DEATH-KNELL LEGISLATION (AND POCKETING HUGE SALARIES CONSISTING OF OUR HARD-EARNED TAX DOLLARS) AS THE MILLIONS OF PARASITIC LITTLE “USEFUL IDIOT” BUREAUCRATS BLEEDING US DRY AND CLOGGING UP THIS FILTHY JOKE OF A “GOVERNMENT,” THIS UNWIELDY CORPORATE BEAST, USA, INC.
*NOTE: NOT A SINGLE ONE OF THESE UNCONSCIONABLE DO-NOTHING LITTLE HACKS, EVERYONE OF THEM WORTHLESS LITTLE LACKEY-FLUNKIES, NOT ONE HAS EVER STEPPED DOWN OR RESIGNED IN PROTEST!!!! THEY ALL GET PAID VERY WELL IN DEED!!!
I recently contacted the New York Office of the Iraq Veterans Against War to ask just what they’ve accomplished and the woman on the phone told me that they just handed in more papers…to the office of COMMUNIST Bernie Sanders!!! In other words they do nothing but…shuffle papers!!! that wind up in the trashcan and they waste precious time and worthless money engaged in pointlessness with the enemies. And they do it all for a filthy paycheck.
There is not one single person within this enormous beast, this corporate state, that works on OUR, the taxpayers’, behalf!! NOT A SINGLE ONE. And by the way, Bernie Sanders is and always has been a filthy, dirty SHILL who has always voted FOR every WAR imaginable; AND he is a Marxist COMMUNIST. Feh.
COMMUNIST TRAITOR Bernie Sanders has and does continue to prop up and keep indefinitely, the STATUS QUO, this “SYSTEM”!!!
SANDERS IS, of course, THE STATUS QUO.
WORDS ARE CHEAP, MEANINGLESS and WORDS DO NOTHING!!!
Look where SANDER’S along with the whole rotten lot of these LIFELONG PARASITE KLEPTOCRATS… LOOK TODAY at where THEY have brought US!!!!!! We the TAXPAYERS!!!!!!
What ON EARTH DON’T you SEE?? Can you THINK AT ALL?????? Is it the FLUORIDE??? THE VACCINES????
This, DEAR ONES, is a TOTALLY FAILED STATE!!! A CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE!!!!
And THEY are ROBBING US BLIND!!!!!
So to the diehards, let me break this to y’all:
Bernie Sanders, just as with the rest of these unconscionable psychopaths, is and always has been a complete FRAUD.
He has never worked a real job in his entire feckless, freeloading lifetime, always living off of WE the TAXPAYERS without lifting a finger.
Words are cheap, meaningless and totally worthless, as Sanders and his many stupid cohorts within this detestable and criminal government so clearly demonstrate over and over, again and again. Wake up America.
SEE Sanders’ ACTUAL VOTING RECORD DAMMIT!!!
Sanders voted for the ACA, which is bankrupting everyone in this Godforsaken country!! What does THAT tell you people?
SANDERS supports CLINTON!! What on earth does THAT say?
SANDERS has ALWAYS, again and again, voted for U.S. WARS of AGGRESSION.
Bernie Sanders is and always has been a POLITICIAN, no different than any other.
JUST BECAUSE HE SAYS “Civil Rights” blah, blah, blah, BLEH.
Look where his lifelong career has gotten US!!!
QUI BONO??? Who benefits from this “system???” YOU??
Well, Sanders certainly benefits!! After all, HE gets lifelong FREE health care ON OUR BACKS, as they DENY WE the TAXPAYERS the SAME…And Sanders now has THREE HOMES!!
THREE HOMES????FEH!!
So um, where has this Bernie Sanders person BEEN all these years…living for free off of US… and what has he ACTUALLY accomplished???
Well!! If anyone here would bother to look at Bernie Sanders’ actual voting record then you’d all find out that Sanders has voted FOR WAR REPEATEDLY. In fact and in deed, Sanders is another duplicitous WAR MONGER AND he is COMPLICIT in the ISRAELI ZIONIST GENOCIDE of PALESTINIANS, and the AFGHANISTAN WAR…And too many other outrageous and CRIMINAL positions, stances and votes to enumerate.
Bernie Sanders, in a long line of WRETCHED, ROTTEN, FILTHY, LYING SWINE lining up at the trough, is a lifelong career politician. PERIOD.
He has never worked a day in his wretched life and HE is just as much part of this SICK “PROBLEM,” also known as “AMERICA,” and he is just as dangerous, just as useless and will and always has continued to sell us all out in a heartbeat. Any hack in this illegitimate government can…You too, Bernie Sanders.
The fact is that a great many fellow people here in America have been and still are so thoroughly deceived and so totally brainwashed by the incessant lies, disinformation and misinformation; And by the deliberate Trauma-based mind control by our own government (and it’s many satanic agencies and military) that our people can no longer think at all. Nor can they even discern fact from opinion. (See Hegelian Dialectic for one)
CIA MK Ultra Trauma-based Mind Control, Mass brainwashing, ETC.
Our U. S. government’s deliberate use, over quite a few decades, of intense, cradle-to-grave mass brainwashing via constant streams of PURE PROPAGANDA; CONSTANT LIES; A veritable plethora of horrid and unimaginably INHUMAN “techniques”–including MASS POISONING, such as dumping toxic Fluoride into our ENTIRE U. S. water supply–I do contend that Americans are so goddamned [STUPID] dumbed down, and so unforgivably unfeeling…because they’ve [UNWITTINGLY] been conditioned to be DOCILE due to being subjected to all of the brainwashing TV etc., and especially by the deliberate use of the CIA’s long-endeavored upon the public, HIDEOUS MK Ultra Trauma-based Mind Control.
PLEASE KNOW THIS!!! Many, MANY Americans can no longer think AT ALL!!
YOU, MY COMPATRIOTS, HAVE ALL BEEN LIED TO ABOUT EVERYTHING!!!!! EVERYTHING YOU’VE EVER BEEN TOLD IS AN OUTRIGHT LIE!!! AMERICA ITSELF IS ONE GIGANTIC LIE!!!!!
Anyway, I think that this mass intensive brainwashing and mass conditioning, over generations now, has lead to and indeed is THE MAIN REASON that so many Americans DO NOT respond to any Atrocities…AT ALL. And Abortion is murder and atrocity too. We ALL have been led to believe that fetuses are not really human. These are LIES!!
SORRY.
“The Corporate Person”
First Off, A Quote:
What a majority of the electorate…fails to understand is where we really are: owned and operated by [privately-owned] multinational corporations that hold absolutely NO allegiance to any nation, Constitution or system of moral authority.
[Private] Corporations who pick our leaders, buy our representatives, count our votes without oversight or confirmation, taint [POISON] our food and foul [POISON] our water and air, sicken our workers and benefit from their deaths. The [private] corporations’ allegiance is only to money; nothing else. They pay little or no taxes, yet they impose policy and write laws to limit our power and unleash theirs.” (Griffon)
ALL has been designed to and is used in order to obfuscate what our government is actually doing; If the population bickers about nonsense, any knowledge, Any awareness of the so-called Leaders’ actual policies and Laws that have been passed behind the backs of nearly all US citizens. Laws designed to ensure…Profit.
I despise Trickery in all forms; U.S. Government Propaganda is Nothing but Outright Lies and Total Deceit; Treachery and Treason; Bribery and Extortion; Theft and Fraud; Hypocrisy and MORE LIES. And More WAR.
I disagree with the vast network of other U.S. Tools used, such as the IMF and the World Bank; All Tools designed, formed and implemented SOLELY to impudently STEAL the resources of other presumably sovereign nations.
I disagree with any government that so blatantly represents the War Interests, Banking Interests, Corporate Interests and the appalling and ghastly wealth therein;
I disagree with Any Person, Any Group of Persons; Any who Represent Interests Above, Over, and in direct Opposition to the interests of the Common Good, ALL the people; “We the People,” the Tax-paying citizens of the United States; The Un-Represented; The Under-represented. That’s US indeed.
It is simply criminal and totally contemptible how any government “employees” PUBLIC SERVANTS??? are conducting themselves.
And let us remember the fact that these “employees” are there ONLY to represent OUR interests; The interests of the Common Good; The interests of the United States’ Citizenry. The TAXPAYERS.
These government agencies and the elected workers within them are decidedly NOT elected to be mere props who LIE to the citizens. And who represent, de facto, the Corporate interests. AND THE UNITED NATIONS AGENDA 21.
It is MOST egregious, indeed, that ANY government would represent, to the point of collaboration, Wealthy Corporations directly at the Enormous expense {THEFT] of the average U.S. Citizen, not to mention the poor, the needy, the elderly, the working-poor, the disabled and the obliterated Middle-Class-Cum-Slave-Class.
The facts, however, remain. The sole function, the Raison D’être, for every form of government is to represent the common interest of the electorate.
Therefore, it is indeed AMORAL, IMMORAL…utterly unconscionable…AND HIGHLY ILLEGAL what government “officials” (PUBLIC SERVANTS???) are in FACT doing to…WE THE PEOPLE, the very ones who’ve apparently been naive enough to have entrusted these “people” in OUR Government to “DO THE RIGHT THING.”
America is in no way, shape or form “civilized;” America is One Gigantic, Laughable LIE and I will no longer support or endorse such a disgracefully corrupt CRIMINAL CABAL.
Below is a letter I wrote in or around 2015:
My solution is as follows, but requires action of all citizens:
Peaceful, non-violent demonstrations EN MASSE to DEMAND that each member, in each branch of this government, vacate their positions at once.
Here is a sample letter to government representatives stating intent:
Letter to Representative Lois Capps, D-CA
Ms. Capps, You are included in the following statement, by your abject incompetence; your total refusal to address the systemic failure of this government; and your total and willful ignorance of any and all real issues, along with your continued insistence on focusing instead on trifling, insignificant non-issues.
Thus, Ms. Capps, you are very much a part of the problem:
It is abundantly clear that the U.S. government, including the entire Congress, the entire “Judicial” system, and all other government agencies that clearly do not represent “We the People.” In fact, the U.S. government is wholly owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the Corporations, in cahoots with the Banks and the Wall Street Quislings, that have enthroned themselves to UnChecked POWER. This is known as Corporatism. Look it up for yourselves.
I am, therefore, calling for all of you, each and every other member of each and every branch of this horribly failing government; I am calling on YOU to remove yourselves at once, unceremoniously and without protest, from your career seats of total DISGRACE and thorough INJUSTICE.
Stop paying All taxes: Local, State, Federal
Stop paying All Bank Debt
Stop paying All “Insurance” companies
Withdraw All Monies from Insolvent Banks
Stop working for slave-wages
TOO LATE.
ROBIN HOOD TAX
A “Small Tax” on Wall Street, huh???
A “SMALL TAX???” They should ALL be taxed at 100%, smacked hard in the mouth, and then EXECUTED for Crimes against Humanity.
WHO ARE YOU KIDDING???
TOO LATE NOW!!
______________
Here is a bit of history on Corporations (including Banks) and how dangerous they always have been, still are and always will be:
“When American colonists declared independence from England in 1776, they also freed themselves from control by English corporations that extracted their wealth and dominated trade. After fighting a revolution to end this exploitation, our country’s founders retained a healthy fear of corporate power and wisely limited corporations exclusively to a business role. Corporations were forbidden from attempting to influence elections, public policy, and other realms of civic society.
Initially, the privilege of incorporation was granted selectively to enable activities that benefited the public, such as construction of roads or canals. Enabling shareholders to profit was seen as a means to that end.
The states also imposed conditions (some of which remain on the books, though unused) like these:
For 100 years after the American Revolution, legislators maintained tight controll of the corporate chartering process. Because of widespread public opposition, early legislators granted very few corporate charters, and only after debate. Citizens governed corporations by detailing operating conditions not just in charters but also in state constitutions and state laws. Incorporated businesses were prohibited from taking any action that legislators did not specifically allow.
States also limited corporate charters to a set number of years. Unless a legislature renewed an expiring charter, the corporation was dissolved and its assets were divided among shareholders. Citizen authority clauses limited capitalization, debts, land holdings, and sometimes, even profits. They required a company’s accounting books to be turned over to a legislature upon request. The power of large shareholders was limited by scaled voting, so that large and small investors had equal voting rights. Interlocking directorates were outlawed. Shareholders had the right to remove directors at will.
In Europe, charters protected directors and stockholders from liability for debts and harms caused by their corporations. American legislators explicitly rejected this corporate shield. The penalty for abuse or misuse of the charter was not a plea bargain and a fine, but dissolution of the corporation.
In 1819 the U.S. Supreme Court tried to strip states of this sovereign right by overruling a lower court’s decision that allowed New Hampshire to revoke a charter granted to Dartmouth College by King George III. The Court claimed that since the charter contained no revocation clause, it could not be withdrawn. The Supreme Court’s attack on state sovereignty outraged citizens. Laws were written or re-written and new state constitutional amendments passed to circumvent the Dartmouth ruling. Over several decades starting in 1844, nineteen states amended their constitutions to make corporate charters subject to alteration or revocation by their legislatures. As late as 1855 it seemed that the Supreme Court had gotten the people’s message when in Dodge v. Woolsey it reaffirmed state’s powers over “artificial bodies.”
But the men running corporations pressed on. Contests over charter were battles to control labor, resources, community rights, and political sovereignty. More and more frequently, corporations were abusing their charters to become conglomerates and trusts. They converted the nation’s resources and treasures into private fortunes, creating factory systems and company towns. Political power began flowing to absentee owners, rather than community-rooted enterprises.
The industrial age forced a nation of farmers to become wage earners, and they became fearful of unemployment–a new fear that corporations quickly learned to exploit. Company towns arose. and blacklists of labor organizers and workers who spoke up for their rights became common. When workers began to organize, industrialists and bankers hired private armies to keep them in line. They bought newspapers to paint businessmen as heroes and shape public opinion. Corporations bought state legislators, then announced legislators were corrupt and said that they used too much of the public’s resources to scrutinize every charter application and corporate operation.
Government spending during the Civil War brought these corporations fantastic wealth. Corporate executives paid “borers” to infest Congress and state capitals, bribing elected and appointed officials alike. They pried loose an avalanche of government financial largesse. During this time, legislators were persuaded to give corporations limited liability, decreased citizen authority over them, and extended durations of charters. Attempts were made to keep strong charter laws in place, but with the courts applying legal doctrines that made protection of corporations and corporate property the center of constitutional law, citizen sovereignty was undermined. As corporations grew stronger, government and the courts became easier prey. They freely reinterpreted the U.S. Constitution and transformed common law doctrines.
One of the most severe blows to citizen authority arose out of the 1886 Supreme Court case of Santa Clara County v. Southern Pacific Railroad. Though the court did not make a ruling on the question of “corporate personhood,” thanks to misleading notes of a clerk, the decision subsequently was used as precedent to hold that a corporation was a “natural person.”
From that point on, the 14th Amendment, enacted to protect rights of freed slaves, was used routinely to grant corporations constitutional “personhood.” Justices have since struck down hundreds of local, state and federal laws enacted to protect people from corporate harm based on this illegitimate premise. Armed with these “rights,” corporations increased control over resources, jobs, commerce, politicians, even judges and the law.
A United States Congressional committee concluded in 1941, “The principal instrument of the concentration of economic power and wealth has been the corporate charter with unlimited power….”
Corporate charters (licenses to exist) were granted for a limited time and could be revoked promptly for violating laws.
Corporations could engage only in activities necessary to fulfill their chartered purpose.
Corporations could not own stock in other corporations nor own any property that was not essential to fulfilling their chartered purpose.
Corporations were often terminated if they exceeded their authority or caused public harm.
Owners and managers were responsible for criminal acts committed on the job.
Corporations could not make any political or charitable contributions nor spend money to influence law-making.
________________
David DeGraw: The Economics of Revolution Peak Inequality: The .01% And The Impoverishment Of Society
David DeGraw
The Economics of Revolution
Peak Inequality: The .01% And The Impoverishment Of Society
August 18, 201438 minute read
This is an adapted excerpt from my new book, The Economics of Revolution.
I: The Ultra-Rich .01%
II: The Systematic Impoverishment of Society
III: Economic Slavery
IV: Hidden Wealth & Shadow Banking
V: The Aristocracy & The Death of Liberty
An extensive analysis of economic conditions and government policy reveals that the need for significant systemic change is now a mathematical fact. Corruption, greed and economic inequality have reached a peak tipping point. Due to the consolidation of wealth, the majority of the population cannot generate enough income to keep up with the cost of living. In the present economy, under current government policy, 70% of the population is now sentenced to an impoverished existence.
Let’s take an in-depth look at the evidence.
I: The Ultra-Rich .01%
To see how corrupt the United States government has become, just follow the money. According to the most recent Federal Reserve Flow of Funds report, US households currently have an all-time high $82 trillion in overall wealth. If that wealth were spread out evenly, every US household would now have $712k. However, as of the end of 2013, the median household only had $56k in wealth. From 2007 – 2013, overall wealth increased 26%, while the median household lost a shocking 43% of their wealth. If median wealth continues to decline at this rate, over 50% of US households will be bankrupt within the next decade.
The fact that the majority of households are losing so much wealth in a time of record-breaking overall wealth demonstrates how systemically corrupt the economy has become. To begin to grasp the scale of corruption, let’s analyze how much wealth has been consolidated within the economic top 1% of the population.
The latest comprehensive look at wealth distribution data reveals that the “ultra-rich†economic top 0.01% of US households now has an all-time high 11.1% of overall wealth. The next tier, the 0.1% – 0.99% has 10.4%, and the top 1% – 0.9% has 18.3%. In total, the top 1% now has an all-time high 39.8% of wealth.
When we correlate wealth distribution percentages with the $82 trillion in overall wealth reported by the Federal Reserve, it reveals that the top .01% has a stunning $9.1 trillion in wealth. In total, the top 1% has a mind-blowing $32.6 trillion.
To begin to comprehend wealth of this magnitude, one trillion is equal to 1000 billion. $32.6 trillion written out is $32,600,000,000,000.00.
Having that much wealth consolidated within a mere 1% of the population, while a record number of people toil in poverty and debt, is a crime against humanity. For example, it would only cost 0.5% of the 1%’s wealth to eliminate poverty nationwide. Also consider that at least 40% of the 1%’s accounted for wealth is sitting idle. That’s an astonishing $13 trillion in wealth hoarded away, unused.
Once you truly understand how much $32.6 trillion is, and realize how just a fraction of that wealth could dramatically evolve society for the benefit of all, the argument for significant systemic change is solid. However, as scandalous as these statistics are, they do not factor in trillions of dollars more in unaccounted for offshore wealth, which makes the overall situation sound significantly better than it actually is and hides the true depth of the crisis from popular consciousness. (We will analyze hidden wealth in section 4.)
Looking toward the future, current trends reveal that the rate in which inequality is growing is increasing rapidly. Overall wealth increased by $1.5 trillion in the first quarter of 2014. If wealth keeps increasing at the current rate, there will be an increase of $6 trillion in 2014. How will this wealth be distributed? If you look at income gains since 2009, 95% of them have gone to the top 1%.
We Are The 99.99%
There are now many people within the top 1% who are much closer in wealth to the middle class than they are the ultra-rich. Greed has grown so extreme that even within the top 1% inequality is soaring. The top 1% of the 1%, the .01%, now has 28% of the 1%’s wealth. When you factor in hidden wealth, they have an estimated 33% of the 1%’s wealth. An individual must have over $100 million in wealth to be in the .01%.
In 1980, the richest .01% was already consolidating wealth at a systemically unhealthy rate. Since then, they have more than quadrupled their share of overall wealth. Meanwhile, households who fall between the top 10% and the top 0.1% have actually been losing their share of overall wealth.
As the ultra-rich .01% amasses unprecedented wealth, they are forcing the overwhelming majority of the population into extreme economic insecurity and ever-increasing debt.
II: The Systematic Impoverishment of Society
If you are struggling to get by and running up debt to make ends meet, it is not your fault. It is the intentional outcome of government policy and economic central planning. In the present economy, it is impossible for 70% of the working age population to earn enough income to afford basic necessities, without taking on ever-increasing levels of debt, which they will never be able to pay back because there are not enough jobs that generate the necessary income to keep up with the cost of living.
For every 3.4 working age people, there is only one that can generate an income high enough to cover the cost of living without taking on debt. In total, only 20% of the overall population currently generates enough income to sustain the cost of living. As a result, poverty and declining living standards are much more prevalent throughout US society than the government and corporate media report. Let’s take a look at the reality behind mainstream propaganda…
The US Government & Statistical Fraud
The government engages in outright statistical fraud on the most often cited economic indicators, from the unemployment rate to poverty and inflation rates. Even the use of the Gross Domestic Product measurement as an indicator for overall economic health is incredibly deceptive.
The mainstream media not only incessantly repeats these bogus measurements, they drastically underreport the growing epidemic of poverty. According to a study by Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting, “on average, someone affected by poverty appeared on any nightly news show only once every 20 days…. An average of just 2.7 seconds per 22-minute nightly news program was devoted to segments where poverty was mentioned.â€
On the rare occasion when poverty is actually mentioned, the government’s Census Bureau poverty rate of 15% may be cited. When it comes to the overall employment situation, you will hear the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ unemployment rate, which is presently hovering around 6%. While these statistics are alarming, they drastically undercount the severity of the present crisis. Those two statistics are pure propaganda and mask the economic suffering of over 222 million US citizens.
Before analyzing the employment situation, let’s look at how the government calculates the poverty rate. The methodology behind the federal poverty rate was designed in 1963. It is incredibly outdated and significantly undercounts how much it costs to live in today’s economy. It uses the extremely flawed Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation rate to establish the poverty threshold. Many vital economic statistics that the government reports are based on this fraudulent inflation rate.
To give a more positive impression of overall economic health, the government has “revised†the methodology behind the CPI rate over 20 times since 1970. The CPI currently has inflation rising at a 2% annual rate. If inflation was calculated the way it was in 1980, the current rate would be 10%. When you take a deeper look into how this difference impacts vital economic statistics, it reveals a much different picture of the US economy.
Cost of Living
While the government claims a 2% annual inflation rate, the actual cost of living has been skyrocketing. Here’s the reality of the situation…
The US now has the most expensive healthcare system in the world. There has been a 22% increase in out-of-pocket hospital expenses over the past year. In the first quarter of 2014, healthcare spending rose at the fastest pace in 10 years. The cost of giving birth has tripled since 1996, childbirth out-of-pocket expenses increased fourfold from 2004 to 2010. The cost of childcare increased by 70% from 1985 to 2011. From 1994 to May 2014, the cost of childcare has been more than double the CPI inflation rate.
The overall cost of raising a child has risen 40% in the past decade, not counting the cost of college. Since 1986, the cost of college tuition has increased by 498 percent, compared to the 117% CPI inflation rate over that timeframe. Student loan debt has increased threefold over the last decade. The amount of money students are borrowing to pay tuition bills doubled from 2005 to 2012.
Looking at basic food costs, from 2002 to 2012, total CPI inflation was 28%. Consider the following price increases over that timeframe: Eggs 73%, Ground Beef 61%, Turkey 56%, White Bread 39%, Spaghetti & Macaroni 44%, Peanut Butter 40%, Coffee 90%, Orange Juice 46%, Apples 43%, Margarine 143%.
This dramatic rise in the basic cost of living, the amount of money that people need to survive, which is all but ignored by the CPI in the federal poverty threshold calculation, only reveals part of the government’s deception on poverty. Beyond the fraudulent inflation measurement, the Census Bureau does not adequately account for the differences in cost of living based on geographic locations. For instance, the cost of living in large population states like New York and California, as compared to the costs in more rural lower population Southern and Midwestern states.
When you realistically account for real inflation and geographically based cost of living, how much does it cost to cover basic necessities?
The Economic Policy Institute (EPI) has the most comprehensive look at the costs of living and how much money a family needs to cover basic necessities based on the city they live in. The EPI accounts for the costs of housing, food, healthcare, childcare, transportation and taxes. They do not factor in the costs of a college education or retirement.
Based on EPI calculations, a family of four needs to make $63,364 a year to cover basic necessities. Compare that to the government’s Census Bureau calculation using the CPI inflation rate and non-geographic accounting, which puts this threshold for a family of four at a mere $23,600.
In relation to the government’s poverty rate, the Economic Policy Institute’s numbers sound extremely high. However, they use very modest costs. For example, they use Topeka, Kansas as their median family budget area and calculate the cost of housing for a family of four at only $692 a month. When you analyze geographically based costs, you can see how expensive it is for a family to live in larger population cities:
New York HUD Metro FMR Area: $94,676
Los Angeles-Long Beach: $74,605
Chicago-Naperville-Joliet: $73,055
Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington: $77,928
Washington, DC: $89,643
San Francisco: $82,639
Phoenix: $68,742
San Diego-Carlsbad-San Marcos: $71,673
San Jose-Sunnyvale-Santa Clara: $77,619
To give more context, USA Today recently analyzed how much moderate costs of living for a family of four are today. They calculated that the average family needs to generate an annual income of $130k. Their estimate was more than double the median EPI cost of $63k, primarily because they factored in the costs of owning a home, one car, retirement and education.
Now, consider that the current annual median household income is only $51k per year. While overall wealth and the cost of living have skyrocketed, median household income has declined 8.3% since 2007 and 9% since 1999. To further demonstrate how dramatically the cost of living has truly risen since 2007, while median household income declined 8.3%, their overall wealth declined 43%.
For more historical context and to further demonstrate how corrupt the government and economic system have become; if household income had kept pace with the overall economy since 1970, the current annual median would be $95k, almost double what it presently is. On top of that, it was normal to have only one wage-earner per household in 1970, as compared to two now.
Extreme Poverty
If we look at the government poverty threshold for what it truly is, an indicator of extreme poverty, then it has a little more legitimacy. As the National Center for Children in Poverty reported on the government’s poverty threshold, “Research shows that, on average, families need an income of about twice that level to cover basic expenses.â€
When we count the percentage of the population at double the government’s poverty threshold as living in poverty, the poverty rate explodes from 15% of the population to 47%. Now you can see one of the reasons why the government falsifies the inflation rate. The government will not make this long overdue adjustment because that would mean they have to admit that 150 million people are currently living in poverty and simply cannot afford the cost of basic necessities.
According to the Census Bureau, 28% of children are now born into poverty. This marks a dramatic increase from an already alarming 25% in 2008. In total, the Census Bureau reports that 22% of children live in poverty. However, when we make the proper adjustments to the methodology of the poverty rate, an even more horrifying 45% of children live in poverty. That means there are currently 33,389,063 US children living in households that cannot afford basic necessities.
It would take only 0.3% of the 1%’s wealth to lift every one of these children out of poverty.
Overall, from 2000 to 2010 the Census Bureau found that the percentage of people living in poverty-stricken neighborhoods grew from 18.1% to 25.7%. Extrapolating out to today, we can estimate that 82 million people presently live in extreme poverty-stricken neighborhoods.
Extreme poverty-stricken neighborhoods can become a relic of the past with 0.5% of the 1%’s wealth.
For a deeper understanding of why poverty is growing so rapidly while overall wealth is also growing, let’s analyze the government’s fraudulent unemployment statistics.
Unemployment & Underemployment
Other than the deceptive poverty rate, unemployment is much worse than the 6% that the government reports. The 6% rate does not include part-time workers who need full-time work, long-term unemployed people who have not been able to find work for over six months, and “discouraged workers†who do not consistently look for work. When you account for those groups, as the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) did until 1994, the real unemployment rate is currently 23.2%.
For an example of how deceptive government unemployment reporting is, the BLS June 2014 jobs report decreased the unemployment rate and was portrayed in the mainstream media as a very positive result with 288k jobs added. However, in June, 523k full-time jobs were eliminated, and 800k part-time jobs were added, providing the illusion of job growth and a reduction in the government’s unemployment rate. Due to this trend, there are now over 7.5 million underemployed workers who are “part-time for economic reasons†because they have had their hours cut and/or cannot find full-time employment. None of these people are counted in the official government unemployment total.
Since 2007, well-paying paying jobs have become rare and low-paying full-time, part-time and temporary jobs have replaced them. This has also been a downside of the new healthcare law, as companies are cutting back full-time employment so they don’t have to pay for workers’ healthcare. In total, 50% of jobs created over the past three years are “low-paying,†mostly in retail, food service or temporary help. Low-paying jobs pay 80% or less of median wages.
The bottom line, in a nation of 318.6 million people, with a working age population of 213 million people, there are now only 118 million full-time jobs and 28 million part-time jobs, according to the BLS. However, also according to the BLS, there are currently only 106.6 million full-time workers. In other words, it is impossible for half of the working age population to get a full-time job. On top of that, of the current 118 million full-time jobs, 47% of them generate annual salaries below $35k per year.
III: Economic Slavery
Beyond unemployment and underemployment, the percentage of full-time working poor has grown significantly. US workers are presently producing twice as much wealth per work hour than they were in 1980. Instead of median incomes doubling since then, they have stagnated. The gap between wealth production and median income is now at an all-time high.
Based on the latest available individual level income data, 40% of workers make less than full-time minimum wage workers made in 1968, roughly $20k per year according to the suppressed CPI inflation rate. More realistic adjustments for inflation will reveal a much higher total. For example, the current federal minimum wage is $7.25 an hour. If minimum wage had kept pace with overall income inflation since 1968, the minimum wage would now be $21.16, which means a full-time minimum wage worker would now be making $44k a year. However, the median annual wage is only $27,519. Based on income inflation, only 22% of the working age population and 15% of the overall population currently have an annual income higher than a full-time minimum wage worker had in 1968.
The average person needs to generate $35k in annual income to cover the cost of basic necessities. Looking at the actual spending habits of the average worker, you need to generate an income of $42k to cover annual expenses. If we use $35k as our threshold for a living wage, only 30% of the working age population and 20% of the overall population generate an annual income over $35k. For every 3.4 working age people, there is one that generates an income high enough to cover the cost of basic necessities without taking on debt.
Keep in mind, that does not factor in the cost of paying off student debt. Average student debt is presently $29,400. If paid off over a 10-year period, at an average 4.6% interest rate, it costs $306 per month, $3672 annually. In this situation, a person needs to make an annual income of $38,672 to cover the cost of living plus their student debt. Only 27% of the working age population and 18% of the overall population generate that much income. For every 3.7 working age people, there is one that can sustain the cost of basic necessities plus the average student loan debt without taking on more debt.
Therefore, in the current economy, 73% of people with student debt will not be able to pay it back while also maintaining the cost of living, without going deeper into debt. The US government has sentenced you to a lifetime of ever-increasing debt and ever-declining living standards.
Mathematically Eliminated from the American Dream
For a worker to cover their own cost of living and the cost of one child, they will need to make roughly $45k a year. Only 22% of the working age population and 15% of the overall population currently generate enough income to support one child. For every one person that can generate enough income to sustain the cost of basic necessities for themselves and one child, there are 4.5 working age people.
Now, think back to the American dream that prevailed from the 1950s – 70s. Each family had one wage-earner supporting three children and one other adult who would care for the children. While this was considered the “American dream,†it is also the basis of a healthy society.
How healthy is our society and how many people can afford to live the American dream in today’s economy?
With today’s cost of living, just to cover basic necessities it will cost $80k per year to pull this off in the median family area, Topeka, Kansas. In the current economy, only 5.8% of the population can currently generate enough income to live the traditional American dream in Topeka. Clearly, we are not in Kansas anymore.
Levittown, New York was the first suburb that gave birth to the American dream. Try pulling off the American dream in its birthplace and it will cost $125k a year. Only 2% of the population can pull that off.
Once again, these baseline costs do not take college or retirement costs into account. With the reduced costs in childcare, due to one person in the family focused on taking care of the children, they can at least put some money away for college, as long as they don’t go away for vacation and none of their children go to a private school.
Beyond these baseline costs, looking at moderate costs for a family of four owning a home in a median family area, with one car, education and retirement costs factored in, it will cost $130k a year. Add a third child and a second car into the mix and it will cost roughly $150k a year. Only 1.46% of the overall population makes over $150k per year. In other words, in the current economy, the average traditional American Dream is only attainable for the 1%. The 99% has been mathematically eliminated from the traditional American Dream. If they want to have a family and own a home, they are now sentenced to a lifetime of economic insecurity and ever-increasing debt.
As for retirement, if you American dreamers think you are going to retire at 65, it’s time to wake up.
There Is No Escaping
According to the National Institute on Retirement Security, “the median amount a family nearing retirement has saved for their post-work lives is $12,000.†As 76 million Baby Boomers are due to retire, the real toll of this economic crisis is going to hit home in a huge way.
Up until now, Social Security has been the savior. Currently 57 million people receive Social Security benefits. In the present economy, that works out to two full-time workers for every one person collecting benefits. Adding 76 million to the 57 million people currently drawing benefits would mean 133 million retirees to 118 full-time jobs. Even factoring in death rates, with new full-time jobs a rarity in today’s economy, having one retired person to one full-time worker will soon be a reality.
In fact, Social Security is already giving out more money than it is taking in. From 2010 – 2012, there was a $150 billion deficit. However, the Social Security trust fund is supposed to have a $2.7 trillion in surplus. In reality, all that money was already spent on wars, bailouts and tax cuts for the rich. As Charles Hugh Smith explains, “when Social Security runs a deficit, the Treasury funds it by selling Treasury bonds, the same way it funds any other deficit spending. If the Treasury can’t sell bonds, the phantom nature of the Trust Fund will be revealed.â€
Given the corruption in Washington and the current fiscal debate, the likelihood of Social Security maintaining it promised returns is minimal. On top of that, the dramatic rise in healthcare costs and decline in full-time jobs make the current system inadequate and unsustainable. According to the Census Bureau, 54% of people over age 64 would be living in poverty without Social Security.
The probability that the more fortunate members of the Baby Boom generation will collect full pensions and be able to sell off their assets to cover the cost of basic necessities in this economy is also highly problematic. In “The Happy Story of Boomers Retiring on Their Generational Wealth Is Wrong,†Charles Hugh Smith sums up the situation:
“[Boomers’] wealth will shrivel once they start selling assets en masse. The reality is neither Gen-X nor Gen-Y have the savings, income or desire to buy bubble-level assets from their elders. This reality has been papered over for the past 5 years of super-low interest rates, which have enabled unqualified buyers to buy overpriced assets with modest income. Once the defaults start pouring in (and/or interest rates rise), the reality will become visible: you can’t cash in your wealth if there are no buyers.
There are numerous other fatal flaws with the happy story that 76 million Boomers can retire on full pensions and live off their home equity and stock portfolios…. Pension funds based on annual returns of 7.5% will be unable to fund the promised pensions when annual returns decline to negative 5%. As John Hussman has explained, every asset bubble in effect siphons off all the future return: when the bubble finally pops, average annual returns are subpar or negative for years.â€
Another Wave of Foreclosures on the Horizon
Since 2007, over 5.5 million families have lost their homes to foreclosure. The impact of that is horrifying to think about. The decision to bailout the banks to the extent that they were able to give out all-time record salaries and bonuses to the very people who caused the crisis, while millions of American families were thrown out of their homes is the epitome of tyranny and corruption.
Unfortunately, the foreclosure crisis is far from over. Six million families are still underwater on their mortgages, and this number will increase. Their average negative equity is a shocking 33%. As Ellen Brown recently summed it up, “40% of mortgages nationally are either underwater or nearly so, meaning more is owed on the home than it is worth. Seventy percent of homes that are deeply underwater wind up in default. Worse, second mortgages are due for a reset. Over the next several years, principal payments will be added to interest-only payments on second mortgages taken out during the boom years. Many borrowers will be unable to afford the higher payments. The anticipated result is another disastrous wave of foreclosures.â€
Looking at the overall picture, mortgage debt-to-wages is more than double the historic average. To make matters even worse, the Federal Reserve has been fraudulently inflating housing prices. As part of their wealth extraction operation they currently own $1.7 trillion in Mortgage-backed securities and $2.4 trillion in Treasury securities. (We will take a close look into how the Federal Reserve has been artificially propping up asset values for the benefit of the top economic .01% and the determent of everyone else in Part 2.)
The Illusion of Prosperity & A Tsunami of Debt
The inevitable insolvency of the overwhelming majority of the population hasn’t hit home yet because they have taken on ever-increasing levels of debt to maintain the illusion of prosperity. Other than the staggering national debt that the corrupted government has run up, US citizens have now taken on $12 trillion in personal debt.
On average, that’s $50k of debt for every US citizen over the age of 17. Again, it cannot be stated enough, in the current economy under present government policy, it is impossible for this debt to be paid off while maintaining the cost of basic necessities. Therefore, overall debt will continue to skyrocket. Even if interest rates on these debts dropped to 0%, as the Federal Reserve has done for a select few of their friends on Wall Street, there is no way for people to earn enough income to keep up with cost of living, let alone pay back their debts. On top of that, the already usurious interest rates on these debts are increasing. In fact, the spark that set off the global financial crisis in the first place is heating up once again:
“During the first quarter [of 2014], 3.7 million credit cards were issued to subprime borrowers, up a head-scratching 39% from a year earlier, and the most since 2008. A third of all cards issued were subprime, also the most since 2008…. In the first quarter, the average [interest] rate was 21.1%, up from 20.2% a year ago, while prime borrowers paid an average of 12.9% on their credit cards, and while banks that are lending them the money paid nearly 0%.â€
If current trends continue and current policies remain in place, 90% of the US population is heading for insolvency. That may sound like an exaggeration that is too absurd to be true. However, as the Guardian recently reported in an article headlined, “The Coming Debt Tsunami:â€
“So why look down the road – say, to 2017 – and worry? Here’s why: because the debt held by American households is rising ominously. And unless our economic policies change, that debt balloon, powered by radical income inequality, is going to become the next bust….
Falling government deficits are being replaced by rising debts on everyone else’s ledgers…. the majority of Americans – the 90% – will once again do what was done before: borrow, and then borrow more. By early 2017… it should be apparent that we’re reliving an alarming history. Middle- and low-income households have been following a trajectory of an ever-higher ratio of debt to income….
The evidence demonstrates that the de-leveraging of the very rich and the indebtedness of almost everyone else move in tandem; they follow the same trend line. In short, there’s a strong and continuous correlation between the rich getting richer, and the poor – make that the 90% – going deeper into debt…. The more – proportionally – that the top 10% has prospered, saved and invested (naturally, the gains found their way into the financial markets), the more the bottom 90% has borrowed….
Insolvency for the 90% has become… ‘the new normal’. Unsustainable? Of course…. Under the current disastrous economic and tax policies, we can look forward to rapid increases in debt for both corporations and households from at least 2015 to 2017: a tsunami of debt.â€
The first wave of the coming tsunami of debt has already begun to wash ashore. For the first time since the depth of the recession, credit card debt is now rising faster than wage growth, yet another ominous indicator of what’s to come.
Crimes Against Humanity
Behind all of the statistics presented in this report is immense physical and psychological trauma. The stress of economic insecurity compounds the problem by leading to health problems, which dramatically increase costs of living. Economic insecurity drives people to expensive healthcare, medications, drug use and crime. Beyond the moral and humanitarian imperative, recent studies prove that the cost of poverty to overall society is far higher than the cost of eliminating poverty.
The shortsighted greed of the .01% is causing the unnecessary suffering of an unprecedented number of people. Their consolidation of wealth has created a system of economic slavery. In a wealthy and technologically advanced society, it is a crime against humanity for a majority of the population to be toiling in extreme debt, poverty, unemployment and low-wage jobs.
IV: Hidden Wealth & Shadow Banking
The evidence presented in this report thus far makes a very solid mathematical case for significant systemic change. However, to get a more complete understanding of how corrupt the global economic system is, we also need to factor in wealth that is hidden from public view. Disregarding trillions of dollars in hidden wealth just because the wealthy have the ability to illegally hide it is an absolute injustice. It is completely ignoring a critical aspect of what is now the greatest theft of wealth in human history.
Hidden wealth estimates vary widely. Many of them only take a partial look at the most basic methods of offshoring wealth. Given the unprecedented growth of wealth over the past generation, the secretive methods used to hide it have evolved far beyond well-known tax havens in Switzerland and small-island jurisdictions such as the Bahamas. While estimates based on banking secrecy and tax havens help to give us a more accurate picture of overall wealth, they do not give a total view.
Research by Gabriel Zucman, which analyzed banking secrecy, estimated that “around 8% of the global financial wealth of households is held in tax havens.†If we correlate this 8% with the $82 trillion in accounted for wealth reported by the Federal Reserve, that would be an additional $6.6 trillion for the wealthy, bringing the richest 1% up to roughly $39 trillion in overall wealth.
However, to get a more complete understanding of the reality of the situation, the most wide-ranging look into hidden wealth was done in 2012 by economist John Henry in partnership with the Tax Justice Network (TJN). They estimated that there was $21-$32 trillion hidden globally at the end of 2010. As shocking as that sounds, that estimate still did not give a complete view of hidden wealth. As they put it, “We consider these numbers to be conservative. This is only financial wealth and excludes a welter of real estate, yachts and other nonfinancial assets owned via offshore structures.â€
We also need to consider that overall US household wealth is up 30% and has increased by $25 trillion since the end of 2010. Globally, High Net Worth Individual investible wealth has increased 19% since then, and has begun to accelerate at a record pace. In 2013, it increased globally by 14%, with a 17% increase in North America, which is now at an all-time high. Given these factors, and several others that will be explained below, the higher TJN estimation of $32 trillion in 2012 is conservative today.
Correlating TJN’s wealth estimates with US distribution percentages is not an exact science but it gives a much more accurate total of overall wealth than excluding it. Based on TJN’s estimation, Ultra High Net Worth Individuals (UHNWI) accounted for 48% of hidden wealth. If we correlate that to the overall estimate of $32 trillion, it equates to $15.4 trillion for the UHNWI population. The US accounts for 35% of the UHNWI population, which correlates to $5.4 trillion. In the next tier, High Net Worth Individuals (HNWI) also accounted for 48% of hidden wealth. The US currently has 42% of the HNWI population, which correlates to $6.5 trillion. The additional 4% of hidden wealth is estimated to be held below the economic top 1% of the US population, which correlates to roughly $538 billion.
This brings the estimated total of hidden US wealth to $12.4 trillion, with $11.9 trillion of that held within the top 1%. We can now estimate that the top .01% has $14.5 trillion in wealth, the top .1% has $26.4 trillion and in total the top 1% has $44.5 trillion.
After we factor in estimated hidden wealth, the top 1%’s share of overall wealth increases from 39.8% to 46.9%. To glimpse the scale of theft, if hidden wealth were spread out evenly over every US household, that would be an extra $111k per household, increasing average household wealth to $823k. That is approximately 15 times greater than the 2013 median household with only $56k in wealth. Also consider that the estimated $12.4 trillion that the wealthy have stashed away is roughly equivalent to the $12 trillion in total household debt.
After revealing the 1%’s $32.6 trillion in accounted for wealth, estimating that they have another $11.9 trillion in hidden wealth may seem like an unnecessary risk that will invite attacks to undermine the credibility of this analysis. That is an understandable reaction. However, in the grand scheme of things, that reaction is based on a dangerously naïve understanding of the global economic system. In reality, if we ever get a full look at hidden wealth, the top 1% could more realistically own 50% of overall wealth. It would not be surprising if the top 1% actually has $50 trillion in wealth, with $18 trillion of that held by the .01%.
Hopefully, government apologists, establishment economists, mainstream pundits and well-paid public relations experts will attack these numbers. Public awareness of hidden wealth and the total amount of accounted for wealth that the ultra-rich have is an urgent priority. Debate over these numbers will further highlight the absurdly corrupt and scandalous nature of the entire system.
Here’s how TJN summed up the situation:
“Despite taking pains to err on the conservative side, the results are astonishing. First, this hidden offshore sector is large enough to make a significant difference to all of our conventional measures of inequality. Since most of missing financial wealth belongs to a tiny elite, the impact is staggering.
For most countries, global financial inequality is not only much greater than we suspected, but it has been growing much faster…. it turns out that this offshore sector – which specializes in tax dodging is basically designed and operated, not by shady no name banks located in sultry islands, but by the world’s largest private banks, law firms, and accounting firms, headquartered in First World capitals like London, New York, and Geneva.
Our detailed analysis of these banks shows that the leaders are the very same ones that have figured so prominently in government bailouts and other recent financial chicanery…. it is scandalous that official institutions like the Bank for International Settlements, the IMF, the World Bank, the OECD, and the G20, as well as leading central banks, have devoted so little research to this sector. This scandal is made worse by the fact that they already have much of the data needed to estimate this sector more carefully.â€
The bottom line, there is overwhelming evidence proving that the Federal Reserve, global central banking system and the US government are a front for the ultra-rich. In short, we know that the biggest players on Wall Street engaged in trillions of dollars in fraudulent activity and the Federal Reserve created trillions of dollars out of thin air, mostly in secrecy, to cover it up and continue the looting of wealth. Instead of holding people accountable, the US government bailed them out.
The stock market is now a blatantly rigged wealth extraction operation. To name just a few of the more well known rigging operations; high frequency trading, dark pools, Quantitative Easing (QE) and the Zero Interest Rate Policy (ZIRP), which gives interest free money to a select handful of “primary dealers†on Wall Street. All of these highly corrupt schemes enrich the .01% at the expense of the overwhelming majority of the population.
Shadow Banking
Another major aspect of the wealth extraction operation that the public is not allowed to see, which also makes the $12.4 trillion in hidden wealth a conservative estimate, is the shadow banking system. The .01% participates in a secret unregulated derivatives market that is worth an estimated $2010 trillion in notional value. The global financial crisis was a result of this secret market, which features credit default swaps. The truth is, the public and the government have no idea what is happening within this market, and neither do economists who try to reveal how much wealth the .01% truly has. Look behind the curtain of the Federal Reserve and shadow banking system and the true neo-feudal nature of the global economy is revealed in spectacular fashion.
A public understanding of how much wealth the ultra-rich truly have will create a critical mass of people who are aware that the global economy and US government have zero legitimacy. The essential elements that keep this scam going are the extensive propaganda system that paid off and uninformed mainstream media pundits uphold, and a military, intelligence and police complex that protects the perpetrators of the greatest theft of wealth in human history. As far as the corrupt government is concerned, the theft of trillions is too big to reveal. If the people have to suffer as a consequence, so be it.
The emperor has no clothes. He’s standing right in front of you, with $50 trillion in wealth, as you go deeper into debt and toil in economic insecurity.
V: The Aristocracy & The Death of Liberty
From the “monied aristocracy†to the “Gilded Age†and the “Roaring 20s,†extreme wealth inequality has always threatened freedom and democracy. Many of the most respected US presidents have highlighted the fight against concentrated wealth as the first priority of a free society. Even in times of war, presidents have referred to bankers as being a bigger threat to the country than enemies on the battlefield.
Visionaries and leaders such as Buckminster Fuller and President Franklin D. Roosevelt saw the modern advancement of technology and increase in productivity and wealth creation occurring. They began to envision a near future where people could regain their freedom from the dreary compulsion of industrialism. Roosevelt proposed an Economic Bill of Rights that would guard against unhealthy levels of inequality and guarantee economic security for every citizen. He equated the concentration of wealth to “fascism†and “gangster rule.†Upon accepting his second nomination as President, before World War II started, Roosevelt declared a war for economic freedom against the .01%. He compared the wealthiest members of society to the British monarchy during revolutionary times:
“… the average man once more confronts the problem that faced the Minute Man…. The savings of the average family, the capital of the small-businessmen, the investments set aside for old age – other people’s money – these were tools which the new economic royalty used to dig itself in…. For too many of us the political equality we once had won was meaningless in the face of economic inequality.
A small group had concentrated into their own hands an almost complete control over other people’s property, other people’s money, other people’s labor – other people’s lives…. Against economic tyranny such as this…. the collapse of 1929 showed up the despotism for what it was…. The royalists of the economic order have conceded that political freedom was the business of the government, but they have maintained that economic slavery was nobody’s business….
These economic royalists complain that we seek to overthrow the institutions of America. What they really complain of is that we seek to take away their power. Our allegiance to American institutions requires the overthrow of this kind of power. In vain they seek to hide behind the flag and the Constitution. In their blindness they forget what the flag and the Constitution stand for. Now, as always, they stand for democracy, not tyranny; for freedom, not subjection; and against a dictatorship by mob rule and the over-privileged alike….
America we are waging a great and successful war. It is not alone a war against want and destitution and economic demoralization. It is more than that; it is a war for the survival of democracy…. I accept the commission you have tendered me. I join with you. I am enlisted for the duration of the war.â€
The war against the .01% was temporarily derailed when World War II began. However, even at the height of WWII, during Roosevelt’s 1944 State of the Union address, he kept the focus on the .01% and said that they were “the greatest problem†facing the nation. He called out “a noisy minority†which “maintains an uproar of demands for special favors for special groups.†He described them as, “pests who swarm through the lobbies of the Congress and the cocktail bars of Washington, representing these special groups as opposed to the basic interests of the Nation as a whole….â€
Roosevelt saw World War II as an extension of the deeper battle against “economic slavery,†wealth inequality and the .01% who prevailed in the 1920s and led the nation into the Great Depression. Here’s another excerpt from his 1944 State of the Union address:
“We are united in determination that this war shall not be followed by another interim which leads to new disaster… that we shall not repeat the excesses of the wild twenties… if history were to repeat itself and we were to return to the so-called ‘normalcy’ of the 1920′s — then it is certain that even though we shall have conquered our enemies on the battlefields abroad, we shall have yielded to the spirit of Fascism here at home….â€
When looking at the unprecedented level of wealth inequality in today’s society, it is obvious that “the spirit of Fascism†has prevailed. Instead of increased productivity and wealth being a very good thing for overall society, the shortsighted greed of the .01% has systematically taken the increase in wealth for themselves, robbing everyone else of a life of liberty, economic security and freedom.
The “gangster rule†that Roosevelt warned against is now the norm. The .01% acts with impunity, totally above the law, engaging in trillions of dollars in fraudulent activity without being held accountable. In fact, they are rewarded with all-time recording-breaking bonuses and ever-increasing wealth.
The .01% “economic royalists†hand down their dictates through centrally planned economic policy and government legislation designed to keep the population economically insecure, subservient and enslaved in debt. Through their ownership of mainstream media companies they keep the masses in ignorance, wholly unaware of the paradigm shift in technology and wealth creation that should have provided economic security and made life much more enjoyable for everyone well over a generation ago.
We now live in a neo-feudal society. The evidence is undeniable. The indentured servant is now the indebted wage slave. A recent scientific study revealed that the United States government is subservient to the whim of the .01%. Political office is now merely a stepping-stone and initiation process that politicians go through to be accepted into the aristocracy.
The .01% aristocracy is exactly what the first American Revolution was against. It was Thomas Jefferson’s understanding of the aristocracy’s ability to consolidate wealth and subvert government that led him to believe that every generation required its own revolution. Here are two prophetic quotes from Jefferson:
“Our country is now taking so steady a course as to show by what road it will pass to destruction, to wit: by consolidation of power first, and then corruption, its necessary consequence.â€
“I hope we shall take warning from the example and crush in its birth the aristocracy of our monied corporations which dare already to challenge our government to a trial of strength and bid defiance to the laws of our country.â€
In discussing “the spirit of the people†and the need to “nourish and perpetuate that spirit,†Jefferson also said, “I am not among those who fear the people. They, and not the rich, are our dependence for continued freedom. And to preserve their independence, we must not let our rulers load us with perpetual debt. We must make our election between economy and liberty, or profusion and servitude.â€
Peer passed propaganda and you will see that the aristocratic “spirit of fascism†has conquered the “spirit of the people.†As wealth and power have been consolidation in unprecedented fashion, the overwhelming majority toils in “servitude†and “perpetual debt.†Economic tyranny is the new normal.
The Coming Revolution
We present this report as a declaration of the causes which impel our separation from a corrupt and oppressive government. After analyzing current policies and economic conditions, it is now evident that the systematic exploitation of a majority of the population will continue without redress.
The need for significant systemic change is now a mathematical fact. Corruption, greed and economic inequality have reached a peak tipping point. As more people grow aware of the deliberate systemic nature of their unnecessary suffering, exploitation and oppression, there will soon be a critical mass who will insist upon nothing less than absolute revolution. The delusional political class and mainstream media uphold the status quo as if it is insurmountable. In reality, it is highly unstable, unsustainable and collapsing at an increasing rate.
_______________________
“MURDER BY INJECTION: The Story of the Medical Conspiracy Against America”
by Eustace Mullins (1988)
For ACTUAL FACTS and the REAL TRUTH about American medicine, i.e. ROCKEFELLER Pharmaceutical medicine; the brainwashed medical doctors; the brainwashing/training murder/GENOCIDE mills, i.e. medical schools; the [ROCKEFELLER] medical “establishment,” i.e. MAFIA; the AMA, the thorough FRAUD of the the American Medical Association, and the murderous conspiracies of the EVIL Tax-Exempt “Foundations,” one might want to read “Murder by Injection: The Story of the Medical Conspiracy Against America,” (1988) by Eustace Mullins.
It’s FREE!!, so it won’t bankrupt you like illnesses do here in America.
By the way, there are a great many LIES snd smear campaigns against the late Researcher and Historian Mr. Eustace Mullins. One MOST effective LIE is that Eustace Mullins was an “anti-semite!!” He was no anti-semite!!! LIES!!!
By the way, the use of that one term is SO effective and there is the same exact well-planned, well-anticipated knee-jerk reaction to it, that it is used again and again to destroy the actual truth and facts whenever it suits those that employ it. I should actually use the word DEPLOY because that term, when it is an outright LIE, is used as a veritable WEAPON!!! It stuck like glue and still does today. And pitifully very very few people will even bother to look into it for themselves to verify it!!
Mullins was NO ANTI-SEMITE!!! He was stating actual facts with all supporting evidence about the Federal Reserve!!!
AND THAT VICIOUS LIE ABOUT EUSTACE MULLINS, CALLING HIM AN ANTI-SEMITE WHEN HE WAS NO SUCH THING, WAS, JUST AS “THEY” FULLY INTENDED, THAT VICIOUS LIE WAS WIDELY ACCEPTED AS FACT!!!
Just so you know, Mullins exposed the criminal racket, the Federal Reserve system way back in 1951 writing an expose titled SECRETS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE.
And so…”They” immediately went about systematically destroying every facet if his life…WITH those same exact, very effective LIES.
ALL MULLINS’ BOOKS ARE AVAILABLE FOR FREE IN PDF FORMAT HERE:
The Story of the Medical Conspiracy Against America
By EUSTACE MULLINS
Contents
The Medical Monopoly 1
Quacks on Quackery 13
The Profits of Cancer 59
Death and Vaccination 129
The Fluoridation Conspiracy .148
Whither AIDS 169
The Action of Fertilizers 187
Contamination of the Food Supply 204
The Drug Trust 226
The Rockefeller Syndicate 310
Foreword
The present work, the result of some forty years of investigative research, is a logical progression from my previous books: the expose of the international control of monetary issue and banking practices in the United States; a later work revealing the secret network of organizations through which these alien forces wield political power—the secret committees, foundations, and political parties through which their hidden plans are implemented; and now; to the most vital issue of all, the manner in which these depredations affect the daily lives and health of American citizens. Despite the great power of the hidden rulers, I found that only one group has the power to issue life or death sentences to any American—our nation’s physicians.
I discovered that these physicians, despite their great power, were themselves subjected to very strict controls over every aspect of their professional lives. These controls, surprisingly enough, were not wielded by any state or federal agency, although almost every other aspect of American life is now under the absolute control of the bureaucracy. The physicians have their own autocracy, a private trade association, the American Medical Association. This group, which is headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, had gradually built up its power until it assumed total control over medical schools and the accreditation of physicians.
The trail of these manipulators led me straight to the same lairs of the international conspirators whom I had exposed in previous books. I knew that they had already looted America, reduced its military power to a dangerously low level, and imposed bureaucratic controls on every American. I now discovered that their conspiracies also directly affected the health of every American. This conspiracy has resulted in a documented decline in the health of our citizens. We now rank far down the list of civilized nations in infant mortality and other significant medical statistics. I was able to document the shocking record of these cold-blooded tycoons who not only plan and carry out famines, economic depressions, revolutions and wars, but who also find their greatest profits in their manipulations of our medical care. The cynicism and malice of these conspirators is something beyond the imagination of most Americans. They deliberately mulct our people of millions of dollars each year through “charitable” organizations and then use these same organizations as key groups to bolster their Medical Monopoly. Fear and intimidation are the basic techniques by which the conspirators maintain their control over all aspects of our health care, as they ruthlessly crush any competitor who challenges their profits. As in other aspects of their “behavioural control” over the American people, their most constantly used weapon against us is their employment of federal agents and federal agencies to carry out their intrigues. The proof of this operation may be the most disturbing revelation of my work.
Eustace Mullins February 22, 1988
______________
MORE (MAYBE REDUNDANT):
So you shuffle papers all day long and support BERNIE SANDERS?
I spoke with the New York office and the girl told me that your organization…yet ANOTHER 501(c)(3)…DO NOTHING!!!
As this government has brainwashed everyone in this country, listen up:
MORE PRIVATIZATION, HUH??
Listen up you little career parasites residing Forever, decade after decade, sucking off the TEAT of the TAXPAYERS, living in delusion in this filthy little joke of a TOTAL FAILURE “government” ON MY DIME:
KLEPTOCRACY DEFINED: (Source: Wikipedia)
Kleptocracies are generally associated with corrupt forms of authoritarian governments, particularly dictatorships, oligarchies, military juntas, or some other forms of autocratic andnepotist government in which no outside oversight is possible, due to the ability of the kleptocrat(s) to personally control both the supply of public funds and the means of determining their disbursal. Kleptocratic rulers typically treat their country’s treasury as though it were their own personal bank account, spending the funds on luxury goods as they see fit. Many kleptocratic rulers also secretly transfer public funds into secret personal numbered bank accounts in foreign countries in order to provide them with continued luxury if/when they are eventually removed from power and forced to flee the country.
Kleptocracy is most common in third-world countries [see USA] where the economy (often as a legacy of colonialism) is dominated by resource extraction. Such incomes constitute a form of economic rent and are therefore easier to siphon off without causing the income itself to decrease (for example, due to capital flight as investors pull out to escape the high taxes levied by the kleptocrats).
An early phase of this is driven by tenderpreneur elites who seek to capture resources for personal benefit.[1]
The effects of a kleptocratic regime or government on a nation are typically adverse in regards to the faring of the state’s economy, political affairs and civil rights. Kleptocracy in government often vitiates prospects of foreign investment and drastically weakens the domestic market and cross-border trade. As the kleptocracy normally embezzles money from its citizens by misusing funds derived from tax payments, or money laundering schemes, a kleptocratically structured political system tends to degrade nearly everyone’s quality of life.
In addition, the money that kleptocrats steal is often taken from funds that were earmarked for public amenities, such as the building of hospitals, schools, roads, parks and the like – which has further adverse effects on the quality of life of the citizens living under a kleptocracy.[2] The quasi-oligarchy that results from a kleptocratic elite also subverts democracy (or any other political format the state is ostensibly under).[3]
[TRUNC.]
So!! The Carter administration began deregulation of the entire transportation industry. Greenspan/Reagan’s policies doubled down on deregulation exponentially; and each administration since then has followed, in lock-step, the ongoing and thorough DEREGULATION of each and every other industry; along with the ongoing Privatization of ALL previously public sectors, lands, etc. Today, the only real requisite for political candidates is an unshakeable agenda; A corporate agenda of more Deregulation and more Privatization.
Clearly it does not matter who is installed in ANY branch of this detestable, crooked and wicked and treasonous U.S. government–Federal, State, Local—Idiot-Politicians, like many idiot-people, are simply rapacious beasts, forever pushing and flailing to get to the slop trough so that they too can roll around in filthy lucre; Disgracefully spoilt, grotesque and bloated, brimming with privilege so totally undeserved and that uniquely American trait, that of the enormous Sense of Entitlement.
This idiot-breed, the politician, certainly shines brightly here in the backwardly inbred population of The United States of America. “THEY,” the politicians, are nothing if not scabby and greasy, always on the prowl, skulking around from town to town in cheap flimsy and ill-fitting sheep costumes, the ravening wolves that they are in REALITY.
So, are we expected to see this, um, spectacle, as a “real” option? I mean, at this point, stop making excuses. Any attempt to differentiate in any way between one and another is to prop up and perpetuate outright LIES. Whether Democrat, Independent, Libertarian, Republican, they are all selfsame, identical platforms, identical interests, identical agendas; Willing collaborators and wretched criminal quislings for their true “masters,” the Corporate/Banking “Elite” money interests and the perpetual furtherance thereof.
Every little idiot-marionette in this pathetic little idiot-theatre serve as a mere distraction; An intentional diversion away from the ongoing and highly successful collaboration among crass and amoral thieves to further their goals of pitiful power plays.
A reality check is long overdue. ALL politicians spend every waking moment—ON MY DIME–to run their never-ending idiot-campaigns on any “issue” that will please whichever “side” of the dull-witted idiot-voting base, all the while blatantly patronizing, impudently lying, telling us that 1. they CARE and, 2. they represent OUR interests.
In reality, U.S. politicians do not know of any such concept as civic duty, moral obligation, the common good; Indeed, most politicians, if not altogether illiterate; If not totally uneducated and totally ignorant regarding ALL topics, most curiously perhaps, U.S. HISTORY; Stupid politicians and their minions, by and large, do not even know the basics of the U.S. Constitution.
So, with ALL of the stark and obvious warnings over the last
four decades, all having been totally IGNORED by most of
the citizenry, THIS is the FINAL wake up call. If and ONLY if an
Enormous Realization, a TRUE AWAKENING, occurs, I guess that
this neo-feudal system of Peonage and debt-servitude will remain
in place; BUT, the longer the denial stays in place, the
stronger the eventual revolt, which may result in the worst
possible scenario: Full Scale Revolution and simultaneous Civil War, which is exactly what they want to destroy America.
P.S.
Decade after decade, rampant, blatant, and increasingly impudent high crimes [CORRUPTION] among the idiot-class of self-aggrandizing government officials (PIGS at the slop trough); Along with their patrons, the filthy-rich who own them all outright, continues to grow worse and worse here in America.
As I look 0n in utter disbelief, as political events unfold both here in America and around the world, a rather clear pattern emerges:
Not one of these political HACKS, and not one of the criminal Robber Barons is EVER prosecuted for breaking ANY laws, whether U.S. laws or international laws. And make no mistake, these laws that these apparent “untouchables” brazenly, cavalierly and CONSTANTLY break, are very, very serious laws; Laws for which WE OURSELVES would go to jail. EPIC Fraud, EPIC Schemes to defraud, all imaginable forms of pure and utterly detestable profiteering…WAR CRIMES; the list goes on forever.
Again and again, year after year, I see these filthy bastards breaking every single law on ANY and EVERY book, and STILL not ONE of them is EVER held accountable!! FOR ANYTHING!! All the stupid clansmen that get away with every filthy crime including Genocide; Not only is this incredible, it is also unforgivable.
Just as every last one of his unconscionable predecessors, OBAMA IS A CRIMINAL. The U.S. Department of Justice?? Law enforcement agencies? THEY do absolutely NOTHING to THEM. It’s all a JOKE.
Just Remember: It was indeed the silver-tongued conman Obama who clearly stated that he would not “get involved” in prosecutions of WAR CRIMES, EPIC Bank FRAUD; He said, “I want to look forward, not go backward.”
Well, I say to him, I want to move forward by upholding U.S. Laws and international laws. If this corrupt government continues as it is to totally ignore crimes and the criminals, it only gives both the criminals and the would-be criminals license to behave as if they’re above the law. And that is exactly how they conduct themselves. Indeed this is a travesty.
The scape that is simply called the “new norm;” This particular version of “reality” is not only 100% WRONG on every imaginable MORAL level; It is CATEGORICALLY ILLEGAL and incidentally unconstitutional.
CRIMINALS? YES!!! IMPUDENCE?? IMPUNITY?? YES!!!
Indeed, the, um, “New Norm” for “the rest” is UNSPEAKABLE, UNTHINKABLE.
So…The State of the UNION?
AMERICA?
Why, it is simply REPREHENSIBLE…
With Pure Contempt,
TAXPAYER, CITIZEN
Oh, and another thing you Jackasses:
What a majority of the electorate, including supporters of corporations/capitalism fails to understand is where we really are: owned and operated by multinational corporations that hold absolutely no allegiance to any nation, Constitution or system of moral authority. Corporations who pick our leaders, buy our representatives, count our votes without oversight or confirmation, taint our food and foul our water and air, sicken our workers and benefit from their deaths. The corporations’ allegiance is to only money; nothing else. They pay little or no taxes, yet they impose policy and write laws to limit our power and unleash theirs.” (Griffon)
The Failure of the American people to Recognize, Realize, to even momentarily Acknowledge this corporate dominance or, TakeOver, IS the American Way. Total Ignorance. Total Hypocrisy. Total Injustice. This IS the American Way.
I disagree with any and all forms of corporate governance.
I disagree with American Imperialism.
I disagree with American Aggression, American Invasions and American Occupations.
I disagree with WAR; And, further, I disagree with All Instruments used for War.
The Corporate-controlled Media; the outright Propaganda Campaigns, all of which are designed to thoroughly obfuscate any Truth; any knowledge, Any awareness of the so-called Leaders’ actual policies and Laws that have been passed behind the backs of nearly all US citizens. Laws designed to ensure…Profit.
I despise Trickery in all forms; U.S. Government Propaganda is Nothing but Outright Lies and Total Deceit; Treachery and Treason; Bribery and Extortion; Theft and Fraud; Hypocrisy and MORE LIES. And More WAR.
I disagree with the vast network of other U.S. Tools used, such as the IMF and the World Bank; All Tools designed, formed and implemented SOLELY to impudently STEAL the resources of other presumably sovereign nations.
I disagree with any government that so blatantly represents the War Interests, Banking Interests, Corporate Interests and the appalling and ghastly wealth therein;
I disagree with Any Person, Any Group of Persons; Any who Represent Interests Above, Over, and in direct Opposition to the interests of the Common Good, ALL the people; “We the People,” the Tax-paying citizens of the United States; The Un-Represented; The Under-represented. That’s US indeed.
It is simply criminal and totally contemptible how any government “employees” are conducting themselves. And let us remember the fact that these “employees” are there ONLY to represent OUR interests; The interests of the Common Good; The interests of the United States’ Citizenry. The TAXPAYERS..
These government agencies and the elected workers within them are decidedly NOT elected to be mere props who LIE to the citizens. And who represent, de facto, the Corporate interests.
It is MOST egregious, indeed, that ANY government would represent, to the point of collaboration, Wealthy Corporations directly at the Enormous expense {THEFT] of the average U.S. Citizen, not to mention the poor, the needy, the elderly, the working-poor, the disabled and the obliterated Middle-Class-Cum-Slave-Class.
The facts, however, remain. The sole function, the Raison D’être, for every form of government is to represent the common interest of the electorate. Therefore, it is indeed AMORAL and utterly unconscionable what government “officials” are in FACT doing to…WE THE PEOPLE, the very ones who’ve apparently been naive enough to have entrusted these “people” in OUR Government to “DO THE RIGHT THING.”
America is in no way, shape or form “civilized;” America is One Gigantic, Laughable LIE and I will no longer support or endorse such a disgracefully corrupt and decidedly Callous, Blind, and Racist [joke of a] government.
My solution is as follows, but requires action of all citizens:
Stop paying All taxes: Local, State, Federal
Stop paying All Bank Debt
Stop paying All “Insurance” companies
Withdraw All Monies from Insolvent Banks
Stop working for slave-wages
Peaceful, non-violent demonstrations EN MASSE to DEMAND that each member, in each branch of this government, vacate their positions at once.
Here is a sample letter to government representatives stating intent:
Letter to Representative Lois Capps, D-CA
Ms. Capps, You are included in the following statement, by your abject incompetence; your total refusal to address the systemic failure of this government; and your total and willful ignorance of any and all real issues, along with your continued insistence on focusing instead on trifling, insignificant non-issues.
Thus, Ms. Capps, you are very much a part of the problem:
It is abundantly clear that the U.S. government, including the entire Congress, the entire “Judicial” system, and all other government agencies that clearly do not represent “We the People.” In fact, the U.S. government is wholly owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the Corporations, in cahoots with the Banks and the Wall Street Quislings, that have enthroned themselves to UnChecked POWER. This is known as Corporatism. Look it up for yourselves.
I am, therefore, calling for all of you, each and every other member of each and every branch of this horribly failing government; I am calling on YOU to remove yourselves at once, unceremoniously and without protest, from your career seats of total DISGRACE and thorough INJUSTICE.
Sincerely,
CM
A Bit On Brainwashing:
Brainwashing through Propaganda uses fear tactics; Communism, Socialism, Terrorism; We are all force-fed outright LIES from the cradle to the grave.
I think that the most apt term is Brainwashed. Yes, brainwashing has been used throughout the ages via a myriad of tactics; One is Patriotism, Nationalism; Being taught that America (or which ever country) is Great, Superior; Also, it builds a military that won’t ask questions as they are deluded into thinking that they are Patriots and Heroes.
By the way, off topic but still a fact is that, regarding the Boston Bombings and any other act of violence, including shooting sprees in schools or anywhere else, Specifically regarding the Empire of the United States, the questions in my mind are as follows:
What creates such violent acts and hatred toward America and Americans? What turns people anywhere toward Radicalization/Fundamentalism? As I observe, it is U.S. policies, both domestic and foreign. Examples? Countless. E.g.
Imposing Oppression and Dominance through sheer brute force;
Constant Invasions and Constant War in “strategic” countries, i.e. OIL, for one;
Impudent Theft, Plunder, i.e. Stealing, other nation’s resources, using tools such as the World Bank, IMF for extraction; And, by the way, the leaders of these countries who won’t go with the U.S. program are simply overthrown or, um, Assassinated.
So, it is indeed U.S. foreign policies that are both directly and indirectly responsible for attacks on the United States. U.S. Policies incentivize war and the Military Industrial Complex is entrenched and massively profitable.
As for U.S. Domestic policies, all which increasingly say “to hell with the people,” i.e. US, do in fact lead directly to Ignorance, Hopelessness, Poverty, and many other societal ills, all of which in turn, lead to violence, crime, including the epidemic shootings, and many other acts of violent by both American citizens and foreigners.
As a matter of fact, more “Austerity” measures, if the “officials” are serious about these tactics, will, of course lead directly to much more crime, more violence, more horrible acts of desperation; All of which leads me to believe that the Powers that Be are systematically and deliberately engineering mass genocide. As if to say, let them all DIE OFF, whether in the ghettos, on the battlefields, in the prison yards, the message is becoming quite clear indeed.
Another Letter:
I am a citizen of arguably one of the most imperialistic nations in history, The United States of America. STOP the war mongering NOW. Pull the Plug on the WAR Profiteers, all of whom should be EXECUTED in a Public Forum for WAR CRIMES. Bring the poor sods who’ve been duped into thinking that they are “Patriotic” “Heroes” home. YOU go fight your OWN filthy, venal and endless wars.
Read an elementary history book; America is constantly in danger of attacks by foreign countries because it is AMERICA that reaches it’s filthy tentacles around the globe, impudently stealing other countries’ resources, literally enslaving and Repeatedly RAPING the people; All whilst forcing it’s vile form of dictatorship and twisted, loathsome and hypocritical “values,” onto innocent victims everywhere on this godforsaken planet. And in the name of “DEMOCRACY.” What a FARCE.
By the way, thanks to YOUR OWN Foreign Policies, you walleyed, deranged, fanatical lunatics and your pals in the Saudi House in the Middle East really did win!! All you filthy dirtbags sought to destroy this country and you did it!!
So!! U.S. foreign policy POSITIVELY incentivizes all your ghastly Wars; And the very Military Industrial Complex that Eisenhower warned AGAINST is entrenched and massively profitable. The United States (YOU) are NOT an innocent VICTIM;
Indeed, all of you bastard-billionaire and bastard-Trillionaire buffoons, you and all your idiot-buddies who bankroll you, have willfully and intentionally squandered every single DECENT thing that has been fought for in the last 100 years. Fuckers.
How can a WAR-MONGERING country, the UNITED STATES, expect to keep on spreading it’s pathological LIES all across the entire world without any protest?!? Well, thanks largely to America’s astonishingly ignorant, wildly misinformed, downright stupid, self-righteous, sanctimonious, voting base, it’s really no wonder; Just like Pavlov’s dog, “Patriotic” [delusional] fools keep right on electing Psychopaths into the seats of POWER. Decade after decade.
The United States of America has been ultimately over-reaching it’s filthy, greedy, witless and stunningly shortsighted tentacles all over the globe by ANY MEANS NECESSARY, usually by way of UNENDING QUAGMIRES in the most UNSTABLE parts of the world for total extraction (STEALING) of any resource possible in order to satiate America’s insatiable appetite for so-called GREATNESS. Well, Oscar Wilde wrote, “Patriotism is a Virtue of the Vicious.” And Winston Churchill said, “The best argument AGAINST Democracy is a five-minute conversation with the average voter.” They were both right.
The fact of the matter is that America, Land of the FREE, Land of OPPORTUNITY; What a JOKE. The FACT is that America ranks at the VERY BOTTOM of every imaginable demographic chart, Well below every other “developed” country in the world. America is now on par with Cameroon, Uganda, the Ivory Coast of Africa in Wealth and income INEQUALITY. Welcome to America!!
Thanks a lot, morons, for RUINING THE WORLD
…Yes, you worse-than-useless parasites do enjoy mightily all your tax-payer funded lifetime health care benefits, limousines, fancy restaurants. living in your very own self-involved, self-centered and thoroughly Spoilt World of Utter Disgrace and Total Failure.
Indeed, You yourselves in this miserably failing government enjoy full, lifetime health care along with endless other benefits, all on the taxpayers dime, right as you continually fight to deny your own constituents, your own fellow citizens, the very so-called entitlements that which you yourselves benefit. How dare you!And so, to you I say this:I propose a simple and straightforward bit of legislation to be given to the citizens of the United States as a REFERENDUM vote:Retract entirely every single benefit that you hypocritical parasites in our miserably failing government, every benefit that you all enjoy on OUR, the taxpayers’, hard-earned dime.
First, No more free health care. And then you corrupt, mean-spirited and unconscionable government HUMPS would all have to do just as WE ALL MUST DO: buy grossly inflated, anti-American, inhumane for-profit health care “insurance,” (one of the biggest SCAMS in history) that covers nothing at all just when you need coverage most; and then, when one of you filthy, horrible Republicans or “Blue-Dog” Democrats gets sick and is denied coverage, let the insurance company CEO immediately and unceremoniously pull the plug.
Then, I myself will form a very long line of the wretched and the doomed, right up to the doorways and into your grand offices; And, THEN, please sirs, allow ME Personally to yank you forcibly out of those Grand offices, right by your well-coiffed hair, and straight out to the squalid streets of WE the PEOPLE; And then YOU can Fend for Yourselves…
GOOD LUCK!!
And this:
The entire SLAVE-based economy is, in FACT, the political structure itself. Indeed the entire economy of the world has been and still is deliberately engineered by the very few “people” in and of the real POWER STRUCTURE. These very few shadowy figures, i.e. the Trillionaires, the Robber Barons, the Tycoons (take your pick) have been from the very inception of controlled human societies and communities, in Control. It is THOSE people who have been and still are pulling ALL THE STRINGS of the mere Puppets in this OSTENSIBLE government (Look Up “Ostensible”).
So these men, who themselves comprise the [WHITE] POWER STRUCTURE, have succeeded for quite some time to keep a fairly tight lid on too much knowledge, learning, awareness, fact-based truth; Since learning and discovering actual FACTS would, of course, lead to bitter protest and violent revolt, and maybe even a fate far worse e.g. similar to the French Revolution.
There is a veritable myriad of other totally intentional distractions, deliberately designed to hide the truth, real history, FACTS, specifically the global slavery massive theft by fraud, for one, and the irreversible Plundering of all remaining natural resources.
Distractions on any and every contrived “side” of the political spectrum, the entire “Left”-“Right” paradigm, for instance, is one of the most useful and effective of contrivances; People are left confused and belligerent bickering about so-called “Issues,” Gun Rights, Animal Rights, you name it… All Contrivances designed to distract the general populace away from the really big picture.
The game, then, is to distract the fools Away from what the Robber Barons are actually doing STEALING by brute force (WAR), that is, PLUNDERING, i.e. theft of other sovereign countries’ natural resources. World Bank? IMF? Crooks.
Every technique to distract is used; Mass media, which of course is wholly owned thereby entirely controlled by CORPORATE governance; Thus, the media outlets report NOTHING useful and everything asinine and inane. No matter the technique, All are forms of intentional trickery.
So, skipping straight to the late 20th century, the 1980′s specifically, the emergence of Ronald Reagan, his total embracing of R-wing “Christian” Fundamentalists– Lunatics; the beginnings of the Total DEREGULATION of ALL industry; the utterly Fantastic LIE of ”trickle-down” economics; And the new “service” economy, i.e. a boatload of low-paying thankless jobs, i.e. the “new” slave.
All these conspired deliberations worked hand in hand to set the new and more all-encompassing SLAVE-based economies (Yes, that means ALL OF US) and the Modern-Day Slavery, at least a veritable form of sharecropping; Working more and more for less and less, all while never being able to climb out of debt…Sound familiar, at least? 80 hour work weeks, climbing, declining standard of living, forever locked in debt…???
So it is that every [Puppet] Administration after that old bastard Reagan–Democrat, Republican–every government tool of the REAL POWER STRUCTURE Did follow, in lock-step, the ongoing and now thorough DEREGULATION of every single industry and the Privatization of ALL previously public sectors.
Clinton, of course, was among the most destructive of these twisted, perverted white men, as he is the one that repealed the Glass-Stegal Act that had been put into place by FDR after the Great Depression of the 1930s. Clinton did it, knowing very well the history and the certain ramifications [of giving a gigantic idiot-child a machine gun, i.e. DEREGULATION]; So, doing it anyway for his billionaire buddies in the Banks and on Wall Street; That, along with the passing of the Graham-Leech Bill, took away any and all restraints, i.e. REGULATIONS, from the banking industry and the financial sector..
So, look around NOW. The “Powers” tanked the economy deliberately; They want, for lack of a better term, Zombie-Slaves that won’t think or even ask why: (IDIOT-AMERICA). And they’ve sure GOT them and they’ve got them by the BOAT LOAD.
Slavery Then and Slavery Now:
The main difference (other than race, i.e. skin color) between slavery then and slavery now, is that NOW, as the world is literally collapsing from overpopulation and centuries of destructive pillaging and ruinous plundering of the entire planet, the main difference is that those few men whom are still in cahoots and “controlling” the people, the governments, etc., are thoroughly capable of committing mass Genocide; Indeed, it has become quite apparent that now we are all headed straight toward the edge of the Abyss at their command; And Engineered genocide is a clever and historic tactic; And that works too. They’ve been doing it all throughout history. Whether by Guns, Drugs, Prisons, Wars; You name it!! The main goal is very clear: Let “them” kill each other and themselves, on the battlefield, in the ghettos, in the many privately-owned, For-Profit Prisons, etc.,
The message is clear: Let’s bankrupt them first and then kill them all off.cm
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT IS ILLEGITIMATE AND ILLEGAL
DEMOCRAT AND REPUBLICAN WORK IN TANDEM!!!
THEY ARE ALL LIARS AND THIEVES AND MUCH, MUCH WORSE.
READON:
The TAXPAYER-FUNDED United States government and all those individuals within it’s countless TAXPAYER-FUNDED departments and innumerable TAXPAYER-FUNDED agencies have been and still are actively engaged in an elaborate criminal conspiracy and are engaged in criminal collusion with multiple private international banks and multiple private international corporations and the United Nations.
These unconstitutional and highly illegal collaborative entities have been actively engaged in all imaginable and unimaginable Crimes Against Humanity and High Crimes including but not limited to Theft and Fraud, High Treason, Treachery; Embezzlement, Profiteering, Larceny; Slavery; Blackmail, Extortion, Bribery, Death Threats; Human Trafficking, Rape, Child Sex Slavery, Child Pornography, Child Trafficking, Murder; Human Organ harvesting and trafficking; Drug Trafficking, Money Laundering; Multiple Crimes Against Humanity; CONSTANT Domestic and International TERRORISM; Ongoing Global GENOCIDE.
The TAXPAYER-FUNDED government of the United States of America along with it’s many Taxpayer-funded departments and agencies’ government officials, both elected and/or appointed, have actively and deliberately been plotting to undermine the sovereignty of the United States and have been deliberately deceiving the American citizenry since it’s inception.
The U.S. government’s insidious use of propaganda tools, such as privately-owned media mouthpieces, compliant agency spokespersons and other willing quislings and covert agents do actively and constantly spread outright lies and deliberate misinformation through it’s highly organized and directed propaganda outlets also known as the “mainstream media.”
The U.S. government has been engaged in all manners of criminal activities for multiple decades, particularly by a highly contemplated and systematic use of the C.I.A.-controlled and Zionist-owned and controlled Mass Media, which is itself responsible for spreading constant LIES, half-truths, disinformation and misinformation through insidious and pernicious programs of mass mind control through use of Propaganda confabulated by those criminals within this unconstitutional, treasonous, fraudulent, illegal and thoroughly illegitimate United States government. These programs have long been devised and implemented with very specific goals to brainwash and control the thoughts of the United States citizenry and concurrently to conceal the multiple ongoing and abhorrent crimes of this United States government.
The United States’ Central Intelligence Agency, the C.I.A., just one of countless other criminal agencies engaged in multiple criminal operations, is entirely funded by the taxpayers of the United States. The C.I.A. is a government-sponsored Global Terrorist Organization and network that has been actively engaged in subversion, collusion, extortion, fraud, drug trafficking, money laundering, human trafficking, war crimes, treachery, treason, multiple foreign and domestic coups d’etat, multiple domestic and foreign assassinations, and countless myriad other strictly unconstitutional and treasonous activities, all highly illegal and all conducted in secrecy and without the knowledge or the consent of the Taxpaying citizens of the United States of America.
We the People of the United States do hereby demand the full and complete DISASSEMBLY of this ENTIRE United States government including ALL government departments and agencies in order to set about building a new, LEGAL and LEGITIMATE government, of, by and for the TAXPAYERS.
Further, all heretofore public servants/employees are to be held to full account through the thorough investigations and full disclosure to the citizenry; Immediate Indictments and Arrests; Public Trials and/or Tribunals of all former government employees, including the entire Military Industrial Apparatus; Post-haste legal proceedings and thorough prosecutions of every theretofore former public servant/employee/”official;” both elected and appointed; And the most severe punitive measures to be meted out to each and every one of these “public servants” who are found guilty of any and all crimes; The forthwith and total forfeiture and lawful seizure of all ill-gotten gains;
Public questioning/inquiries of all “public servants” in public forums; Upon any and all findings of Guilt in a NEWLY-established U.S. Court of Law, all PUBLIC sentencing will be commensurate with all crimes.
Traitors who’ve committed treason must and will receive the harshest terms of lifetime imprisonment or full exile to Guantanamo Bay Prison.
Any and all guilty parties, as determined by the U. S. citizens’ NEW Courts of Law and/or Tribunals, will receive FULL PUNITIVE CONSEQUENCES according to their crimes.
NO BARGAINING, NO DEALS.
Finally, We the People of the United States of America, THE TAXPAYERS, do hereby demand forthwith full retribution to be paid by ALL those whom are determined guilty of any and all of these most egregious crimes and henceforth, FULL reparations and FULL compensation for ALL TAXPAYING citizens of the United States of America.
____________________________________________
ARTICLE VI OF THE UNITED STATES CONSTITUTION REQUIRES ALL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS TO TAKE A SWORN OATH “TO SUPPORT THIS CONSTITUTION;” 5 U.S.C. 3331 SPECIFIES THE LANGUAGE OF THE OATH FOR FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS.
ACCORDING TO THIS STATUTE, OFFICIALS MUST “SOLEMNLY SWEAR (OR AFFIRM)” THAT THEY “WILL SUPPORT AND DEFEND THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES AGAINST ALL ENEMIES, FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC” AND THAT THEY “WILL BEAR TRUE FAITH AND ALLEGIANCE TO THE SAME.”
There are two Constitutional Amendments that the Enemies of the United States Democratic Republic must take down:
*2ND AMENDMENT: ALL SELF-PROTECTION GONE WITH CONFISCATION OF CITIZENS’ LAWFUL FIREARMS
*1ST AMENDMENT: ALL FREEDOM OF SPEECH GONE, DISALLOWED BY HIGHLY CONFABULATED AND SPECIALLY DESIGNED “HATE” SPEECH LAWS
BOTH ARE NEARLY A FAIT ACCOMPLI!!!
AND THEN THERE WILL BE A STUNNINGLY SUDDEN AND TOTAL LOSS OF ALL INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS AND INDIVIDUAL FREEDOMS. IN ONE FELL INSTANT, THE MOST BRUTAL AND MURDEROUS DICTATORSHIP THE WORLD HAS EVERKNOWN.
THE NEW WORLD ORDER GLOBAL TOTALITARIAN TYRANNY OF TERROR WILL IMMEDIATELY BEGIN THEIR IRON-FIST CAMPAIGNS OF MURDER, AND THEY WILL BE THOROUGHLY RUTHLESS AND VICIOUS INDEED!!!
THEY WILL COME DOOR TO DOOR!!!
ARREST THE COUNTLESS TREASONOUS TRAITORS IN THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT!!!!
ARREST ALL THE CRIMINALS WITHIN THE FEDERAL RESERVE & GOLDMAN SACHS!!!!
PLEASE BRING LAW & ORDER!!!!!
WE NEED LAW & ORDER!!!!!
WE DO NOT WANT VIOLENT REVOLUTION HERE!!!!!
AMERICANS: DO NOT FOR ONE SECOND HOPE FOR REVOLUTION BECAUSE IF THAT HAPPENS–AND THOSE ARE EXACTLY THE ENEMY’S WICKED PLANS–TO INCITE CIVIL VIOLENCE–IF THEY CAN CAUSE CIVIL WAR (AND DUH, THE AMERICANS CONTINUE ON, AS PER THE SCRIPT, PLAYING INTO THEIR HANDS) MILLIONS AND MILLIONS WILL DIE!!!! KNOW THAT!!!
ARREST THE GOVERNMENT NOW!!!
Christina M.
On Jan 15, 2020, at 10:06 AM, Christina Marlowe wrote:
PLEASE INFORM OTHERS
Christina M.
On Jan 15, 2020, at 10:05 AM, Ernest West wrote:
Thanks
On Wed, Jan 15, 2020, 11:48 AM Christina Marlowe wrote:
USA, INC. DBA US “GOVERNMENT” IS SHEER FRAUD AND TAXATION IS UNMITIGATED THEFT
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT WAS DISSOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY IN THE YEAR 1933. AS SUCH, THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA “GOVERNMENT” EXISTS IN NAME ONLY AND IS IN FACT A PRIVATELY OWNED CORPORATION RUN SOLELY UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE PRIVATE BANKS AND CORPORATIONS AND THE UNITED NATIONS.
The United States INC. DBA the US “government” and all the career politicians/lifelong parasitic sycophants and the countless bureaucrat paper-shufflers/useful idiots within it’s many taxpayer-funded departments and agencies are actively engaged in an elaborate criminal conspiracy and all are engaged in criminal collusion with multiple private international banks and multiple private international corporations in cahoots with the UNITED NATIONS, which itself seeks to overtake the entire world in it’s fascist totalitarian global governance scheme.
These thoroughly illegal, in deed CRIMINAL collaborative entities have been actively engaged in all imaginable High Crimes including but not limited to Fraud, High Treason, Treachery; Embezzlement, Profiteering, Larceny; Slavery; Blackmail, Extortion, Bribery; Human Trafficking, Rape, Child Sex Slavery, Child Pornography, Child Trafficking, Murder; Human Organ harvesting and trafficking; Drug Trafficking, Money Laundering; Multiple Crimes Against Humanity; Domestic and International TERRORISM; Ongoing local and global GENOCIDE.
The de facto criminal corporation DBA the government of the United States of America along with it’s many tax-payer-funded departments and agencies’ government “officials,” both elected and/or appointed, have actively and deliberately been plotting to undermine the sovereignty of the United States and have been deliberately deceiving the American citizenry since it’s inception.
The U.S. [corporation] government’s insidious and strictly deliberate use of propaganda and propaganda tools, such as privately-owned media mouthpieces, compliant agency spokespersons and other willing quislings and covert agents do actively and constantly spread outright lies and deliberate misinformation and disinformation through it’s highly organized and directed propaganda outlets also known as the “mainstream media,” to completely stymy and utterly stupefy it’s own population, the taxpaying citizens.
The U.S. fully-kleptocratic (also narco) government is today and has been for at least multiple decades, engaged in all manners of thoroughly criminal activities, particularly by the highly contemplated and systematic use of countless choking bureaucratic agencies, including ALL schools, and also notable, the C.I.A.-controlled (Enemy-owned and -controlled) so-called Mass Media (see Operation Mockingbird, 1950’s), which is itself responsible for spreading constant repetitive LIES, half-truths, disinformation and misinformation through insidious and pernicious programs of brainwashing and mass mind control programming through use of pointed Propaganda confabulated by the devious criminals within this treasonous, traitorous, fraudulent, illegal and thus thoroughly illegitimate United States CORPORATION DBA US government.
These highly deliberate and elaborately deceptive programs have long ago been planned, devised and implemented with very specific goals in order to brainwash and thus control every facet of the United States citizenry and concurrently to conceal the multiple ongoing, vicious, genocidal, abhorrent, blatant and utterly flagrant crimes of this United States government.
The United States’ Central Intelligence Agency, the C.I.A., for only ONE of literally innumerable other bureaucratic criminal agencies engaged in multiple ongoing criminal operations, is entirely funded by the taxpayers of the United States. The nefarious C.I.A. is a government-sponsored Global Terrorist Organization and is linked to many global networks that have long been actively engaged in highly illegal and treasonous operations including but not limited to subversion, collusion; extortion, blackmail, bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud; drug trafficking, money laundering, human trafficking, organ trafficking; war crimes, treachery, treason; multiple foreign and domestic coups d’etat; multiple domestic and foreign assassinations; and countless myriad other activities, all highly illegal and all conducted in secrecy and without the knowledge or the consent of the taxpaying citizens of the United States of America.
We the People of the United States do hereby demand the full and complete DISASSEMBLY of this ENTIRE United States government including ALL government departments and agencies.
Further, all heretofore “public servants”/”employees” and “appointees” of this LIE, this FAKE nation DBA the United States of America, are to be held to full account through the thorough and rigorous investigations which lead to full disclosure of all to the U.S. citizenry.
We the Taxpaying citizen/victims of this CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE, this murderous criminal racket, the USA, WE demand forthwith indictments, arrests, post-haste legal proceedings in public trials, within the NEW COURTS OF LAW, of all heretofore employees/public servants within each and every branch, each and every department, each and every agency within and of this criminal enterprise, USA, INC. DBA the U. S. “government.”
Public Trials and/or Public Tribunals of ALL heretofore government employees, including the entire so-called Military Industrial Apparatus; Thorough prosecutions of every heretofore public employee; the most severe punitive measures to be meted out to each and every one found guilty of any and all crimes against the taxpaying citizens of the United States; the full and immediate forfeiture and full and immediate seizure of all ill-gotten gains, i.e. everything; Lastly, severe terms of imprisonment and/or exile of any and all guilty parties within this illegal United States government, as strictly determined by the newly-instated U. S. citizens’ Courts of Law and/or Public Tribunals.
Last, We the People of the United States of America do hereby demand forthwith full retribution to be paid by all those whom are determined guilty of any and all of these most egregious crimes and henceforth, full reparations and full compensation for first, all citizens of the United States, and second, all other affected citizens around the world.
_____________
Across this entire country, in every single town, city, county, these arrogant and controlling wastrels do absolutely NOTHING BUT STEAL every last nickel of our hard-earned money, our hard-earned tax dollars, all straight into their own filthy pockets!! YES…Just like pouring our tax dollars all down a RAT HOLE!!!
As these LIARS, THESE ACTORS, these self-important, self-serving, self-aggrandizing, narcissist-FREAKS shovel ALL OUR MONEY down their own wide-open filthy throats, ever increasing their disgustingly disgraceful astronomical salaries for doing NOTHING but RAPING THE TAXPAYER, keep the underlings busy with idiotic paper shuffling all whilst listening to their own RAP JIVE, with their big loud TRAPS constantly YAWNING WIDE OPEN talking their garbage NONSENSE in order to SUBVERT and DESTROY this country on behalf of EVIL…All for filthy lucre and junk trinkets.
These little tyrant-sycophants are VERMIN and are much, much worse than useless–they are in FACT and IN DEED DANGEROUS AND VERY, VERY EVIL DICTATORS.
FURTHER, they own the millions upon millions of thoroughly brainwashed, mind-controlled lackey-flunky bureaucrats, police, and the enormous military operatives who only mindlessly FOLLOW ORDERS. They all YAP back and forth incessantly to DUPE YOU.
Yes, there are MILLIONS of THEM…THEY who only serve themselves and in propping up this thoroughly criminal enterprise, this corporate BEAST called America, wasting our precious resources decade after decade, heavily employing their very own “USEFUL IDIOTS” as STALIN coined the term, all whilst ruining entirely every single thing they can get their filthy greedy dirty mitts on…AND THOSE AT THE TOP KNOW EXACTLY WHAT THEY ARE DOING.
As the underlings shuffle, shuffle and shuffle again stupid worthless documents, PRODUCING NOTHING BUT DESTRUCTION AND EVIL, bankrupting all of US, the actual working [stiff] TAX PAYERS.
They should ALL BE PUT INTO PRISON FOR LIFE!!! This entire FAILED “NATION,” which is in FACT actually a CORPORATION, America, INC., is a total DISGRACE and a criminal TRAVESTY.
GO SEE your local CAFR Comprehensive Annual Financial Report for ONE.
Subject: TRUTH????
DO YOU WANT THE TRUTH????
USA, INC. IS A COMPLETE AND TOTAL FRAUD AND TAXATION IS UNMITIGATED THEFT
Democrats and Republicans are the exact selfsame BEAST that together, decade after decade, play the same old Dog and Pony Show to prop up the STATUS QUO.
U.S. KLEPTOCRACY: RULED BY THIEVES
The UNITED STATES OF AMERICA IS A CORPORATION, NOT A NATION (SEE YOUR LOCAL C.A.F.R., THE COMPREHENSIVE ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT, FOR ONE
And, um, “THEY” themselves comprise the STATUS QUO. OH!! Along with the United Nations together with the global banking cartels and global corporations in which they work on behalf.
This is a thoroughly failed, thoroughly corrupt and totally criminal system.
Have you really not noticed the ENORMOUS transfers of Wealth???? And the total destruction of the Middle Class???? Americans Bankrupted by GENOCIDAL health Care every DAY??? U.S. DEBT at $19 TRILLION and counting???? Student DEBT at 1.3 TRILLION DOLLARS????
Do you LIKE DEBT???
Another thing, do you know that the peak of U.S. “wages” was way back in 1968 and wages have ACTUALLY been going DOWN for FIFTY YEARS. QUI BONO??? YOU???
I don’t think so, dearie.
QUI BONO???? WHO WINS??? WHO LOSES????
So consider yourself TOLD that both sham-parties, working in tandem, do represent SOLELY and DE FACTO the UN, the Global Corporate and Banking Cartel Interests and the perpetual furtherance thereof and the ghastly wealth therein;
A MESSAGE TO ALL AMERICANS
(NOVEMBER 12TH 2016)
YOU ARE BEING DECEIVED!!!!!
I HAVE SOME NEWS FOR ALL OF YOU, ESPECIALLY THE YOUTH:
FROM THE CLINTONS TO THE TRUMPS TO THE BUSH CLAN–ALL OF THEM…”THEY” ARE ALL IN “THIS” TOGETHER, WORKING IN TANDEM, DECADE AFTER DECADE, TO DESTROY AMERICA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UNITED NATIONS AGENDA 21/AGENDA 2030.
MARK MY WORDS. LOOK HOW FAR THEY’VE ALREADY COME!!
I ADVISE YOU ALL TO DO YOUR DUE DILIGENCE BECAUSE THESE FARCE “ELECTIONS” DO NOT MATTER ONE WIT. “THEY” CAN AND THEY WILL DO WHATEVER THEY WANT TO DO…AND THEY ALWAYS HAVE.
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT IS NOT AT ALL–IN ANY WAY, SHAPE OR FORM–“OURS” TO CAST A VOTE IN THE FIRST PLACE;
A FULL-SPECTRUM CORPORATE COUP D’ETAT HAS LONG AGO BEEN ACHIEVED AND THOROUGHLY.
WE ARE LIVING IN ABSOLUTE LAWLESSNESS AND THE EXACT PLANNED RELENTLESS CHAOS ENSUES, THAT WHICH THEY THEMSELVES CREATE AGAIN AND AGAIN AND FOMENT REPEATEDLY TO PUT THE PEOPLE IN CONSTANT FEAR AND DIVISION.
THERE ARE NO “NEGOTIATIONS” TO BE HAD!!
THIS GOVERNMENT IS NOT LEGITIMATE!!
IN FACT AND IN DEED THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT, INCORPORATED, HAS BEEN THE MOST ENORMOUS FRAUD THAT HAS EVER BEEN PERPETRATED ON ANY PEOPLE IN HISTORY THAT I KNOW.
THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT IS 100% ILLEGAL, AS PER THE U.S. CONSTITUTION, WHICH BURNS IN BROAD DAYLIGHT ON A FUNERAL PYRE FOR ALL TO SEE IF ONLY THEY’D LOOK.
FOR YOUR DUE DILIGENCE, PLEASE RESEARCH THE FOLLOWING AND DO NOT STOP UNTIL YOU SEE THAT ABSOLUTELY NOTHING IS AN “ACCIDENT.”
THE SEPTEMBER 11TH 2001 COUP D’ETAT;
THE SO-CALLED NEW WORLD ORDER AND THE UNITED NATIONS’ RESPECTIVE ROLE;
THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE TRILATERAL COMMISSION, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE BILDERBERG GROUP, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND (IMF) AND THE WORLD BANK AND THEIR ROLES;
BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS (BIS) AND ITS MEMBERS AND HISTORY
THE ROTHSCHILDS DYNASTY AS IT RELATES TO AMERICA AND THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANKING “SYSTEM”
THE ROCKEFELLERS AND ROTHSCHILDS ET AL VIS-A-VIS THE GLOBAL MONETARY SYSTEM;
HINT: SEE THE ROTHSCHILDS, THE ROYALS OF EUROPE, ALL U.S. PRESIDENTS WITH THE POSSIBLE EXCEPTION OF JFK (LOOK WHAT HAPPENED TO HIM!!!)
HINT: SEE LUCIFERIAN FREEMASON ALBERT PIKE’S LETTER TO MAZZINI REGARDING THE THREE WORLD WARS
HINT: SEE THE INTENTIONAL CREATION OF THE MUSLIMS, THE NAZIS ET AL
AND DO NOT STOP THERE!!!
YOU SHOULD THEN THOROUGHLY RESEARCH FREEMASONRY AND IT’S HISTORY AND YES THE SO-CALLED ILLUMINATI; SEE ALL SECRET SOCIETIES SUCH AS SKULL AND BONES AT YALE; RHODES, FULBRIGHT ET AL;
DO NOT STOP THERE!!!
THEN THOROUGHLY RESEARCH MASS MIND CONTROL, MASS BRAINWASHING VIA PROJECT PAPERCLIP AND THE CIA;
PROJECT ARTICHOKE, PROJECT PANDORA, PROJECT MONARCH, PROJECT MK-NAOMI, PROJECT OFTEN, ETC., ETC., ETC. AD NAUSEUM; MK ULTRA TRAUMA-BASED MIND CONTROL, ETC, ETC, ETC. AD NAUSEUM
YOU ARE BEING DECEIVED!!!!!
(AND PIZZAGATE IN IN FACT AND IN DEED REAL!!!!)
MULTI-GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND CONTROL PROGRAMMING
INTENSIVE GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING AND USE OF “RACE” AS A TACTIC IN DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY (This part of this writing is a work in progress)
INTENSIVE GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING AND THE USE OF “RACE” [AS A TACTIC IN] DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY:” (writing is a work in progress)
TACTICS IN THE DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY (KNOW WHAT THEY’VE ACCOMPLISHED!!)
BRAINWASHING and MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING:
All wings of the private-corporate-owned and -controlled media, under the dictates of the UNITED NATIONS and all others complicit (such as the CIA) under the long-term program named Operation Mockingbird that seized total control of the U.S. media in the 1950s, has successfully and utterly brainwashed and mind-control programmed entire generations of unwitting Americans.
Through use of all forms of media, the carefully orchestrated and directed propaganda campaigns (SEE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE, FRANKFURT SCHOOL, THE FABIAN SOCIETY) incessantly stream highly-contemplated and very specifically-focused confabulations consisting of a combination of total LIES, half-truths, every possible form of distortion, misinformation, disinformation; All is fed directly into the minds and consciousness of a mostly unwitting [HYPNOTIZED] television-addicted American populace.
The diabolical, pernicious and thoroughly calculated propaganda campaigns, serve as a very successful tool in a veritable arsenal of tools used to DIVIDE and CONQUER this population. AND THEN TO GENOCIDE US, WHICH IS PRECISELY WHAT THEY ARE DOING NOW.
One of the most effective of the divide and conquer tactics is the intentionally created “racial division.”
The enemy has instrumentally used this particularly wicked LIE for centuries specifically in order to cause DIVISION: DIVIDE and CONQUER.
The enemy’s use of “race” baiting, always along with the careful use of media, has served and still does today serve the enemy very well. In fact and indeed twas the enemy who invented and concocted the entire layout including the very notion of “race” and all the concocted concepts and insidious precepts associated with so-termed “race,” causing entire swaths of people to hate each other, believe lies of the enemy and cause them to fight and even kill each other.
The enemy has used their own invention called “RACE” a priori to accomplish precisely what they have already accomplished on a huge scale heretofore, and what we are witnessing today. ALL Racial division was deviously invented, systematically created, craftily devised and then implemented in every conceivable way and HERE WE ARE.
KNOW YOUR ENEMY:
The enemy did concoct every bit of theretofore non-existent animosity based on ethnicity, carefully stirring and intentionally fomenting “racial” rather CIVIL strife by creating obvious inequality and wicked injustice and then using the thereby spawned animosity and hatred that did NOT exist before, all imaginable divisions included, contrived racial superiority or inferiority complexes and incite civil strife often ending in riots and death. There are NO ACCIDENTS.
MORE ON BRAINWASHING
Brainwashing through [State] Propaganda uses all techniques, all tactics. A most effective one is the sheer fear tactics; Communism, Socialism, Terrorism; We are all force-fed outright LIES, for very specific results, from the cradle to the grave.
(US against THEM = Divide and Conquer [tactic])
There are entire manuals and playbooks on How to BRAINWASH and Control an Entire Society. See one titled PROPAGANDA written by Edward Bernays in the 1920s; He was the nephew of Kabbalist Sigmund Freud.
One Example, have you ever noticed that there are a dizzying, indeed countless, number of…”groups of people?”
In the last decade, I noticed a new onslaught: Millions of new 501(c)(3)s, many thoroughly fraudulent.
(WEDGE ISSUES = Divide and Conquer)
Have you noticed that these same “groups,” fight vehemently amongst themselves and, most curiously, directly against themselves and their own self interests?
Whether members of these groups are genuine in their profound ignorance; or whether the groups were deliberately created to further spread misinformation and lies, so as to stupefy the populace…
It works in that the desired result is the same:
Significant confusion; convolution; Infighting and pitted fights; It leaves many in in a state of fear or hate; That too is deliberate.
Divide and Conquer.
So!! These same exact hand-selected “issues” are also bandied about, in and on, all forms of media, non-stop, 24/7; The same incessant, irritating high hum of blathering morons on radio; the same empty headed television hosts who I now suspect are hired based solely on either 1. a very low IQ score; or 2. a fundamental ignorance so deep that it cannot ever be challenged. Or they simply CHOOSE TO WORK ON BEHALF OF EVIL.
So!! WHO is it exactly that calls the shots?
Who does hand-pick and then place STUPID CONTRIVED “issues” under the collective noses of the stymied-electorate?
And THEN there IS the OTHER SIDE:
The Stymied-Electorate needs to answer this:
So, who is it that, just like Pavlov’s Dog, decade after decade, who casts their vote each and every time there comes a ballot for the candidates presented?
So then, do any of us even wonder such things as:
WHO in HELL is THIS???
FROM WHERE in HELL did they COME?
And AT WHOSE BEHEST?
Subject: FILTHY PARASITIC LITTLE HACKS…LACKEYS…FLUNKIES…STOOGES…STUPID BUREAUCRATS…USEFUL IDIOTS…
AMERICA IS KAPUT
Today, most of our U. S. population are:
1.) Serving in the vast U. S. military WAR APPARATUS solely for the War Profiteers’ interests, and directly against their own and our interests, i.e the interests of the United States’ taxpayers and the very sovereignty of the U.S.; or
2.) Working within this unwieldy beast government as corporate bureaucrats and technocrats, a.k.a. USEFUL IDIOTS; or
3.) Paid protesters/demonstrators who work directly for the outright enemies of the state such as George Soros and the like; or
4.) Paper-shufflers in do-nothing and thoroughly fraudulent 501 (c)(3)’s and (4)s
5.) Minimum-wage debt slaves in low-paying thankless jobs in the “service” industry
6.) Unemployed, homeless, bankrupt
OR
7.) “WORKING” SHUFFLING PAPERS AND DOING NOTHING ATALL (AND POCKETING HUGE SALARIES CONSISTING OF OUR HARD-EARNED TAX DOLLARS) AS THE MILLIONS OF PARASITIC LITTLE “USEFUL IDIOT” BUREAUCRATS BLEEDING US DRY AND CLOGGING UP THIS FILTHY JOKE OF A “GOVERNMENT,” THIS UNWIELDY CORPORATE BEAST, USA, INC.
*NOTE: NOT A SINGLE ONE OF THESE UNCONSCIONABLE DO-NOTHING LITTLE HACKS, EVERYONE OF THEM WORTHLESS LITTLE LACKEY-FLUNKIES, NOT ONE HAS EVER STEPPED DOWN OR RESIGNED IN PROTEST!!!! THEY ALL GET PAID VERY WELL IN DEED!!!
I recently contacted the New York Office of the Iraq Veterans Against War to ask just what they’ve accomplished and the woman on the phone told me that they just handed in more papers…to the office of COMMUNIST Bernie Sanders!!! In other words they do nothing but…shuffle papers!!! that wind up in the trashcan and they waste precious time and worthless money engaged in pointlessness with the enemies. And they do it all for a filthy paycheck.
There is not one single person within this enormous beast, this corporate state, that works on OUR, the taxpayers’, behalf!! NOT A SINGLE ONE. And by the way, Bernie Sanders is and always has been a filthy, dirty ZIONIST SHILL who has always voted FOR every WAR imaginable; AND he is a Marxist COMMUNIST. Feh.
COMMUNIST TRAITOR Bernie Sanders has and does continue to prop up and keep indefinitely, the STATUS QUO, this “SYSTEM”!!!
SANDERS IS, of course, THE STATUS QUO.
WORDS ARE CHEAP, MEANINGLESS and WORDS DO NOTHING!!!
Look where SANDER’S along with the whole rotten lot of these LIFELONG PARASITE KLEPTOCRATS… LOOK TODAY at where THEY have brought US!!!!!! We the TAXPAYERS!!!!!!
What ON EARTH DON’T you SEE?? Can you THINK AT ALL?????? Is it the FLUORIDE??? THE VACCINES????
This, DEAR ONES, is a TOTALLY FAILED STATE!!! A CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE!!!!
And THEY are ROBBING US BLIND!!!!!
So to the diehards, let me break this to y’all:
Bernie Sanders, just as with the rest of these unconscionable psychopaths, is and always has been a complete FRAUD.
He has never worked a real job in his entire feckless, freeloading lifetime, always living off of WE the TAXPAYERS without lifting a finger.
Words are cheap, meaningless and totally worthless, as Sanders and his many stupid cohorts within this detestable and criminal government so clearly demonstrate over and over, again and again. Wake up America.
SEE Sanders’ ACTUAL VOTING RECORD DAMMIT!!!
Sanders voted for the ACA, which is bankrupting everyone in this Godforsaken country!! What does THAT tell you people?
SANDERS supports CLINTON!! What on earth does THAT say?
SANDERS has ALWAYS, again and again, voted for U.S. WARS of AGGRESSION.
Bernie Sanders is and always has been a POLITICIAN, no different than any other.
JUST BECAUSE HE SAYS “Civil Rights” blah, blah, blah, BLEH.
Look where his lifelong career has gotten US!!!
QUI BONO??? Who benefits from this “system???” YOU??
Well, Sanders certainly benefits!! After all, HE gets lifelong FREE health care ON OUR BACKS, as they DENY WE the TAXPAYERS the SAME…And Sanders now has THREE HOMES!!
THREE HOMES????FEH!!
So um, where has this Bernie Sanders person BEEN all these years…living for free off of US… and what has he ACTUALLY accomplished???
Well!! If anyone here would bother to look at Bernie Sanders’ actual voting record then you’d all find out that Sanders has voted FOR WAR REPEATEDLY. In fact and in deed, Sanders is another duplicitous WAR MONGER AND he is COMPLICIT in the ISRAELI ZIONIST GENOCIDE of PALESTINIANS, and the AFGHANISTAN WAR…And too many other outrageous and CRIMINAL positions, stances and votes to enumerate.
Bernie Sanders, in a long line of WRETCHED, ROTTEN, FILTHY, LYING SWINE lining up at the trough, is a lifelong career politician. PERIOD.
He has never worked a day in his wretched life and HE is just as much part of this SICK “PROBLEM,” also known as “AMERICA,” and he is just as dangerous, just as useless and will and always has continued to sell us all out in a heartbeat. Any hack in this illegitimate government can…You too, Bernie Sanders.
The fact is that a great many fellow people here in America have been and still are so thoroughly deceived and so totally brainwashed by the incessant lies, disinformation and misinformation; And by the deliberate Trauma-based mind control by our own government (and it’s many satanic agencies and military) that our people can no longer think at all. Nor can they even discern fact from opinion. (See Hegelian Dialectic for one)
CIA MK Ultra Trauma-based Mind Control, Mass brainwashing, ETC.
Our U. S. government’s deliberate use, over quite a few decades, of intense, cradle-to-grave mass brainwashing via constant streams of PURE PROPAGANDA; CONSTANT LIES; A veritable plethora of horrid and unimaginably INHUMAN “techniques”–including MASS POISONING, such as dumping toxic Fluoride into our ENTIRE U. S. water supply–I do contend that Americans are so goddamned [STUPID] dumbed down, and so unforgivably unfeeling…because they’ve [UNWITTINGLY] been conditioned to be DOCILE due to being subjected to all of the brainwashing TV etc., and especially by the deliberate use of the CIA’s long-endeavored upon the public, HIDEOUS MK Ultra Trauma-based Mind Control.
PLEASE KNOW THIS!!! Many, MANY Americans can no longer think AT ALL!!
YOU, MY COMPATRIOTS, HAVE ALL BEEN LIED TO ABOUT EVERYTHING!!!!! EVERYTHING YOU’VE EVER BEEN TOLD IS AN OUTRIGHT LIE!!! AMERICA ITSELF IS ONE GIGANTIC LIE!!!!!
Anyway, I think that this mass intensive brainwashing and mass conditioning, over generations now, has lead to and indeed is THE MAIN REASON that so many Americans DO NOT respond to any Atrocities…AT ALL. And Abortion is murder and atrocity too. We ALL have been led to believe that fetuses are not really human. These are LIES!!
SORRY.
_______________
“The Corporate Person”
First Off, A Quote:
What a majority of the electorate…fails to understand is where we really are: owned and operated by [privately-owned] multinational corporations that hold absolutely NO allegiance to any nation, Constitution or system of moral authority.
[Private] Corporations who pick our leaders, buy our representatives, count our votes without oversight or confirmation, taint [POISON] our food and foul [POISON] our water and air, sicken our workers and benefit from their deaths. The [private] corporations’ allegiance is only to money; nothing else. They pay little or no taxes, yet they impose policy and write laws to limit our power and unleash theirs.” (Griffon)
ALL has been designed to and is used in order to obfuscate what our government is actually doing; If the population bickers about nonsense, any knowledge, Any awareness of the so-called Leaders’ actual policies and Laws that have been passed behind the backs of nearly all US citizens. Laws designed to ensure…Profit.
I despise Trickery in all forms; U.S. Government Propaganda is Nothing but Outright Lies and Total Deceit; Treachery and Treason; Bribery and Extortion; Theft and Fraud; Hypocrisy and MORE LIES. And More WAR.
I disagree with the vast network of other U.S. Tools used, such as the IMF and the World Bank; All Tools designed, formed and implemented SOLELY to impudently STEAL the resources of other presumably sovereign nations.
I disagree with any government that so blatantly represents the War Interests, Banking Interests, Corporate Interests and the appalling and ghastly wealth therein;
I disagree with Any Person, Any Group of Persons; Any who Represent Interests Above, Over, and in direct Opposition to the interests of the Common Good, ALL the people; “We the People,” the Tax-paying citizens of the United States; The Un-Represented; The Under-represented. That’s US indeed.
It is simply criminal and totally contemptible how any government “employees” PUBLIC SERVANTS??? are conducting themselves.
And let us remember the fact that these “employees” are there ONLY to represent OUR interests; The interests of the Common Good; The interests of the United States’ Citizenry. The TAXPAYERS.
These government agencies and the elected workers within them are decidedly NOT elected to be mere props who LIE to the citizens. And who represent, de facto, the Corporate interests. AND THE UNITED NATIONS AGENDA 21.
It is MOST egregious, indeed, that ANY government would represent, to the point of collaboration, Wealthy Corporations directly at the Enormous expense {THEFT] of the average U.S. Citizen, not to mention the poor, the needy, the elderly, the working-poor, the disabled and the obliterated Middle-Class-Cum-Slave-Class.
The facts, however, remain. The sole function, the Raison D’être, for every form of government is to represent the common interest of the electorate.
Therefore, it is indeed AMORAL, IMMORAL…utterly unconscionable…AND HIGHLY ILLEGAL what government “officials” (PUBLIC SERVANTS???) are in FACT doing to…WE THE PEOPLE, the very ones who’ve apparently been naive enough to have entrusted these “people” in OUR Government to “DO THE RIGHT THING.”
America is in no way, shape or form “civilized;” America is One Gigantic, Laughable LIE and I will no longer support or endorse such a disgracefully corrupt CRIMINAL CABAL.
Below is a letter I wrote in or around 2015:
My solution is as follows, but requires action of all citizens:
Peaceful, non-violent demonstrations EN MASSE to DEMAND that each member, in each branch of this government, vacate their positions at once.
Here is a sample letter to government representatives stating intent:
Letter to Representative Lois Capps, D-CA
Ms. Capps, You are included in the following statement, by your abject incompetence; your total refusal to address the systemic failure of this government; and your total and willful ignorance of any and all real issues, along with your continued insistence on focusing instead on trifling, insignificant non-issues.
Thus, Ms. Capps, you are very much a part of the problem:
It is abundantly clear that the U.S. government, including the entire Congress, the entire “Judicial” system, and all other government agencies that clearly do not represent “We the People.” In fact, the U.S. government is wholly owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the Corporations, in cahoots with the Banks and the Wall Street Quislings, that have enthroned themselves to UnChecked POWER. This is known as Corporatism. Look it up for yourselves.
I am, therefore, calling for all of you, each and every other member of each and every branch of this horribly failing government; I am calling on YOU to remove yourselves at once, unceremoniously and without protest, from your career seats of total DISGRACE and thorough INJUSTICE.
Stop paying All taxes: Local, State, Federal
Stop paying All Bank Debt
Stop paying All “Insurance” companies
Withdraw All Monies from Insolvent Banks
Stop working for slave-wages
ROBIN HOOD TAX
A “Small Tax” on Wall Street, huh???
A “SMALL TAX???” They should ALL be taxed at 100%, smacked hard in the mouth, and then EXECUTED for Crimes against Humanity.
WHO ARE YOU KIDDING???
TOO LATE NOW!!
___________
Here is a bit of history on Corporations (including Banks) and how dangerous they always have been, still are and always will be:
“When American colonists declared independence from England in 1776, they also freed themselves from control by English corporations that extracted their wealth and dominated trade. After fighting a revolution to end this exploitation, our country’s founders retained a healthy fear of corporate power and wisely limited corporations exclusively to a business role. Corporations were forbidden from attempting to influence elections, public policy, and other realms of civic society.
Initially, the privilege of incorporation was granted selectively to enable activities that benefited the public, such as construction of roads or canals. Enabling shareholders to profit was seen as a means to that end.
The states also imposed conditions (some of which remain on the books, though unused) like these:
For 100 years after the American Revolution, legislators maintained tight controll of the corporate chartering process. Because of widespread public opposition, early legislators granted very few corporate charters, and only after debate. Citizens governed corporations by detailing operating conditions not just in charters but also in state constitutions and state laws. Incorporated businesses were prohibited from taking any action that legislators did not specifically allow.
States also limited corporate charters to a set number of years. Unless a legislature renewed an expiring charter, the corporation was dissolved and its assets were divided among shareholders. Citizen authority clauses limited capitalization, debts, land holdings, and sometimes, even profits. They required a company’s accounting books to be turned over to a legislature upon request. The power of large shareholders was limited by scaled voting, so that large and small investors had equal voting rights. Interlocking directorates were outlawed. Shareholders had the right to remove directors at will.
In Europe, charters protected directors and stockholders from liability for debts and harms caused by their corporations. American legislators explicitly rejected this corporate shield. The penalty for abuse or misuse of the charter was not a plea bargain and a fine, but dissolution of the corporation.
In 1819 the U.S. Supreme Court tried to strip states of this sovereign right by overruling a lower court’s decision that allowed New Hampshire to revoke a charter granted to Dartmouth College by King George III. The Court claimed that since the charter contained no revocation clause, it could not be withdrawn. The Supreme Court’s attack on state sovereignty outraged citizens. Laws were written or re-written and new state constitutional amendments passed to circumvent the Dartmouth ruling. Over several decades starting in 1844, nineteen states amended their constitutions to make corporate charters subject to alteration or revocation by their legislatures. As late as 1855 it seemed that the Supreme Court had gotten the people’s message when in Dodge v. Woolsey it reaffirmed state’s powers over “artificial bodies.”
But the men running corporations pressed on. Contests over charter were battles to control labor, resources, community rights, and political sovereignty. More and more frequently, corporations were abusing their charters to become conglomerates and trusts. They converted the nation’s resources and treasures into private fortunes, creating factory systems and company towns. Political power began flowing to absentee owners, rather than community-rooted enterprises.
The industrial age forced a nation of farmers to become wage earners, and they became fearful of unemployment–a new fear that corporations quickly learned to exploit. Company towns arose. and blacklists of labor organizers and workers who spoke up for their rights became common. When workers began to organize, industrialists and bankers hired private armies to keep them in line. They bought newspapers to paint businessmen as heroes and shape public opinion. Corporations bought state legislators, then announced legislators were corrupt and said that they used too much of the public’s resources to scrutinize every charter application and corporate operation.
Government spending during the Civil War brought these corporations fantastic wealth. Corporate executives paid “borers” to infest Congress and state capitals, bribing elected and appointed officials alike. They pried loose an avalanche of government financial largesse. During this time, legislators were persuaded to give corporations limited liability, decreased citizen authority over them, and extended durations of charters. Attempts were made to keep strong charter laws in place, but with the courts applying legal doctrines that made protection of corporations and corporate property the center of constitutional law, citizen sovereignty was undermined. As corporations grew stronger, government and the courts became easier prey. They freely reinterpreted the U.S. Constitution and transformed common law doctrines.
One of the most severe blows to citizen authority arose out of the 1886 Supreme Court case of Santa Clara County v. Southern Pacific Railroad. Though the court did not make a ruling on the question of “corporate personhood,” thanks to misleading notes of a clerk, the decision subsequently was used as precedent to hold that a corporation was a “natural person.”
From that point on, the 14th Amendment, enacted to protect rights of freed slaves, was used routinely to grant corporations constitutional “personhood.” Justices have since struck down hundreds of local, state and federal laws enacted to protect people from corporate harm based on this illegitimate premise. Armed with these “rights,” corporations increased control over resources, jobs, commerce, politicians, even judges and the law.
A United States Congressional committee concluded in 1941, “The principal instrument of the concentration of economic power and wealth has been the corporate charter with unlimited power….”
Corporate charters (licenses to exist) were granted for a limited time and could be revoked promptly for violating laws.
Corporations could engage only in activities necessary to fulfill their chartered purpose.
Corporations could not own stock in other corporations nor own any property that was not essential to fulfilling their chartered purpose.
Corporations were often terminated if they exceeded their authority or caused public harm.
Owners and managers were responsible for criminal acts committed on the job.
Corporations could not make any political or charitable contributions nor spend money to influence law-making.
David DeGraw: The Economics of Revolution Peak Inequality: The .01% And The Impoverishment Of Society
David DeGraw
The Economics of Revolution
Peak Inequality: The .01% And The Impoverishment Of Society
August 18, 201438 minute read
This is an adapted excerpt from my new book, The Economics of Revolution.
I: The Ultra-Rich .01%
II: The Systematic Impoverishment of Society
III: Economic Slavery
IV: Hidden Wealth & Shadow Banking
V: The Aristocracy & The Death of Liberty
An extensive analysis of economic conditions and government policy reveals that the need for significant systemic change is now a mathematical fact. Corruption, greed and economic inequality have reached a peak tipping point. Due to the consolidation of wealth, the majority of the population cannot generate enough income to keep up with the cost of living. In the present economy, under current government policy, 70% of the population is now sentenced to an impoverished existence.
Let’s take an in-depth look at the evidence.
I: The Ultra-Rich .01%
To see how corrupt the United States government has become, just follow the money. According to the most recent Federal Reserve Flow of Funds report, US households currently have an all-time high $82 trillion in overall wealth. If that wealth were spread out evenly, every US household would now have $712k. However, as of the end of 2013, the median household only had $56k in wealth. From 2007 – 2013, overall wealth increased 26%, while the median household lost a shocking 43% of their wealth. If median wealth continues to decline at this rate, over 50% of US households will be bankrupt within the next decade.
The fact that the majority of households are losing so much wealth in a time of record-breaking overall wealth demonstrates how systemically corrupt the economy has become. To begin to grasp the scale of corruption, let’s analyze how much wealth has been consolidated within the economic top 1% of the population.
The latest comprehensive look at wealth distribution data reveals that the “ultra-rich†economic top 0.01% of US households now has an all-time high 11.1% of overall wealth. The next tier, the 0.1% – 0.99% has 10.4%, and the top 1% – 0.9% has 18.3%. In total, the top 1% now has an all-time high 39.8% of wealth.
When we correlate wealth distribution percentages with the $82 trillion in overall wealth reported by the Federal Reserve, it reveals that the top .01% has a stunning $9.1 trillion in wealth. In total, the top 1% has a mind-blowing $32.6 trillion.
To begin to comprehend wealth of this magnitude, one trillion is equal to 1000 billion. $32.6 trillion written out is $32,600,000,000,000.00.
Having that much wealth consolidated within a mere 1% of the population, while a record number of people toil in poverty and debt, is a crime against humanity. For example, it would only cost 0.5% of the 1%’s wealth to eliminate poverty nationwide. Also consider that at least 40% of the 1%’s accounted for wealth is sitting idle. That’s an astonishing $13 trillion in wealth hoarded away, unused.
Once you truly understand how much $32.6 trillion is, and realize how just a fraction of that wealth could dramatically evolve society for the benefit of all, the argument for significant systemic change is solid. However, as scandalous as these statistics are, they do not factor in trillions of dollars more in unaccounted for offshore wealth, which makes the overall situation sound significantly better than it actually is and hides the true depth of the crisis from popular consciousness. (We will analyze hidden wealth in section 4.)
Looking toward the future, current trends reveal that the rate in which inequality is growing is increasing rapidly. Overall wealth increased by $1.5 trillion in the first quarter of 2014. If wealth keeps increasing at the current rate, there will be an increase of $6 trillion in 2014. How will this wealth be distributed? If you look at income gains since 2009, 95% of them have gone to the top 1%.
We Are The 99.99%
There are now many people within the top 1% who are much closer in wealth to the middle class than they are the ultra-rich. Greed has grown so extreme that even within the top 1% inequality is soaring. The top 1% of the 1%, the .01%, now has 28% of the 1%’s wealth. When you factor in hidden wealth, they have an estimated 33% of the 1%’s wealth. An individual must have over $100 million in wealth to be in the .01%.
In 1980, the richest .01% was already consolidating wealth at a systemically unhealthy rate. Since then, they have more than quadrupled their share of overall wealth. Meanwhile, households who fall between the top 10% and the top 0.1% have actually been losing their share of overall wealth.
As the ultra-rich .01% amasses unprecedented wealth, they are forcing the overwhelming majority of the population into extreme economic insecurity and ever-increasing debt.
II: The Systematic Impoverishment of Society
If you are struggling to get by and running up debt to make ends meet, it is not your fault. It is the intentional outcome of government policy and economic central planning. In the present economy, it is impossible for 70% of the working age population to earn enough income to afford basic necessities, without taking on ever-increasing levels of debt, which they will never be able to pay back because there are not enough jobs that generate the necessary income to keep up with the cost of living.
For every 3.4 working age people, there is only one that can generate an income high enough to cover the cost of living without taking on debt. In total, only 20% of the overall population currently generates enough income to sustain the cost of living. As a result, poverty and declining living standards are much more prevalent throughout US society than the government and corporate media report. Let’s take a look at the reality behind mainstream propaganda…
The US Government & Statistical Fraud
The government engages in outright statistical fraud on the most often cited economic indicators, from the unemployment rate to poverty and inflation rates. Even the use of the Gross Domestic Product measurement as an indicator for overall economic health is incredibly deceptive.
The mainstream media not only incessantly repeats these bogus measurements, they drastically underreport the growing epidemic of poverty. According to a study by Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting, “on average, someone affected by poverty appeared on any nightly news show only once every 20 days…. An average of just 2.7 seconds per 22-minute nightly news program was devoted to segments where poverty was mentioned.â€
On the rare occasion when poverty is actually mentioned, the government’s Census Bureau poverty rate of 15% may be cited. When it comes to the overall employment situation, you will hear the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ unemployment rate, which is presently hovering around 6%. While these statistics are alarming, they drastically undercount the severity of the present crisis. Those two statistics are pure propaganda and mask the economic suffering of over 222 million US citizens.
Before analyzing the employment situation, let’s look at how the government calculates the poverty rate. The methodology behind the federal poverty rate was designed in 1963. It is incredibly outdated and significantly undercounts how much it costs to live in today’s economy. It uses the extremely flawed Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation rate to establish the poverty threshold. Many vital economic statistics that the government reports are based on this fraudulent inflation rate.
To give a more positive impression of overall economic health, the government has “revised†the methodology behind the CPI rate over 20 times since 1970. The CPI currently has inflation rising at a 2% annual rate. If inflation was calculated the way it was in 1980, the current rate would be 10%. When you take a deeper look into how this difference impacts vital economic statistics, it reveals a much different picture of the US economy.
Cost of Living
While the government claims a 2% annual inflation rate, the actual cost of living has been skyrocketing. Here’s the reality of the situation…
The US now has the most expensive healthcare system in the world. There has been a 22% increase in out-of-pocket hospital expenses over the past year. In the first quarter of 2014, healthcare spending rose at the fastest pace in 10 years. The cost of giving birth has tripled since 1996, childbirth out-of-pocket expenses increased fourfold from 2004 to 2010. The cost of childcare increased by 70% from 1985 to 2011. From 1994 to May 2014, the cost of childcare has been more than double the CPI inflation rate.
The overall cost of raising a child has risen 40% in the past decade, not counting the cost of college. Since 1986, the cost of college tuition has increased by 498 percent, compared to the 117% CPI inflation rate over that timeframe. Student loan debt has increased threefold over the last decade. The amount of money students are borrowing to pay tuition bills doubled from 2005 to 2012.
Looking at basic food costs, from 2002 to 2012, total CPI inflation was 28%. Consider the following price increases over that timeframe: Eggs 73%, Ground Beef 61%, Turkey 56%, White Bread 39%, Spaghetti & Macaroni 44%, Peanut Butter 40%, Coffee 90%, Orange Juice 46%, Apples 43%, Margarine 143%.
This dramatic rise in the basic cost of living, the amount of money that people need to survive, which is all but ignored by the CPI in the federal poverty threshold calculation, only reveals part of the government’s deception on poverty. Beyond the fraudulent inflation measurement, the Census Bureau does not adequately account for the differences in cost of living based on geographic locations. For instance, the cost of living in large population states like New York and California, as compared to the costs in more rural lower population Southern and Midwestern states.
When you realistically account for real inflation and geographically based cost of living, how much does it cost to cover basic necessities?
The Economic Policy Institute (EPI) has the most comprehensive look at the costs of living and how much money a family needs to cover basic necessities based on the city they live in. The EPI accounts for the costs of housing, food, healthcare, childcare, transportation and taxes. They do not factor in the costs of a college education or retirement.
Based on EPI calculations, a family of four needs to make $63,364 a year to cover basic necessities. Compare that to the government’s Census Bureau calculation using the CPI inflation rate and non-geographic accounting, which puts this threshold for a family of four at a mere $23,600.
In relation to the government’s poverty rate, the Economic Policy Institute’s numbers sound extremely high. However, they use very modest costs. For example, they use Topeka, Kansas as their median family budget area and calculate the cost of housing for a family of four at only $692 a month. When you analyze geographically based costs, you can see how expensive it is for a family to live in larger population cities:
New York HUD Metro FMR Area: $94,676
Los Angeles-Long Beach: $74,605
Chicago-Naperville-Joliet: $73,055
Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington: $77,928
Washington, DC: $89,643
San Francisco: $82,639
Phoenix: $68,742
San Diego-Carlsbad-San Marcos: $71,673
San Jose-Sunnyvale-Santa Clara: $77,619
To give more context, USA Today recently analyzed how much moderate costs of living for a family of four are today. They calculated that the average family needs to generate an annual income of $130k. Their estimate was more than double the median EPI cost of $63k, primarily because they factored in the costs of owning a home, one car, retirement and education.
Now, consider that the current annual median household income is only $51k per year. While overall wealth and the cost of living have skyrocketed, median household income has declined 8.3% since 2007 and 9% since 1999. To further demonstrate how dramatically the cost of living has truly risen since 2007, while median household income declined 8.3%, their overall wealth declined 43%.
For more historical context and to further demonstrate how corrupt the government and economic system have become; if household income had kept pace with the overall economy since 1970, the current annual median would be $95k, almost double what it presently is. On top of that, it was normal to have only one wage-earner per household in 1970, as compared to two now.
Extreme Poverty
If we look at the government poverty threshold for what it truly is, an indicator of extreme poverty, then it has a little more legitimacy. As the National Center for Children in Poverty reported on the government’s poverty threshold, “Research shows that, on average, families need an income of about twice that level to cover basic expenses.â€
When we count the percentage of the population at double the government’s poverty threshold as living in poverty, the poverty rate explodes from 15% of the population to 47%. Now you can see one of the reasons why the government falsifies the inflation rate. The government will not make this long overdue adjustment because that would mean they have to admit that 150 million people are currently living in poverty and simply cannot afford the cost of basic necessities.
According to the Census Bureau, 28% of children are now born into poverty. This marks a dramatic increase from an already alarming 25% in 2008. In total, the Census Bureau reports that 22% of children live in poverty. However, when we make the proper adjustments to the methodology of the poverty rate, an even more horrifying 45% of children live in poverty. That means there are currently 33,389,063 US children living in households that cannot afford basic necessities.
It would take only 0.3% of the 1%’s wealth to lift every one of these children out of poverty.
Overall, from 2000 to 2010 the Census Bureau found that the percentage of people living in poverty-stricken neighborhoods grew from 18.1% to 25.7%. Extrapolating out to today, we can estimate that 82 million people presently live in extreme poverty-stricken neighborhoods.
Extreme poverty-stricken neighborhoods can become a relic of the past with 0.5% of the 1%’s wealth.
For a deeper understanding of why poverty is growing so rapidly while overall wealth is also growing, let’s analyze the government’s fraudulent unemployment statistics.
Unemployment & Underemployment
Other than the deceptive poverty rate, unemployment is much worse than the 6% that the government reports. The 6% rate does not include part-time workers who need full-time work, long-term unemployed people who have not been able to find work for over six months, and “discouraged workers†who do not consistently look for work. When you account for those groups, as the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) did until 1994, the real unemployment rate is currently 23.2%.
For an example of how deceptive government unemployment reporting is, the BLS June 2014 jobs report decreased the unemployment rate and was portrayed in the mainstream media as a very positive result with 288k jobs added. However, in June, 523k full-time jobs were eliminated, and 800k part-time jobs were added, providing the illusion of job growth and a reduction in the government’s unemployment rate. Due to this trend, there are now over 7.5 million underemployed workers who are “part-time for economic reasons†because they have had their hours cut and/or cannot find full-time employment. None of these people are counted in the official government unemployment total.
Since 2007, well-paying paying jobs have become rare and low-paying full-time, part-time and temporary jobs have replaced them. This has also been a downside of the new healthcare law, as companies are cutting back full-time employment so they don’t have to pay for workers’ healthcare. In total, 50% of jobs created over the past three years are “low-paying,†mostly in retail, food service or temporary help. Low-paying jobs pay 80% or less of median wages.
The bottom line, in a nation of 318.6 million people, with a working age population of 213 million people, there are now only 118 million full-time jobs and 28 million part-time jobs, according to the BLS. However, also according to the BLS, there are currently only 106.6 million full-time workers. In other words, it is impossible for half of the working age population to get a full-time job. On top of that, of the current 118 million full-time jobs, 47% of them generate annual salaries below $35k per year.
III: Economic Slavery
Beyond unemployment and underemployment, the percentage of full-time working poor has grown significantly. US workers are presently producing twice as much wealth per work hour than they were in 1980. Instead of median incomes doubling since then, they have stagnated. The gap between wealth production and median income is now at an all-time high.
Based on the latest available individual level income data, 40% of workers make less than full-time minimum wage workers made in 1968, roughly $20k per year according to the suppressed CPI inflation rate. More realistic adjustments for inflation will reveal a much higher total. For example, the current federal minimum wage is $7.25 an hour. If minimum wage had kept pace with overall income inflation since 1968, the minimum wage would now be $21.16, which means a full-time minimum wage worker would now be making $44k a year. However, the median annual wage is only $27,519. Based on income inflation, only 22% of the working age population and 15% of the overall population currently have an annual income higher than a full-time minimum wage worker had in 1968.
The average person needs to generate $35k in annual income to cover the cost of basic necessities. Looking at the actual spending habits of the average worker, you need to generate an income of $42k to cover annual expenses. If we use $35k as our threshold for a living wage, only 30% of the working age population and 20% of the overall population generate an annual income over $35k. For every 3.4 working age people, there is one that generates an income high enough to cover the cost of basic necessities without taking on debt.
Keep in mind, that does not factor in the cost of paying off student debt. Average student debt is presently $29,400. If paid off over a 10-year period, at an average 4.6% interest rate, it costs $306 per month, $3672 annually. In this situation, a person needs to make an annual income of $38,672 to cover the cost of living plus their student debt. Only 27% of the working age population and 18% of the overall population generate that much income. For every 3.7 working age people, there is one that can sustain the cost of basic necessities plus the average student loan debt without taking on more debt.
Therefore, in the current economy, 73% of people with student debt will not be able to pay it back while also maintaining the cost of living, without going deeper into debt. The US government has sentenced you to a lifetime of ever-increasing debt and ever-declining living standards.
Mathematically Eliminated from the American Dream
For a worker to cover their own cost of living and the cost of one child, they will need to make roughly $45k a year. Only 22% of the working age population and 15% of the overall population currently generate enough income to support one child. For every one person that can generate enough income to sustain the cost of basic necessities for themselves and one child, there are 4.5 working age people.
Now, think back to the American dream that prevailed from the 1950s – 70s. Each family had one wage-earner supporting three children and one other adult who would care for the children. While this was considered the “American dream,†it is also the basis of a healthy society.
How healthy is our society and how many people can afford to live the American dream in today’s economy?
With today’s cost of living, just to cover basic necessities it will cost $80k per year to pull this off in the median family area, Topeka, Kansas. In the current economy, only 5.8% of the population can currently generate enough income to live the traditional American dream in Topeka. Clearly, we are not in Kansas anymore.
Levittown, New York was the first suburb that gave birth to the American dream. Try pulling off the American dream in its birthplace and it will cost $125k a year. Only 2% of the population can pull that off.
Once again, these baseline costs do not take college or retirement costs into account. With the reduced costs in childcare, due to one person in the family focused on taking care of the children, they can at least put some money away for college, as long as they don’t go away for vacation and none of their children go to a private school.
Beyond these baseline costs, looking at moderate costs for a family of four owning a home in a median family area, with one car, education and retirement costs factored in, it will cost $130k a year. Add a third child and a second car into the mix and it will cost roughly $150k a year. Only 1.46% of the overall population makes over $150k per year. In other words, in the current economy, the average traditional American Dream is only attainable for the 1%. The 99% has been mathematically eliminated from the traditional American Dream. If they want to have a family and own a home, they are now sentenced to a lifetime of economic insecurity and ever-increasing debt.
As for retirement, if you American dreamers think you are going to retire at 65, it’s time to wake up.
There Is No Escaping
According to the National Institute on Retirement Security, “the median amount a family nearing retirement has saved for their post-work lives is $12,000.†As 76 million Baby Boomers are due to retire, the real toll of this economic crisis is going to hit home in a huge way.
Up until now, Social Security has been the savior. Currently 57 million people receive Social Security benefits. In the present economy, that works out to two full-time workers for every one person collecting benefits. Adding 76 million to the 57 million people currently drawing benefits would mean 133 million retirees to 118 full-time jobs. Even factoring in death rates, with new full-time jobs a rarity in today’s economy, having one retired person to one full-time worker will soon be a reality.
In fact, Social Security is already giving out more money than it is taking in. From 2010 – 2012, there was a $150 billion deficit. However, the Social Security trust fund is supposed to have a $2.7 trillion in surplus. In reality, all that money was already spent on wars, bailouts and tax cuts for the rich. As Charles Hugh Smith explains, “when Social Security runs a deficit, the Treasury funds it by selling Treasury bonds, the same way it funds any other deficit spending. If the Treasury can’t sell bonds, the phantom nature of the Trust Fund will be revealed.â€
Given the corruption in Washington and the current fiscal debate, the likelihood of Social Security maintaining it promised returns is minimal. On top of that, the dramatic rise in healthcare costs and decline in full-time jobs make the current system inadequate and unsustainable. According to the Census Bureau, 54% of people over age 64 would be living in poverty without Social Security.
The probability that the more fortunate members of the Baby Boom generation will collect full pensions and be able to sell off their assets to cover the cost of basic necessities in this economy is also highly problematic. In “The Happy Story of Boomers Retiring on Their Generational Wealth Is Wrong,†Charles Hugh Smith sums up the situation:
“[Boomers’] wealth will shrivel once they start selling assets en masse. The reality is neither Gen-X nor Gen-Y have the savings, income or desire to buy bubble-level assets from their elders. This reality has been papered over for the past 5 years of super-low interest rates, which have enabled unqualified buyers to buy overpriced assets with modest income. Once the defaults start pouring in (and/or interest rates rise), the reality will become visible: you can’t cash in your wealth if there are no buyers.
There are numerous other fatal flaws with the happy story that 76 million Boomers can retire on full pensions and live off their home equity and stock portfolios…. Pension funds based on annual returns of 7.5% will be unable to fund the promised pensions when annual returns decline to negative 5%. As John Hussman has explained, every asset bubble in effect siphons off all the future return: when the bubble finally pops, average annual returns are subpar or negative for years.â€
Another Wave of Foreclosures on the Horizon
Since 2007, over 5.5 million families have lost their homes to foreclosure. The impact of that is horrifying to think about. The decision to bailout the banks to the extent that they were able to give out all-time record salaries and bonuses to the very people who caused the crisis, while millions of American families were thrown out of their homes is the epitome of tyranny and corruption.
Unfortunately, the foreclosure crisis is far from over. Six million families are still underwater on their mortgages, and this number will increase. Their average negative equity is a shocking 33%. As Ellen Brown recently summed it up, “40% of mortgages nationally are either underwater or nearly so, meaning more is owed on the home than it is worth. Seventy percent of homes that are deeply underwater wind up in default. Worse, second mortgages are due for a reset. Over the next several years, principal payments will be added to interest-only payments on second mortgages taken out during the boom years. Many borrowers will be unable to afford the higher payments. The anticipated result is another disastrous wave of foreclosures.â€
Looking at the overall picture, mortgage debt-to-wages is more than double the historic average. To make matters even worse, the Federal Reserve has been fraudulently inflating housing prices. As part of their wealth extraction operation they currently own $1.7 trillion in Mortgage-backed securities and $2.4 trillion in Treasury securities. (We will take a close look into how the Federal Reserve has been artificially propping up asset values for the benefit of the top economic .01% and the determent of everyone else in Part 2.)
The Illusion of Prosperity & A Tsunami of Debt
The inevitable insolvency of the overwhelming majority of the population hasn’t hit home yet because they have taken on ever-increasing levels of debt to maintain the illusion of prosperity. Other than the staggering national debt that the corrupted government has run up, US citizens have now taken on $12 trillion in personal debt.
On average, that’s $50k of debt for every US citizen over the age of 17. Again, it cannot be stated enough, in the current economy under present government policy, it is impossible for this debt to be paid off while maintaining the cost of basic necessities. Therefore, overall debt will continue to skyrocket. Even if interest rates on these debts dropped to 0%, as the Federal Reserve has done for a select few of their friends on Wall Street, there is no way for people to earn enough income to keep up with cost of living, let alone pay back their debts. On top of that, the already usurious interest rates on these debts are increasing. In fact, the spark that set off the global financial crisis in the first place is heating up once again:
“During the first quarter [of 2014], 3.7 million credit cards were issued to subprime borrowers, up a head-scratching 39% from a year earlier, and the most since 2008. A third of all cards issued were subprime, also the most since 2008…. In the first quarter, the average [interest] rate was 21.1%, up from 20.2% a year ago, while prime borrowers paid an average of 12.9% on their credit cards, and while banks that are lending them the money paid nearly 0%.â€
If current trends continue and current policies remain in place, 90% of the US population is heading for insolvency. That may sound like an exaggeration that is too absurd to be true. However, as the Guardian recently reported in an article headlined, “The Coming Debt Tsunami:â€
“So why look down the road – say, to 2017 – and worry? Here’s why: because the debt held by American households is rising ominously. And unless our economic policies change, that debt balloon, powered by radical income inequality, is going to become the next bust….
Falling government deficits are being replaced by rising debts on everyone else’s ledgers…. the majority of Americans – the 90% – will once again do what was done before: borrow, and then borrow more. By early 2017… it should be apparent that we’re reliving an alarming history. Middle- and low-income households have been following a trajectory of an ever-higher ratio of debt to income….
The evidence demonstrates that the de-leveraging of the very rich and the indebtedness of almost everyone else move in tandem; they follow the same trend line. In short, there’s a strong and continuous correlation between the rich getting richer, and the poor – make that the 90% – going deeper into debt…. The more – proportionally – that the top 10% has prospered, saved and invested (naturally, the gains found their way into the financial markets), the more the bottom 90% has borrowed….
Insolvency for the 90% has become… ‘the new normal’. Unsustainable? Of course…. Under the current disastrous economic and tax policies, we can look forward to rapid increases in debt for both corporations and households from at least 2015 to 2017: a tsunami of debt.â€
The first wave of the coming tsunami of debt has already begun to wash ashore. For the first time since the depth of the recession, credit card debt is now rising faster than wage growth, yet another ominous indicator of what’s to come.
Crimes Against Humanity
Behind all of the statistics presented in this report is immense physical and psychological trauma. The stress of economic insecurity compounds the problem by leading to health problems, which dramatically increase costs of living. Economic insecurity drives people to expensive healthcare, medications, drug use and crime. Beyond the moral and humanitarian imperative, recent studies prove that the cost of poverty to overall society is far higher than the cost of eliminating poverty.
The shortsighted greed of the .01% is causing the unnecessary suffering of an unprecedented number of people. Their consolidation of wealth has created a system of economic slavery. In a wealthy and technologically advanced society, it is a crime against humanity for a majority of the population to be toiling in extreme debt, poverty, unemployment and low-wage jobs.
IV: Hidden Wealth & Shadow Banking
The evidence presented in this report thus far makes a very solid mathematical case for significant systemic change. However, to get a more complete understanding of how corrupt the global economic system is, we also need to factor in wealth that is hidden from public view. Disregarding trillions of dollars in hidden wealth just because the wealthy have the ability to illegally hide it is an absolute injustice. It is completely ignoring a critical aspect of what is now the greatest theft of wealth in human history.
Hidden wealth estimates vary widely. Many of them only take a partial look at the most basic methods of offshoring wealth. Given the unprecedented growth of wealth over the past generation, the secretive methods used to hide it have evolved far beyond well-known tax havens in Switzerland and small-island jurisdictions such as the Bahamas. While estimates based on banking secrecy and tax havens help to give us a more accurate picture of overall wealth, they do not give a total view.
Research by Gabriel Zucman, which analyzed banking secrecy, estimated that “around 8% of the global financial wealth of households is held in tax havens.†If we correlate this 8% with the $82 trillion in accounted for wealth reported by the Federal Reserve, that would be an additional $6.6 trillion for the wealthy, bringing the richest 1% up to roughly $39 trillion in overall wealth.
However, to get a more complete understanding of the reality of the situation, the most wide-ranging look into hidden wealth was done in 2012 by economist John Henry in partnership with the Tax Justice Network (TJN). They estimated that there was $21-$32 trillion hidden globally at the end of 2010. As shocking as that sounds, that estimate still did not give a complete view of hidden wealth. As they put it, “We consider these numbers to be conservative. This is only financial wealth and excludes a welter of real estate, yachts and other nonfinancial assets owned via offshore structures.â€
We also need to consider that overall US household wealth is up 30% and has increased by $25 trillion since the end of 2010. Globally, High Net Worth Individual investible wealth has increased 19% since then, and has begun to accelerate at a record pace. In 2013, it increased globally by 14%, with a 17% increase in North America, which is now at an all-time high. Given these factors, and several others that will be explained below, the higher TJN estimation of $32 trillion in 2012 is conservative today.
Correlating TJN’s wealth estimates with US distribution percentages is not an exact science but it gives a much more accurate total of overall wealth than excluding it. Based on TJN’s estimation, Ultra High Net Worth Individuals (UHNWI) accounted for 48% of hidden wealth. If we correlate that to the overall estimate of $32 trillion, it equates to $15.4 trillion for the UHNWI population. The US accounts for 35% of the UHNWI population, which correlates to $5.4 trillion. In the next tier, High Net Worth Individuals (HNWI) also accounted for 48% of hidden wealth. The US currently has 42% of the HNWI population, which correlates to $6.5 trillion. The additional 4% of hidden wealth is estimated to be held below the economic top 1% of the US population, which correlates to roughly $538 billion.
This brings the estimated total of hidden US wealth to $12.4 trillion, with $11.9 trillion of that held within the top 1%. We can now estimate that the top .01% has $14.5 trillion in wealth, the top .1% has $26.4 trillion and in total the top 1% has $44.5 trillion.
After we factor in estimated hidden wealth, the top 1%’s share of overall wealth increases from 39.8% to 46.9%. To glimpse the scale of theft, if hidden wealth were spread out evenly over every US household, that would be an extra $111k per household, increasing average household wealth to $823k. That is approximately 15 times greater than the 2013 median household with only $56k in wealth. Also consider that the estimated $12.4 trillion that the wealthy have stashed away is roughly equivalent to the $12 trillion in total household debt.
After revealing the 1%’s $32.6 trillion in accounted for wealth, estimating that they have another $11.9 trillion in hidden wealth may seem like an unnecessary risk that will invite attacks to undermine the credibility of this analysis. That is an understandable reaction. However, in the grand scheme of things, that reaction is based on a dangerously naïve understanding of the global economic system. In reality, if we ever get a full look at hidden wealth, the top 1% could more realistically own 50% of overall we…
[TRUNC]
MORE:
SO BERNIE SANDERS:
In TRUTH, in the United States, there is record breaking unemployment, record breaking poverty, record breaking food insecurity, declining income, declining wages…And a decreasing life span…EXCEPT for those who own everything including the entire U.S. money supply.
As of 2009, here are some REAL numbers LOOK AROUND!!! (it has ALL grown increasingly and exponentially worse, to say the LEAST):
INFORMATION COMPILED BY DAVID DEGRAW CIRCA 2009:
As companies continue to downsize and shift jobs overseas, unemployment is once again accelerating. Private-sector job cuts in July surged 60% to a16-month high. When accounting for population growth within the total labor force, from December 2007 to present, we have lost 10.6 million jobs.
With the implementation of state and federal budget cuts, public-sector unemployment is accelerating as well. According to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, since August 2008, state and local governments have cut577,000 jobs. The Economic Policy Institute estimates that cuts in the new deficit deal will lead to an additional 1.8 million job losses.
Of the new jobs that have been added in 2010, 60% of them are in low-wage fields. Since December 2007, the official unemployment rate has masked the fact that 2.8 million of the news jobs created have been part-time jobs.
Breaking down the data, over the last 12 months, the National Employment Law Project found that well-paying jobs are rapidly decreasing, while low-paying jobs are helping to mask an increasingly dire employment crisis:
· Lower-wage industries constituted 23% of job loss, but fully 49% of recent growth
· Mid-wage industries constituted 36% of job loss, and 37% of recent growth
· Higher-wage industries constituted 40% of job loss, but only 14% of recent growth
Declining Income
While 68.3 million Americans struggle to get enough food to eat and wages are declining for 90% of the population, US millionaire household wealth has reached an unprecedented level. According to an extensive study by auditing and financial advisory firmDeloitte, US millionaire households now have$38.6 trillion in wealth. On top of the $38.6 trillion that this study reveals, they have an estimated $6.3 trillion hidden in offshore accounts.
In total, US millionaire households have at least $45.9 trillion in wealth, the majority of this wealth is held within the upper one-tenth of one percent of the population.
The highest bracket for annual income is $50 million or more. Only 74 Americans are in this elite group. The average income within this category was $91.2 million in 2008. As astonishing as that is, in 2009 they averaged$518.8 million each, or about $10 million per week. This means, in the depths of the recession, the richest 74 Americans increased their income by more than 5 times within this one year. These 74 people made more money than 19 million workers combined.
In context, overall, the richest 400 people in the US have as much wealth as 154 million Americans combined, that’s 50% of the entire country. The top economic 1% of the US population now has a record 40% of all wealth, and have more wealth than 90% of the population combined.
The DEBT SLAVE
The Indentured Servant Has Become The Indebted Citizen
As for statistics on Americans being buried in financial debt, the indentured servant has evolved into the indebted citizen. As mentioned before, from 1990 – 2010 costs of living have increased 67%, while wages have stagnated and declined. As the national debt has reached a record $14.6 trillion, total personal debt is now over $16 trillion. Consumer debt is $2.5 trillion. Credit card debt is $805 billion and student debt now exceeds $1 trillion.
Obviously, the more severe your debts are, the more you have to cut back in spending and the less money you have to buy new items. (Debt = Austerity)
Meanwhile, a perfect storm circles overhead as society breaks down and falls into an economic death spiral – health care, food and gas costs are skyrocketing, while income and home values are plummeting. (Inflation + Deflation = Stagflation)
Given these conditions, it is not surprising that over 250 million Americans, another record-breaking number, are currently living paycheck-to-paycheck struggling to make ends meet.
What about Tax Cuts?
To further demonstrate how the mega-wealthy have seized control our political process, consider that the richest 400 Americans paid 30% of their income in taxes in 1995, but they now payonly 18%.
In fact, 1,470 Americans earned over $1 million in 2009 and didn’t pay any taxes.
The average tax rate for millionaires was 22.4% in 2009, down from 30.4% in 1995. The average millionaire saves $136,000 a year due to reduced tax rates.
Looking at the tax rate from a long-term perspective, the amount of money the richest people and most profitable corporations pay in taxes has fallen dramatically since 1955. Corporate tax accounted for 27.3% of federal revenue in 1955. In 2010, corporate tax accounted for only 8.9%of federal revenue. Corporate taxes accounted for 4.3% of overall GDP in 1955, in 2010 they accounted for only 1.3%.
MORE Economic Devastation
Snapshot: According to most recent Census Bureau data, from 2005 – 2009, average US household wealth declined by 28%. This represents a loss of $27,000 per household. Currently, at least 62 million Americans, 20% of US households, have zero or negative net worth.
The Census figures cited above are based on statistics that have been consistently proven to be lowball estimates. The government and corporate media spread propaganda on vital economic statistics that mask the severity of our economic crisis. Deceptive inflation, unemployment, poverty and GDP measures, which cast the illusion of recovery, are easily exposed with some research and a closer look at the data. Throughout this report, we will explore significant examples of government economic propaganda. In several cases, the government has been forced to revise their numbers due to proven inaccuracies. The government’s “revisions” are most always for the worse, and are usually just a footnote correction that the public is rarely ever aware of. All that being said, for many statistics we are forced to use government data, as there are not any other extensive data sets available from alternative sources.
ABSOLUTELY NONE OF “THIS” IS OUR “DEBT!!!!”
WE HAVE BEEN WORKING OUR FINGERS TO THE BONE FROM CRADLE TO GRAVE ONLY TO DIE THOROUGHLY BANKRUPTED!!!!!
THIS IS ALL FRAUD!!!!
THIS PLACE IS BUILT ON OUR BACKS!!!
ON OUR BLOOD SWEAT & TEARS!!!
OH!! AND CRIMINAL CARTELS WHO USE US TO COMMIT THEIR CRIMES!!!
CONTINUAL BANK FRAUD AND PERPETUAL WAR!!!
“THEY” OWN THE PRINTING PRESSES!!!
AND THEY PRINT ALL THE WORTHLESS PAPER MONEY THEY WANT!!!
MONEY IS PRINTED OUT OF THIN AIR!!!
AND THEN THEY CHARGE US TO USE IT!!!!
AND WE PAY THEM TO WORK AT THEIR AWFUL JOBS!!!
TO PRODUCE NOTHING!!!
AND WE WORK FOR NOTHING!!!
THEY OWN EVERY DROP OF FLUORIDATED WATER!!!
AND THEY OWN YOU!!!
Bernie Sanders (INTERCHANGEABLE) has never worked a real job in his entire feckless, freeloading lifetime, always living off of WE the TAXPAYERS without lifting a finger …EXCEPT of course to further the WICKED Communist agenda!!!
Sanders voted for the ACA, which has already bankrupted everyone in this Imprisoned-by DEBT-since-1913 country, USA!!
What does THAT tell you people?
SANDERS pulled the whole rug out from under you ALREADY!!!
Sanders supported CLINTON!! CLINTON!!!!!
What on earth does THAT say?
SANDERS has ALWAYS, again and again, voted FOR U.S. WARS of AGGRESSION.
Bernie Sanders is and always has been a POLITICIAN, no different than any other.
JUST BECAUSE HE SAYS “Civil Rights” blah, blah, blah, BLEH!!!
DO YOU REALIZE:
“CIVIL RIGHTS” was and still IS a PSY-OP!!!! A BUZZ WORD!!!!
They USE US against EACH OTHER and AGAINST OURSELVES and AGAINST OUR OWN INTERESTS!!!!
QUI BONO???
Who benefits from this “system???”
YOU??
Well, Sanders and the clan certainly benefit!!
After all, THEY get lifelong FREE health care ON OUR BACKS, as they DENY WE the TAXPAYERS the SAME…
And Sanders now has THREE HOMES!!
THREE HOMES????
FEH!!
COMMUNIST INFILTRATION NOTES:
Circuit Riders Inc., 1928-1975
1952 pamphlet to spread Gospel of Christ (Methodist Church)
Warns America of Communist Infiltration into Churches, government, education
The “CIVIL RIGHTS” PLOY (SET-UP)
Advancing the Communist AGENDA of GLOBAL TAKEOVER
Abernathy June 7th 1957, Washington Morning Star 1957
Israel Cohen, 1913 “The Racial Program for the 20th Century”
1934 “The Negroes in Soviet America”
Jacob Schiff
Adam Schiff
Myers G. Lowman, Executive Secretary of Circuit Riders, Inc.
Ohio Committee on Un-American activities:
TARGETS:
ACLU
American Friends Service Committee
Civil Service
DuBois Club
Episcopal Church
Student Non-Violent Coordinating Committee
Students for a Democratic Society
Black History Pamphlet Collection 1920s-1970s
A Collection in Special Collections Collection Number Ms2012-066
Special Collections, Virginia Tech
“COMMUNIST DECEPTION IN CHURCHES”
Jospeh Zack Kornfeder, 1952
50 Years of Un-Methodist Propaganda, 1957
MYRON C. FAGAN 1967 Recording
1962-1965 Public Records (Communist Ties)
658 Clergy connected to NATIONAL COUNCIL OF CHURCHES (NCC)
42% Unitarian Clergy
450 Rabbis
6,000 Educators
Browder Raissa Berkman
Earl Browder
John Bell Williams, MG Lowman (Bitchute Interview)
Communists Using the RACE CARD to further the COMMUNIST Agenda
“COMMUNISM & CHRIST”
Charles W. Lowry
Benjamin Freedman, 1961
Willard Hotel Washington DC
[Former Zionist] Exposes Zionist Conspiracy
Bernard Beruch
Condi McGinley
Representative Martin Dies (Name), TEXAS
1954 COMMUNIST CONTROL ACT
Un-American Activities Unit
14 Criteria (See Wikipedia, NYT Article)
“COMMUNISM & THE CHURCHES”
“COMMUNISM IN RELIGION”
(Lownary?)
PHONY Balfour Declaration
July 1933 Meeting in Amsterdam
1917 Communist Germany 3-Day Overthrow
“Christian COMMUNISM is SATANISM: An Open Letter to the Clergy of the United States”
Frank A. Parker, 1939
Abernathy June 7th 1957, Washington Morning Star 1957
Israel Cohen, 1913 “The Racial Program for the 20th Century”
1934 “The Negroes in Soviet America”
Jacob Schiff
Adam Schiff
Advancing the Communist AGENDA of GLOBAL TAKEOVER
Abernathy June 7th 1957, Washington Morning Star 1957
Israel Cohen, 1913 “The Racial Program for the 20th Century”
1934 “The Negroes in Soviet America”
Jacob Schiff
Adam Schiff
Creator
Circuit Riders, Inc.
Title
Circuit Riders, Inc. records
Dates
1928-1975 (inclusive)
__
BY DAVID DEGRAW
Begin forwarded message:
From: Christina Marlowe
Date: March 25, 2013 7:59:47 PM PDT
To: George Vye
Subject: Fwd: Analysis of Financial Terrorism in America by David DeGraw (Just in case y’all missed it)
Editor’s Note: The following report includes adapted excerpts from David DeGraw’s book, “The Road Through 2012: Revolution or World War III.” Release Date: 9.28.11
Analysis of Financial Terrorism in America
Analysis of Financial Terrorism in America: Over 1 Million Deaths Annually, 62 Million People With Zero Net Worth, As the Economic Elite Make Off With $46 TrillionBy David DeGraw, AmpedStatus Report
Abstract :: Welcome to World War III
Introduction
Part One :: The Economic Devastation
I :: Poverty
II :: Food Insecurity
III :: Unemployment
IV :: Declining Income
Part Two :: The Economic Elite
V :: How Much Wealth Do The Economic Elite Have?
VI :: Who Rules America? Revealing The Economic Top 0.1%
VII :: Tax Breaks For The Rich, Budget Cuts For The Rest Of Us
Part Three :: The Perfect Storm Overhead
(Inequality = Debt = Austerity = Civil Unrest = Inflation + Deflation = Stagflation)
VIII :: Debt Slavery
IX :: Inflation
X :: The Beaten Masses
Part Four :: Fascism in America
XI :: Modern Day Slavery
XII :: The Death Toll
XIII :: Deliberate Systemic Attacks
Abstract :: Welcome to World War III
Despite increasing personal financial hardship, most Americans remain unaware of the economic world war currently unfolding. An all-pervasive corporate and government propaganda campaign has effectively obscured this blatant reality. After extensive analysis, it is evident that World War III is a war between the richest one-tenth of one percent of the global population and 99.9 percent of humanity. Or, as I have called it, The Economic Elite Vs. The People. This war has been a one-sided attack thus far. However, as we have seen throughout the world in recent months, the people are beginning to fight back. The following report is a statistical analysis of the systemic economic attacks against the American people.
Introduction
The American public has sustained intensive economic attacks across broad segments of the population. While the attacks have been increasingly severe in scale over the past four years, they have been implemented with technocratic precision. They have been incrementally applied thus far, successfully keeping the population passive and avoiding any large-scale civilian unrest, while effectively reducing living standards for the majority of the population. As you will see in this report, the 55 million Americans that have been hit the hardest have thus far acquiesced due to temporary financial assistance, such as food stamps and extended unemployment benefits.
The global Economic Elite have been much more strategic in handling the American public, as they are potentially the greatest threat to their continued consolidation of wealth, resources and power. National populations that are not as powerful, and on the periphery of the Economic Elite’s global empire, have been dealt with in much harsher fashion. In many smaller and less powerful countries the dramatic rise in food prices and costs of living have led to all-out revolt — Tunisia, Algeria, Albania and Egypt were among the first to rebel. While the contagion of rebellion has rapidly spread throughout Northern Africa and the Middle East, it is also spreading in a decentralized manner throughout most of the world, now threatening popular rebellion throughout Europe. Like the US population, the geographically clustered European nations represent a potentially powerful countervailing force to the Economic Elite’s continued domination.
Within the United States, the technocratic suppression of the population has been extensive. Increasingly severe economic and governmental policies have systematically eroded civilian wealth, power and rights. Intensive propaganda has effectively distracted, confused, isolated, marginalized and divided the US population. Despite the success of these efforts thus far, given the severe, prolonged, unsustainable and escalating level of economic suffering, outbreaks of civil unrest are inevitable. The US population, if a critical mass is reached, represents the greatest threat to the Economic Elite. In this regard, the American people are their primary adversary.
In writing this report, I will clearly demonstrate the severity and scale of the deliberate systemic economic attacks against the US population, in hope that we can urgently build a critical mass of aware and engaged citizens.
Part One :: The Economic Devastation
Snapshot: According to most recent Census Bureau data, from 2005 – 2009, average US household wealth declined by 28%. This represents a loss of $27,000 per household. Currently, at least 62 million Americans, 20% of US households, have zero or negative net worth.
The Census figures cited above are based on statistics that have been consistently proven to be lowball estimates. The government and corporate media spread propaganda on vital economic statistics that mask the severity of our economic crisis. Deceptive inflation, unemployment, poverty and GDP measures, which cast the illusion of recovery, are easily exposed with some research and a closer look at the data. Throughout this report, we will explore significant examples of government economic propaganda. In several cases, the government has been forced to revise their numbers due to proven inaccuracies. The government’s “revisions” are most always for the worse, and are usually just a footnote correction that the public is rarely ever aware of. All that being said, for many statistics we are forced to use government data, as there are not any other extensive data sets available from alternative sources.
I :: Record Breaking Poverty
The Census Bureau poverty rate is a horribly flawed measurement that uses outdated methodology. The Census measures poverty based on costs of living metrics established in 1955 – 56 years ago. They ignore many key factors, such as the increased costs of medical care, child care, education, transportation, and many other basic costs. They also don’t factor geographically-based costs of living. The National Academy of Science measure, which gets little if any corporate media coverage, gives a much more accurate account of poverty, as they factor in these vital cost of living variables.
The most current Census data revealed that 43.6 million Americans, 14.3% of the population, lived in poverty in 2009. While that is a staggering number that represents the highest number of American people to ever live in poverty, and a dramatic increase of four million people since 2008, it significantly under-counted the total. Last year, in my analysis, extrapolating data from 2008 National Academy of Sciencefindings, I estimated that the number of Americans living in poverty in 2009 was at least 52 million. Recently, the National Academy of Science released their latest findings, backing up my claim by revealing that 52,765,000Americans, 17.3% of the population, lived in poverty in 2009.
The poverty rate for children is even worse. According to Census data, a total of 15.5 millionAmerican children lived in poverty in 2009, which is 20% of all children. The number of children in poverty increased 28% since 2000, and jumped 10% from 2008 to 2009. Extrapolating data from the 2009 National Academy of Sciencepoverty rate, in relation to the Census childhood poverty data, the number of American children living in poverty in 2009 is more accurately 18.8 million, which is 24%, or nearly one in four.
Other than this rapidly increasing number children who are in families that have recently fallen into poverty, “every day in America 2,573 babies are born into poverty.”
As the chart to the right shows, even with the lower Census numbers, nine major American cities have a poverty rate over 25%.
It is important to note, based on many key indicators, as you will see throughout this report, the overall poverty totals have increased since 2009. Also consider that the recent deficit reduction plan is going to cut “anti-poverty” programs that currently assist tens of millions of Americans. A study by the National Bureau of Economic Research estimates that “the poverty rate would double without these programs.” It is predicted that the new deficit deal will cut the funding for these programs in half, which, based on these estimates, would bring the total number of Americans living in poverty up to 80 million people, 26% of the population.
II :: Record Breaking Food Insecurity
For another revealing statistic, which has been quickly increasing, we can look at the number of Americans currently surviving off of food stamps. food-stamps.jpgIn 2005, 25.7 million Americans needed food stamps, currently 45.8 million people rely on them. As the chart to the right shows, the number of people in need of food stamps has been rapidly increasing year-over-year.
Meanwhile, Congress is cutting the funding for the food stamp program at a time when the Department of Agriculture estimates that anadditional 22.5 million people will need them, bringing the total number of Americans in need of food assistance to a stunning 68.3 million people.
III :: Record Breaking Unemployment
While the “official” unemployment rate hovers around 9%, 14 million people, the government’s numbers are deceptively low once again. The only reason unemployment has stayed below 10% for the past few months is because millions of long-term unemployed, and part-time workers who are looking for full-time work, are not included in the baseline government unemployment rate. John Williams, from ShadowStats.com, has a consistently proven method of tracking unemployment that provides a much more accurate view of the overall situation. As shocking as it may sound, when you apply his SGS method, counting the total number people in need of employment, you get a current unemployment rate of 22.5%, which is an all-time record total of 34 million people currently in need of work. Here is how the SGS rate is calculated:
“The seasonally-adjusted SGS Alternate Unemployment Rate reflects current unemployment reporting methodology adjusted for SGS-estimated long-term discouraged workers, who were defined out of official existence in 1994. That estimate is added to the BLS estimate of U-6 unemployment, which includes short-term discouraged workers.
The U-3 unemployment rate is the monthly headline number. The U-6 unemployment rate is the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ (BLS) broadest unemployment measure, including short-term discouraged and other marginally-attached workers as well as those forced to work part-time because they cannot find full-time employment.”
On top of these shocking figures, the labor force participation rate, which measures the percentage of the total population currently working, has fallen to a 27-year low of 63.9%.
labor-participation-rate.jpg
Currently, an all-time record 6.3 million people have been unemployed for over six months. As the chart to the right shows, the average time it takes for a person to find a job has also just hit an all-time high of 40.4 weeks.unemploment-duration.jpg
As companies continue to downsize and shift jobs overseas, unemployment is once again accelerating. Private-sector job cuts in July surged 60% to a16-month high. When accounting for population growth within the total labor force, from December 2007 to present, we have lost 10.6 million jobs.
With the implementation of state and federal budget cuts, public-sector unemployment is accelerating as well. According to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, since August 2008, state and local governments have cut577,000 jobs. The Economic Policy Institute estimates that cuts in the new deficit deal will lead to an additional 1.8 million job losses.
Of the new jobs that have been added in 2010, 60% of them are in low-wage fields. Since December 2007, the official unemployment rate has masked the fact that 2.8 million of the news jobs created have been part-time jobs.
Breaking down the data, over the last 12 months, the National Employment Law Project found that well-paying jobs are rapidly decreasing, while low-paying jobs are helping to mask an increasingly dire employment crisis:
· Lower-wage industries constituted 23% of job loss, but fully 49% of recent growth
· Mid-wage industries constituted 36% of job loss, and 37% of recent growth
· Higher-wage industries constituted 40% of job loss, but only 14% of recent growth
IV :: Declining Income
While the cost of living from 1990 – 2010 increased by 67%, worker income has declined. According to the most recent available IRS data, covering the year of 2009, average income fell 6.1%, a loss of $3,516 per worker, that year alone. Average income has declined 13.7% from 2007 – 2009, representing a $8,588 loss per worker.
The decline in worker income is due to the dramatic increase in CEO pay. CEO pay has consistently increased year-over-year since the mid-1970s. From 1975 – 2010, worker productivity increased 80%. Over this time frame, CEO pay and the income of the economic top 0.1% (one-tenth of one percent) of the population quadrupled. The income of the top 0.01% (one-hundredth of one percent) quintupled.
To understand the affect CEO pay increases have had on workers’ declining share of income on an annual basis, after analyzing 2008 tax data, leading tax reporter David Cay Johnston summed upthe situation with these revealing statistics:
“Had income growth from 1950 to 1980 continued at the same rate for the next 28 years, the average income of the bottom 90 percent in 2008 would have been 68 percent higher…. That would have meant an average income for the vast majority of $52,051, or $21,110 more than actual 2008 incomes. How different America would be today if the typical family had $406 more each week…”
As shocking as that is, over the last two years, workers have lost an even higher share of income to CEOs. In the last year alone, CEO pay skyrocketed by 28%. Looking at 2009, according to a recent Dollars & Sense report, workers lost nearly $2 trillion in wages that year alone:
“In 2009, stock owners, bankers, brokers, hedge-fund wizards, highly paid corporate executives, corporations, and mid-ranking managers pocketed—as either income, benefits, or perks such as corporate jets—an estimated $1.91 trillion that 40 years ago would have collectively gone to non-supervisory and production workers in the form of higher wages and benefits.”
As bad as these numbers are, consider that the attack on American workers has increased significantly since 2009. From 2009 to the fourth-quarter of 2010, 88% of income growth went to corporate profits (i.e. CEOs), while just 1% went to workers.
As the NY Times reported in an article entitled, “Our Banana Republic,” from 1980 – 2005, “more than four-fifths of the total increase in American incomes went to the richest 1 percent.” Again, as bad as that was, since 2005 it has gotten even worse, as Zero Hedge recently reported, labor’s current “share of national income has fallen to its lowest level in modern history.” This chart shows how workers’ percentage of income has been rapidly declining:
The bottom line, as statistics clearly demonstrate, these trends are getting worse and the attacks against us, as severe as they have been over the past four years, are dramatically escalating.
Part Two :: The Economic Elite
“There’s class warfare, all right, but it’s my class,
the rich class, that’s making war, and we’re winning.”
– Warren Buffett, Chairman and CEO of Berkshire Hathaway
V :: How Much Wealth Do The Economic Elite Have?
While 68.3 million Americans struggle to get enough food to eat and wages are declining for 90% of the population, US millionaire household wealth has reached an unprecedented level. According to an extensive study by auditing and financial advisory firmDeloitte, US millionaire households now have$38.6 trillion in wealth. On top of the $38.6 trillion that this study reveals, they have an estimated $6.3 trillion hidden in offshore accounts.
In total, US millionaire households have at least $45.9 trillion in wealth, the majority of this wealth is held within the upper one-tenth of one percent of the population.
If all this isn’t obscene enough, to further demonstrate how the global economy has now been completely rigged, Deloitte’s analysis predicated, based on current trends, that US millionaire households will see a 225% increase in wealth to $87.1 trillion by 2020. Accounting for wealth hidden in offshore accounts, they are projected to have over $100 trillion in total within the next decade.
Most people cannot even comprehend how much $1 trillion is, let alone $46 trillion. One trillion is equal to 1000 billion, or$1,000,000,000,000. To put it in perspective, last year the entire cost of feeding all 40 million Americans on food stamps was $65 billion.
Now consider, according to the latest IRS data, only 0.076% of the population, less than one-tenth of one percent, earned over $1 million in 2009.
The graph below, based on data from the Tax Policy Center, shows how much income is earned by a household at any given percentile in income distribution:
economix-24percentilechart-custom1.jpg
The highest bracket for annual income is $50 million or more. Only 74 Americans are in this elite group. The average income within this category was $91.2 million in 2008. As astonishing as that is, in 2009 they averaged$518.8 million each, or about $10 million per week. This means, in the depths of the recession, the richest 74 Americans increased their income by more than 5 times within this one year. These 74 people made more money than 19 million workers combined.
In context, overall, the richest 400 people in the US have as much wealth as 154 million Americans combined, that’s 50% of the entire country. The top economic 1% of the US population now has a record 40% of all wealth, and have more wealth than 90% of the population combined.
VI :: Who Rules America? Revealing The Economic Top 0.1%
Here is an analysis from an investment manager with mega-wealthy clients breaking down the economic top 0.5% of the population, recently published by William Domhoff, sociology professor and author of Who Rules America?:
“Unlike those in the lower half of the top 1%, those in the top half and, particularly, top 0.1%, can often borrow for almost nothing, keep profits and production overseas, hold personal assets in tax havens, ride out down markets and economies, and influence legislation in the US. They have access to the very best in accounting firms, tax and other attorneys, numerous consultants, private wealth managers, a network of other wealthy and powerful friends, lucrative business opportunities, and many other benefits.
Folks in the top 0.1% come from many backgrounds but it’s infrequent to meet one whose wealth wasn’t acquired through direct or indirect participation in the financial and banking industries…. Most of the serious economic damage the US is struggling with today was done by the top 0.1% and they benefited greatly from it…. For example, in Q1 of 2011, America’s top corporations reported 31% profit growth and a 31% reduction in taxes, the latter due to profit outsourcing to low tax rate countries…. The year 2010 was a record year for compensation on Wall Street, while corporate CEO compensation rose by over 30%.…
In 2010 a dozen major companies, including GE, Verizon, Boeing, Wells Fargo, and Fed Ex paid US tax rates between -0.7% and -9.2%. Production, employment, profits, and taxes have all been outsourced….
I could go on and on, but the bottom line is this: A highly complex and largely discrete set of laws and exemptions from laws has been put in place by those in the uppermost reaches of the US financial system. It allows them to protect and increase their wealth and significantly affect the US political and legislative processes.
They have real power and real wealth. Ordinary citizens in the bottom 99.9% are largely not aware of these systems, do not understand how they work, are unlikely to participate in them, and have little likelihood of entering the top 0.5%, much less the top 0.1%….
… the American dream of striking it rich is merely a well-marketed fantasy that keeps the bottom 99.5% hoping for better and prevents social and political instability. The odds of getting into that top 0.5% are very slim and the door is kept firmly shut by those within it.”
To get into the top economic 0.01% (one-hundredth of one percent) of the population, you have to have a household income of over $27 million per year.
If you look at some of the central players who caused this economic crisis, you will see that they are among this Economic Elite group.
Former Goldman Sachs CEO and Bush Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson had already amassed at least $700 million prior to moving to the US Treasury in 2006. Current Goldman Sachs CEO Lloyd Blankfein and a few other top executives at Goldman Sachs just received $111.3 million in bonuses. Blankfein just took home $24.3 million, as part of a $67.9 million bonus he was awarded. Goldman’s President Gary Cohn took home $24 million, as part of a $66.9 million bonus he was awarded. Goldman’s CFO David Viniar and former co-president Jon Winkelried both took home over $20 million in bonuses.
Citigroup CEO Vikram Pandit just took home $80 million, in what may eventually total more than $200 million in compensation and bonuses. Coming in at the top of the list is JP Morgan Chase CEO Jamie Dimon, who just took home $90 million.
dimon-blankfein.jpg
If you think people in this income level don’t control the US political process, you are not paying attention. After they caused this economic crisis, they got the government to give them trillions of dollars in taxpayer support, and then, after taking our tax dollars, they gave themselves all-time record-breaking bonuses. 2009 was an all-time record-breaking year for Wall Street executives bringing in a total of $145 billion. And then, in 2010, they raised the bar even higher, breaking the all-time record set the year before by pulling in another $149 billion. The audacity of it all is stunning.
Finding people more grotesquely greedy than Wall Street executives would seem to be impossible. However, health insurance CEOs are giving them a run for their money. As the LA Timesreported:
“Leaders of Cigna, Humana, UnitedHealth, WellPoint and Aetna received nearly $200 million in compensation in 2009, according to a report, while the companies sought rate increases as high as 39%….
H. Edward Hanway, former chief executive of Philadelphia-based Cigna, topped the list of high-paid executives, thanks to a retirement package worth $110.9 million. Cigna paid Hanway and his successor, David Cordani, a total of $136.3 million last year….
Ron Williams, the CEO of Hartford, Conn.-based Aetna Inc., earned nearly $18.2 million in total compensation, down from $24.4 million in 2008.”
Aetna CEO Ron Williams has recovered from his down year in 2009 by making $72 million in 2010.
Given this level of obscene profiteering within the health care industry, it is not surprising that Americans pay more for medical care than any other nation in the world. In fact, Americans are forced to pay twice as much as most nations, and get lower quality care in return. As health insurance companies admitted, they have been reaping windfall profits because people with health insurance plans still cannot afford to go to the doctors and have stopped going unless it is an absolute emergency. With well over 50 million people unable to afford health insurance and the skyrocketing costs, it is not surprising that over 60% of all personal bankruptcies are the result of medical bills. In fact, 75% of the medical bankruptcies filed are from people who have health insurance.
Within this Economic Elite group, you also have the war profiteering oil companies, which themselves are in large part owned by the big Wall Street banks. The biggest five oil companies, while gas prices have been skyrocketing, reaped $36 billion in profit last quarter. These companies also receive an average of $6 billion per year in tax subsidies.
VII :: Tax Breaks For The Rich, Budget Cuts For The Rest Of Us
To further demonstrate how the mega-wealthy have seized control our political process, consider that the richest 400 Americans paid 30% of their income in taxes in 1995, but they now payonly 18%.
In fact, 1,470 Americans earned over $1 million in 2009 and didn’t pay any taxes.
The average tax rate for millionaires was 22.4% in 2009, down from 30.4% in 1995. The average millionaire saves $136,000 a year due to reduced tax rates.
Looking at the tax rate from a long-term perspective, the amount of money the richest people and most profitable corporations pay in taxes has fallen dramatically since 1955. Corporate tax accounted for 27.3% of federal revenue in 1955. In 2010, corporate tax accounted for only 8.9%of federal revenue. Corporate taxes accounted for 4.3% of overall GDP in 1955, in 2010 they accounted for only 1.3%.
Part Three :: The Perfect Storm Overhead:
(Inequality = Debt = Austerity = Civil Unrest = Inflation + Deflation = Stagflation)
The cuts in taxes for the mega-wealthy have led to record wealth inequality and resulted in a record national deficit. Meanwhile, to make up for the deficit that the richest one-tenth of one percent of the population has created, Democrats and Republicans are committed to making draconian budget cuts to vital social services, which target the poor, middle class, elderly and sick, while handing out billions more in corporate welfare annually. (Inequality = Debt = Austerity)
Just as the government has done, to make up for tax revenue lost to the mega-wealthy, Americans have made up for the decline in income by taking on large amounts of debt as well. (Inequality = Debt)
In a severely unequal society, massive debt will always be created, thus forming a vicious cycle of increasing inequality and increasing debt, until the fragmentation of society reaches a breaking point when those in debt cannot afford to pay back their debts without starving to death. We are now reaching that breaking point. (Inequality = Debt = Austerity = Civil Unrest)
VIII :: Debt Slavery
The Indentured Servant Has Become The Indebted Citizen
As for statistics on Americans being buried in financial debt, the indentured servant has evolved into the indebted citizen. As mentioned before, from 1990 – 2010 costs of living have increased 67%, while wages have stagnated and declined. As the national debt has reached a record $14.6 trillion, total personal debt is now over $16 trillion. Consumer debt is $2.5 trillion. Credit card debt is $805 billion and student debt now exceeds $1 trillion.
Obviously, the more severe your debts are, the more you have to cut back in spending and the less money you have to buy new items. (Debt = Austerity)
Meanwhile, a perfect storm circles overhead as society breaks down and falls into an economic death spiral – health care, food and gas costs are skyrocketing, while income and home values are plummeting. (Inflation + Deflation = Stagflation)
Given these conditions, it is not surprising that over 250 million Americans, another record-breaking number, are currently living paycheck-to-paycheck struggling to make ends meet.
IX :: Inflation
The following charts, from Advisor Perspectives, show the increase in costs of living since 2000:
As you can see, the price of basic necessities are consistently increasing, only clothing (apparel) has declined. The second chart highlights the crucial skyrocketing cost of energy:
The third chart highlights the pernicious skyrocketing cost of education:
The cost of education essentially buries a young person in a debt that they will spend a significant portion of their life attempting to get out of. Given the increasing costs of living, and the decreasing ability to make an expected income from such an expensive level of education, this young demographic will most likely live an entire life locked into spiraling levels of debt that they will never be able to get out of.
Propaganda Inflation
When reporting on inflation, the Bureau of Labor Statistics has twice, since 1980, revised their methodology to mask the severity of inflation, similar to how they mask the severity of unemployment. In their Consumer Price Index (CPI), which measures inflation, they have heavily discounted the measurement weight of energy, food and education – three of the most significant costs for most American households.
To understand the significance in their revised methodology, current “official” CPI is at a 3.6% annual rate. However, if calculated the way it was before former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan altered it in 1980, it would be 11.1%, three times worse than officially stated.
So while the government and the Federal Reserve claim that inflation is low, at 3.6% over the past year, food prices have increased 39% and US gas prices have increased 34% over the same time frame.
The increase in gas cost over the past one-year masks the severity of total gas price inflation, which is currently 125% more expensive since December 2008, increasing from $1.67 per gallon to $3.75.
The Hidden Tax
The Federal Reserve’s strategic policy known as Quantitative Easing (QE) has been a significant factor in the rising cost of basic necessities by deliberately stimulating inflation, while decreasing the value of the dollar. Looking at their recent QE2 program, the dollar lost 7.5% of its value from January 2010 through March 2010. From August 2010 through March 2011, the dollar lost 17%of its value. To understand how this acts as a hidden tax, consider if you had $10,000 in the bank, over this time frame you would have lost $1700 in purchasing power. So your $10,000 would now be worth $8300. At the same time, the cost of gas and food drastically increased.
The Phantom Recovery
By decreasing the value of the dollar, the Federal Reserve is also inflating the stock market by creating the impression that stock prices are rising, which, when measured in dollars, they have. However, in real terms, their overall value has decreased. To understand how deceptive this strategy has been in giving the appearance of a rising market, instead of measuring overall stock value in dollars, let’s look at their overall value when measured in terms of gold:
Dow/Gold Chart from January 1, 2003 – August 8, 2011
As investor Michael Krieger explains:
“You can see from the chart above the downtrend of stock prices in real terms is completely intact and they have now hit a new low, below the previous low point in March 2009. In fact, although stocks did temporarily rise in real terms from the low in 2009 for the year as a whole, they were still down 5% in real terms. Then last year, stocks were 14% lower in terms of gold. Finally, despite a brief rally early in 2011, stocks in terms of gold are down 23% year-to-date.”
Dollar Vs. Gold
When comparing the value of the dollar to the value of gold, the dollar has lost a stunning 84% of its value since 2000. In 2000, gold was worth $279 per ounce, as of August 8, 2011, gold is $1,725 per ounce. In fact, the dollar continues to fall in value while gold continues to rise.
Stagflation
All these factors together create a perfect storm of stagflation. As 90% of Americans experience income declines, and the value of the dollar declines, the price of necessities are rising, while the one major asset many Americans have, a house, is also declining in value. Already, thanks to declining home values, 28% of US homeowners owe more on their mortgages than their home is currently worth. With 10.4 million American families having lost their homes to foreclosure since 2007, Amherst Securities, a leading broker/dealer focused on mortgage-related investments, estimates that another 10.8 million homes are at risk of default over the next six years. This will obviously continue downward pressure on home values.
X :: The Beaten Masses
Confronted With Severe Financial Hardship, Why Do Americans Remain Passive?
With an unprecedented sum of wealth, tens of trillions of dollars, held within the top one-tenth of one percent of the US population, we now have the highest and most severe inequality of wealth in US history. Not even the Robber Barons of the Gilded Age were as greedy as the modern day Economic Elite.
As famed American philosopher John Dewey once said, “There is no such thing as the liberty or effective power of an individual, group, or class, except in relation to the liberties, the effective powers, of other individuals, groups or classes.”
In The Economic Elite Vs. The People, I reported on the strategic withholding of wealth from 99% of the US population over the past generation. Since the mid-1970s, worker production and wealth creation has exploded. As the statistics throughout this report prove, the dramatic increase in wealth has been almost entirely absorbed by the economic top one-tenth of one percent of the population, with most of it going to the top one-hundredth of one percent.
If you are wondering why a critical mass of people desperately struggling to make ends meet are still not fighting back with overwhelming force and running the mega-wealthy aristocrats out of town, let’s consider two significant factors:
1) People are so busy trying to maintain their current standard of living that their energies are consumed by holding on to the little that they have left.
2) People have very little understanding of how much wealth has been consolidated within the top economic one-tenth of one percent.
Considering the first factor, it is obvious that people have become beaten down psychologically and financially. A report in the Guardian entitled, “Anxiety keeps the super-rich safe from middle-class rage,” suggests that people are so desperate to hold on to what they have that they are too busy looking down to look up: “As psychologists will tell you, fear of loss is more powerful than the prospect of gain. The struggling middle classes look down more anxiously than they look up, particularly in recession and sluggish recovery.”
Considering the second factor, people do not understand how much wealth has been withheld from them. The average person has never personally experienced or seen the excessive wealth and luxury that the mega-rich live in. Wealth inequality has grown so extreme and the wealthy have become so far removed from average society, it is as if the rich exist in some outer stratosphere beyond the comprehension of the average person. As the Guardian report mentioned above also states:
“… having little daily contact with the rich and little knowledge of how they lived, they simply didn’t think about inequality much, or regard the wealthy as direct competitors for resources. As the sociologist Garry Runciman observed: ‘Envy is a difficult emotion to sustain across a broad social distance.’… Even now most underestimate the rewards of bankers and executives. Top pay has reached such levels that, rather like interstellar distances, what the figures mean is hard to grasp.”
In fact, the average American vastly underestimates the severe wealth disparity that we currently have. This survey, featured in the NY Times, reveals that Americans think our society is far more equal than it actually is:
“In a recent survey of Americans, my colleague Dan Ariely and I found that Americans drastically underestimated the level of wealth inequality in the United States. While recent data indicates that the richest 20 percent of Americans own 84 percent of all wealth, people estimated that this group owned just 59 percent – believing that total wealth in this country is far more evenly divided among poorer Americans.
What’s more, when we asked them how they thought wealth should be distributed, they told us they wanted an even more equitable distribution, with the richest 20 percent owning just 32 percent of the wealth. This was true of Democrats and Republicans, rich and poor – all groups we surveyed approved of some inequality, but their ideal was far more equal than the current level.”
Here is a chart showing the results from their survey:
The fact of the matter is that the overwhelming majority of US population is unaware of the vast wealth at hand. An entire generation of unprecedented wealth creation has been concealed from 99% of the population for over 35 years. Having never personally experienced or known of this wealth, the average American cannot comprehend what is possible if even a fraction of it was used for the betterment of society as a whole.
In fact, given modern technology and wealth, not a single American citizen should live in poverty. The statistics clearly demonstrate that we now live in a Neo-Feudal society. In comparison to the wealthiest one-tenth of one percent of the population, who are sitting on top of tens of trillions of dollars in wealth, we are modern day serfs, essentially propagandized peasants.
The fact that the overwhelming majority of Americans are struggling to get by, while tens of trillions of dollars are consolidated within a small fraction of the population, is a crime against humanity.
The day the average American fully comprehends how much wealth is consolidated within just the top one-tenth of one percent of the population, there will be a massive uprising and all the paid off politicians will be run out of town.
The next time you are stressed out, struggling to make ends meet and pay off your debts, just think about the trillions of dollars sitting in the obscenely bloated pockets of one-tenth of one percent of the population. The first step in overcoming your peasant status is to understand that you are indeed a peasant. This is a bitter pill to swallow and most will prefer to, as they have been conditioned to do, continue on their path of media-induced delusion, denial, apathy and ignorance.
However, I still cling to the hope that once enough people become aware of this hidden and obscured fact, we can have the non-violent revolution we so urgently need. Until then, the rich get richer as a critical mass with increasingly dire economic prospects desperately struggles to make ends meet.
Part Four :: Fascism in America
Other than driving large segments of the American population into poverty, and pushing the majority into massive debt and a state of financial desperation, there is an ever darker side to what is unfolding today. The Economic Elite have turned America into a modern day fascist state.
Fascism is a very powerful word which evokes many strong feelings. People may think that the term cannot be applied to modern day America. However, as Benito Mussolini once summed it up: “Fascism should more properly be called corporatism, since it is the merger of state and corporate power.” In the early 1900s, the Italians who invented the term fascism also described it as “estato corporativo,” meaning: the corporate state.
Very few Americans would argue the fact that corporations now control our government and have the dominant role in our society. Through a system of legalized bribery – campaign finance, lobbying and the revolving door between Washington and corporations – the most power global corporations dominant the legislative and political process like never before. Senator Huey Long had it right when he warned: “When fascism comes to America, it will come in the form of democracy.”
As President Franklin D. Roosevelt once described fascism: “The liberty of a democracy is not safe if the people tolerate the growth of private power to a point where it comes strong than their democratic state itself. That, in its essence, is fascism — ownership of government by an individual, by a group, or any controlling private power.”
The most blatant modern example of this was the bailout of Wall Street, when the “too big to fail” banks got politicians to promptly hand out trillions of tax dollars in support and subsidies to the very people who caused the crisis, without any of them being held accountable.
XI :: Modern Day Slavery
Another shocking example of how far we have descended into fascism is the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), which is a group of corporate executives who literally write government legislation. They have gone as far as setting up a system that imprisons the poor and then puts them to work, instead of paying living wages to non-imprisoned workers. Make no mistake, this is a modern day system of slavery unfolding before our eyes.
At the leadership of ALEC and various other Economic Elite organizations, poverty has essentially become a crime. To demonstrate these attacks against the poor, there was $17 billion cut from public housing programs, while there was an increase of $19 billion in programs for building prisons, “effectively making the construction of prisons the nation’s main housing program for the poor.” Before laws began to be rewritten in 1980, with direct input from ALEC, we had a prison population of 500,000 citizens. After laws were rewritten to target poor inner city citizens with much more severe penalties, the US prison population skyrocketed to 2.4 million people.
We now have the largest prison population in the world. With only 4% of the world’s population, we have 25% of the world’s prison population. As I reported previously, in a report entitled, “American Gulag: World’s Largest Prison Complex“:
“The US, by far, has more of its citizens in prison than any other nation on earth. China, with a billion citizens, doesn’t imprison as many people as the US, with only 308 million American citizens. The US per capita statistics are 700 per 100,000 citizens. In comparison, China has 110 per 100,000. In the Middle East, the repressive regime in Saudi Arabia imprisons 45 per 100,000. US per capita levels are equivalent to the darkest days of the Soviet Gulag.”
XII :: The Death Toll
The dramatic increase in poverty has obviously torn many families apart and caused a devastating psychological toll, but consider the increase in deaths as a result of poverty and severe wealth inequalities. This is a very difficult statistic to accurately measure, but Columbia University’s School of Public Health conducted an intensive examination of mortality and medical data and estimated that “875,000 deaths in the US in 2000 could be attributed to a cluster of social factors bound up with poverty and income inequality.”
As a report by Debra Watson sums up the study, “There is no reason to believe, after a decade that has seen sustained attacks on social programs and consistently high unemployment rates, that the social mortality rate has declined. On the contrary, it has likely risen.” Indeed, poverty and income inequality have skyrocketed since 2000.
Now, let’s consider the fact that, according to the Census Bureau, 31.1 million people lived in poverty in 2000, and according to Columbia’s study 875,000 deaths came as a result. This means that 1 out of every 35.5 people living in poverty die annually as a result of their impoverishment. If you extrapolate this data to the 2009 total of 52.8 million people living in poverty, you get an estimate of 1,486,338 deaths within that year. Even if you use the lower poverty totals from the Census Bureau, 43.6 million people, you get an estimate of 1,228,169 deaths in 2009.
XIII :: Deliberate Systemic Attacks
The dramatic increase in economic inequality and poverty, along with the unprecedented rise in wealth within the top one-tenth of one percentof the population has not happened by mistake. It is the designed result of deliberate governmental and economic policy. It is the result of the richest people in the world, and the “too big to fail” banks, using the campaign finance and lobbying system to buy off politicians who implement policies designed to exploit 99.9% of the population for their financial gain. To call what is happening a “financial terrorist attack” on the United States, is not using hyperbole, it is the technical term for what is currently occurring.
Compare the million people who die annually as a result of these economic attacks, to the 2,977 that died on 9/11. As someone who lived three blocks from the World Trade Center, as tragic as 9/11 was, these economic attacks are much more severe and damaging to us as a nation, albeit a much slower and unseen death toll. Nonetheless, the result is of genocidal proportions. One can statistically compare the economic attacks on the US to the invasion of Iraq, which some estimate as leading to one million deaths. Once again, many of those deaths came in brutal and spectacular fashion in bombing campaigns known as “shock and awe.” However, the death toll compares to the hidden brutality of a four-year campaign of economic “shock and awe.” Just as Iraq was invaded, the US has been invaded by a global banking cartel.
As shocking as that is to realize, consider that this is happening throughout the world. While the US poverty death rate is probably higher than in most European countries, the Federal Reserve’s economic policies — along with policies from the International Monetary Fund, World Bank and Bank of International Settlements — have caused rioting and uprisings over skyrocketing food prices and costs of living throughout the world. The fact of the matter, and very harsh and unfortunate reality of this crisis, is that the global economic central planners are deliberately carrying out genocidal economic policies.
As Che Guevara, a man who took on the global financial elite, once said, “The amount of poverty and suffering required for the emergence of a Rockefeller, and the amount of depravity that the accumulation of a fortune of such magnitude entails, are left out of the picture, and it is not always possible to make the people in general see this.”
When tens of trillions of dollars deliberately flow to the top economic one-tenth of one percent of the global population, while large percentages live in poverty, you have to conclude, in technical terms, that a Neo-Feudal-Fascist state is upon us. The rich have never been richer, while their paid off politicians make budget cuts for the poor and middle class, and cause the cost of basic necessities to skyrocket.
Submit
You can call me extreme, but the reality of this is extreme, these people, the global economic top one-tenth of one percent, are genocidal fascists carrying out a holocaust. Fascism has evolved. There is no need to get blood on your hands while rounding up people and putting them into concentration camps when you can do it through economic policy while sitting in a jacuzzi on a corporate jet, or in a three-piece custom-made Armani, completely detached and insulated from the world in which you plunder.
However, as what happens with all empires, greed and arrogance makes them overreach. The beaten down masses get to a point where they literally can’t live under these conditions. This desperation spreads throughout the population until it reaches a critical mass, then, suddenly, they rise up and the empire begins to collapse… Tunisia, Algeria, Egypt, Israel, (Northern Africa, the Middle East), Albania, Greece, Spain, Britain (Europe), Wisconsin…
The Economic Elite are overreaching and their empire is collapsing.
The decentralized global rebellion has begun…
Welcome to World War III.
Which side of history do you want to be on?
As a wise old friend once said, “You can’t be neutral on a moving train.”
– David DeGraw is the founder and editor of AmpedStatus.com. His long-awaited book, The Road Through 2012: Revolution or World War III, will finally be released on September 28th. He can be emailed at David[@]AmpedStatus.com. You can follow David’s reporting daily on his new personal website: DavidDeGraw.org
JUST A RANDOM EXCERPT:
Subject: A Short Compilation of American Complicity in the New Fascist State…
First Off, A Quote:
What a majority of the electorate, including supporters of corporations/capitalism fails to understand is where we really are: owned and operated by multinational corporations that hold absolutely no allegiance to any nation, Constitution or system of moral authority. Corporations who pick our leaders, buy our representatives, count our votes without oversight or confirmation, taint our food and foul our water and air, sicken our workers and benefit from their deaths. The corporations’ allegiance is to only money; nothing else. They pay little or no taxes, yet they impose policy and write laws to limit our power and unleash theirs.” (Griffon)
The Failure of the American people to Recognize, Realize, to even momentarily Acknowledge this corporate dominance or, TakeOver, IS the American Way. Total Ignorance. Total Hypocrisy. Total Injustice. This IS the American Way.
I disagree with any and all forms of corporate governance.
I disagree with American Imperialism.
I disagree with American Aggression, American Invasions and American Occupations.
I disagree with WAR; And, further, I disagree with All Instruments used for War.
The Corporate-controlled Media; the outright Propaganda Campaigns, all of which are designed to thoroughly obfuscate any Truth; any knowledge, Any awareness of the so-called Leaders’ actual policies and Laws that have been passed behind the backs of nearly all US citizens. Laws designed to ensure…Profit.
I despise Trickery in all forms; U.S. Government Propaganda is Nothing but Outright Lies and Total Deceit; Treachery and Treason; Bribery and Extortion; Theft and Fraud; Hypocrisy and MORE LIES. And More WAR.
I disagree with the vast network of other U.S. Tools used, such as the IMF and the World Bank; All Tools designed, formed and implemented SOLELY to impudently STEAL the resources of other presumably sovereign nations.
I disagree with any government that so blatantly represents the War Interests, Banking Interests, Corporate Interests and the appalling and ghastly wealth therein;
I disagree with Any Person, Any Group of Persons; Any who Represent Interests Above, Over, and in direct Opposition to the interests of the Common Good, ALL the people; “We the People,” the Tax-paying citizens of the United States; The Un-Represented; The Under-represented. That’s US indeed.
It is simply criminal and totally contemptible how any government “employees” are conducting themselves. And let us remember the fact that these “employees” are there ONLY to represent OUR interests; The interests of the Common Good; The interests of the United States’ Citizenry. The TAXPAYERS..
These government agencies and the elected workers within them are decidedly NOT elected to be mere props who LIE to the citizens. And who represent, de facto, the Corporate interests.
It is MOST egregious, indeed, that ANY government would represent, to the point of collaboration, Wealthy Corporations directly at the Enormous expense {THEFT] of the average U.S. Citizen, not to mention the poor, the needy, the elderly, the working-poor, the disabled and the obliterated Middle-Class-Cum-Slave-Class.
The facts, however, remain. The sole function, the Raison D’être, for every form of government is to represent the common interest of the electorate. Therefore, it is indeed AMORAL and utterly unconscionable what government “officials” are in FACT doing to…WE THE PEOPLE, the very ones who’ve apparently been naive enough to have entrusted these “people” in OUR Government to “DO THE RIGHT THING.”
America is in no way, shape or form “civilized;” America is One Gigantic, Laughable LIE and I will no longer support or endorse such a disgracefully corrupt and decidedly Callous, Blind, and Racist [joke of a] government.
My solution is as follows, but requires action of all citizens:
1. Stop paying All taxes: Local, State, Federal
2. Stop paying All Bank Debt
3. Stop paying All “Insurance” companies
4. Withdraw All Monies from Insolvent Banks
5. Stop working for slave-wages
Peaceful, non-violent demonstrations EN MASSE to DEMAND that each member, in each branch of this government, vacate their positions at once.
Here is a sample letter to government representatives stating intent:
Letter to Representative Lois Capps, D-CA
Ms. Capps, You are included in the following statement, by your abject incompetence; your total refusal to address the systemic failure of this government; and your total and willful ignorance of any and all real issues, along with your continued insistence on focusing instead on trifling, insignificant non-issues.
Thus, Ms. Capps, you are very much a part of the problem:
It is abundantly clear that the U.S. government, including the entire Congress, the entire “Judicial” system, and all other government agencies that clearly do not represent “We the People.” In fact, the U.S. government is wholly owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the Corporations, in cahoots with the Banks and the Wall Street Quislings, that have enthroned themselves to UnChecked POWER. This is known as Corporatism. Look it up for yourselves.
I am, therefore, calling for all of you, each and every other member of each and every branch of this horribly failing government; I am calling on YOU to remove yourselves at once, unceremoniously and without protest, from your career seats of total DISGRACE and thorough INJUSTICE.
Sincerely,
CM
A Bit On Brainwashing:
Brainwashing through Propaganda uses fear tactics; Communism, Socialism, Terrorism; We are all force-fed outright LIES from the cradle to the grave.
I think that the most apt term is Brainwashed. Yes, brainwashing has been used throughout the ages via a myriad of tactics; One is Patriotism, Nationalism; Being taught that America (or which ever country) is Great, Superior; Also, it builds a military that won’t ask questions as they are deluded into thinking that they are Patriots and Heroes.
By the way, off topic but still a fact is that, regarding the Boston Bombings and any other act of violence, including shooting sprees in schools or anywhere else, Specifically regarding the Empire of the United States, the questions in my mind are as follows:
What creates such violent acts and hatred toward America and Americans? What turns people anywhere toward Radicalization/Fundamentalism? As I observe, it is U.S. policies, both domestic and foreign. Examples? Countless. E.g.
Imposing Oppression and Dominance through sheer brute force;
Constant Invasions and Constant War in “strategic” countries, i.e. OIL, for one;
Impudent Theft, Plunder, i.e. Stealing, other nation’s resources, using tools such as the World Bank, IMF for extraction; And, by the way, the leaders of these countries who won’t go with the U.S. program are simply overthrown or, um, Assassinated.
So, it is indeed U.S. foreign policies that are both directly and indirectly responsible for attacks on the United States. U.S. Policies incentivize war and the Military Industrial Complex is entrenched and massively profitable.
As for U.S. Domestic policies, all which increasingly say “to hell with the people,” i.e. US, do in fact lead directly to Ignorance, Hopelessness, Poverty, and many other societal ills, all of which in turn, lead to violence, crime, including the epidemic shootings, and many other acts of violent by both American citizens and foreigners.
As a matter of fact, more “Austerity” measures, if the “officials” are serious about these tactics, will, of course lead directly to much more crime, more violence, more horrible acts of desperation; All of which leads me to believe that the Powers that Be are systematically and deliberately engineering mass genocide. As if to say, let them all DIE OFF, whether in the ghettos, on the battlefields, in the prison yards, the message is becoming quite clear indeed.
Cheers,
Christina Marlowe
Date: November 22, 2012 6:29:26 PM PST
Subject: Fwd: Urgent Letter from a Concerned Citizen…To the GOP
I am a citizen of arguably one of the most imperialistic nations in history, The United States of America. STOP the war mongering NOW. Pull the Plug on the WAR Profiteers, all of whom should be EXECUTED in a Public Forum for WAR CRIMES. Bring the poor sods who’ve been duped into thinking that they are “Patriotic” “Heroes” home. YOU go fight your OWN filthy, venal and endless wars.
Read an elementary history book; America is constantly in danger of attacks by foreign countries because it is AMERICA that reaches it’s filthy tentacles around the globe, impudently stealing other countries’ resources, literally enslaving and Repeatedly RAPING the people; All whilst forcing it’s vile form of dictatorship and twisted, loathsome and hypocritical “values,” onto innocent victims everywhere on this godforsaken planet. And in the name of “DEMOCRACY.” What a FARCE.
By the way, thanks to YOUR OWN Foreign Policies, the walleyed, deranged, fanatical lunatics of the Middle East really did win!! Those filthy dirtbags sought to destroy this godforsaken country and they did it!! But certainly not without the very clear encouragement and the explicit goading of the U.S. government, each and every step of the way.
US foreign policy incentivizes ghastly Wars; And the very Military Industrial Complex that Eisenhower warned AGAINST is entrenched and massively profitable. The United States is NOT an innocent VICTIM; Indeed the low-down bastards that have willfully and intentionally squandered every single DECENT thing that has been fought for in the last 100 years, had been ASKING FOR IT.
How can a WAR-MONGERING country, the UNITED STATES, expect to keep on spreading it’s pathological LIES all across the entire world without any protest?!? Well, thanks largely to America’s astonishingly ignorant, wildly misinformed, downright stupid, self-righteous, sanctimonious, voting base, it’s really no wonder; Just like Pavlov’s dog, “Patriotic” [delusional] fools keep right on electing Psychopaths into the seats of POWER. Decade after decade.
The United States of America has been ultimately over-reaching it’s filthy, greedy, witless and stunningly shortsighted tentacles all over the globe by ANY MEANS NECESSARY, usually by way of UNENDING QUAGMIRES in the most UNSTABLE parts of the world for total extraction (STEALING) of any resource possible in order to satiate America’s insatiable appetite for so-called GREATNESS. Well, Oscar Wilde wrote, “Patriotism is a Virtue of the Vicious.” And Winston Churchill said, “The best argument AGAINST Democracy is a five-minute conversation with the average voter.” They were both right.
The fact of the matter is that America, Land of the FREE, Land of OPPORTUNITY; What a JOKE. The FACT is that America ranks at the VERY BOTTOM of every imaginable demographic chart, Well below every other “developed” country in the world. America is now on par with Cameroon, Uganda, the Ivory Coast of Africa in Wealth and income INEQUALITY. Welcome to America!! Thanks a lot, morons.
Furthermore, you in the Republican Party particularly, repeatedly and emphatically state that you do not want people, no matter their circumstance, dependent on the government; Dependent on the government for health care, dependent on the government for food, dependent on the government, period. You are self-proclaimed “rugged, pull-yourselves-up-by-the-bootstraps Individualists;” Freedom Fighters; “Liberty Patriots,” etc., etc, etc.So!! Is it really that you do not Realize that indeed it is You yourselves who are totally reliant, yes, Dependent–on the very government in which you publicly denounce? Yes, It is You government Hacks that spend every worthless waking hour campaigning to get right back on the Dole, all funded by US, the free-loading TAX PAYERS. I mean, really. Just admit it. You clamor endlessly to get your own free rides, just as you Deny all other, um, constituents, any and all benefits that you yourselves benefit.
Yes, you worse-than-useless parasites do enjoy mightily all your tax-payer funded lifetime health care benefits, limousines, fancy restaurants. living in your very own self-involved, self-centered and thoroughly Spoilt World of Utter Disgrace and Total Failure.
Indeed, You yourselves in this miserably failing government enjoy full, lifetime health care along with endless other benefits, all on the taxpayers dime, right as you continually fight to deny your own constituents, your own fellow citizens, the very so-called entitlements that which you yourselves benefit. How dare you!And so, to you I say this:I propose a simple and straightforward bit of legislation to be given to the citizens of the United States as a REFERENDUM vote:Retract entirely every single benefit that you hypocritical parasites in our miserably failing government, every benefit that you all enjoy on OUR, the taxpayers’, hard-earned dime.
First, No more free health care. And then you corrupt, mean-spirited and unconscionable government HUMPS would all have to do just as WE ALL MUST DO: buy grossly inflated, anti-American, inhumane for-profit health care “insurance,” (one of the biggest SCAMS in history) that covers nothing at all just when you need coverage most; and then, when one of you filthy, horrible Republicans or “Blue-Dog” Democrats gets sick and is denied coverage, let the insurance company CEO immediately and unceremoniously pull the plug.
Then, I myself will form a very long line of the wretched and the doomed, right up to the doorways and into your grand offices; And, THEN, please sirs, allow ME Personally to yank you forcibly out of those Grand offices, right by your well-coiffed hair, and straight out to the squalid streets of WE the PEOPLE; And then YOU can Fend for Yourselves…
GOOD LUCK!!
Mission Accomplished: The Reagan Occupation and the Destruction of the American Middle Class
by David Michael Green | June 25, 2010
Eighty years ago, something occurred in America that was never supposed to happen. An aristocrat came to the presidency and engineered a policy revolution that created a broad and prosperous middle class where it had not existed as such before.
To do this, Franklin Roosevelt and his party had to rewrite the existing rules of wealth redistribution in the United States such that the traditionally fantastically wealthy overclass (which had grown even fatter as the industrialism of the prior century concentrated wealth yet further) would become merely tremendously wealthy from that point forward, in order to leave enough for others to live a decent life.
Needless to say, this rankled the country club set, but, remarkably, they more or less made peace with this development during the early decades of the post-war era, and largely cooperated with the new economic order. So did their political representatives. The Eisenhower administration was the first chance after twenty years of the New Deal to dismantle the newly created American welfare state, and Ike not only refused to take that opportunity, but famously labeled those in his party who wanted to as “stupid”.
If Eisenhower, in his gray suit, black-and-white photos and de rigueur businessman’s hat from the era seems quaint today, so does his political restraint. By the 1980s that was ancient history, and remains so to this day, including through (and via) two Democratic presidencies now.
If Americans understood the real ambitions of Ronald Reagan and his puppeteers, and if they knew the degree to which the supposed patriotism of those folks extended beyond falsity and into the far darker waters of being an irritating irrelevance put on purely for show, then they would not only stop seeing Reagan as some sort of national hero, but would also understand that he instead launched a process far more equivalent to an invasion and occupation of this country.
The goal of the right – which cares about America about as much as it does about Burkina Faso – has been to restore the economic order last seen under Herbert Hoover, in which a tiny minority possess vast sums of wealth and there is (therefore) essentially no remaining middle class. It is nothing short of a breathtaking display of a world class greed, worthy of the ages.
It has also been a work of strategic genius (in much the same way one might appreciate the Germans’ engineering prowess in figuring out the logistics of how to mass murder ten or twelve million civilians in a year or two), one which has drawn upon deep psychological insights, absolutely sociopathic amoralism, and clever tactics that have all simultaneously pushed in the same direction. In plain English, they hired some politicians of hit-man level moral integrity, who then marshaled fear, insecurity, hate and deceit into a witch’s brew of self-destruction that would prove highly attractive to a large segment of the population already sinking from the effects of a global economic order rebalancing after decades of post-war American dominance.
Of course, you couldn’t just come right out and say, “Vote for me and I’ll give your money to people so rich they can’t even imagine what they’ll do with it (but they still demand to have it anyhow)”, so slightly more subtle tactics had to be employed. It is telling that the most honest thing Barack Obama ever said was when he thought there were no microphones in the room. But he was right when, at a presidential fundraiser in San Francisco he told the wine and cheese set that the right uses guns, god and gays (I would add Gaddafis) to scare people out of their money. I’ll believe that Republicans are serious about protecting heterosexual marriage on the day that you can’t find half of them prowling the gay bars of DC every night (and you don’t even want to know what the other half are into).
This bait-and-switch tactic worked perfectly well whenever it was applied. It didn’t hurt that the regressive Billy-Bobs who vote for these folks are as dumb as a tree. With bags of hammers for leaves. But stupid is really only the facilitating quality, and often one that is neither present nor required. What really drives this stuff is fear. If you can turn that into a loathing of fur’ners, fags, bitches, blackies and brownies, you got their vote. Then you can do what you really set out to accomplish in the first place. George W. Bush’s 2004 campaign was the paradigmatic example. All year he talked about jamming through a constitutional amendment to ban gay marriage. Big priority. Urgent national issue. The religitarded across America just about peed themselves, they were so excited. Then he gets elected and is brazen enough to announce that there’ll be no such effort, after all, and that his signature legislative initiative will be an attempt to hand over the fat Social Security pot of money to Goldman Sachs. The redneck dolts with their Bush/Cheney ’04 bumper-stickers didn’t know what to think. So, of course, they just didn’t.
Meanwhile, to say that this kleptocratic revolution worked really well is only untrue by means of the verb tense employed. It is still working really well. And the final leg of Reagan’s March to the Sea is now upon us. Chunks of middle class body parts have been hacked off, bit by bit, over the decades, ’til there’s little remaining anymore. Remember how they told us that ‘free trade’ wouldn’t decimate our jobs, our unions and our bargaining power? Is that why little old ladies serve Happy Meals at McDonald’s all across the country, assuming they’re lucky enough to get that job? Remember how they said that massive tax cuts for the wealthy would be ‘revenue neutral’ and would jump-start the economy? Which is confusing since the national debt doubled under George W. Bush, and then he proceeded to hand us the worst economy since the Great Depression. Remember how they told us that we needed to slash wasteful government spending on benefits? Now that we’ve become the ones who need those, they’re gone. Remember when they said that government is our enemy and corporations should be free to do whatever they want? You know, like spill oil or trade derivatives?
There’s another little trick that is about to become especially prominent in the coming years. When Reagan came to office and began his “voodoo economics” project of nearly quadrupling the national debt, after having promised to cut it instead, many people were puzzled by this. Personally, I figured that they just did the math and realized that in the real world (where governments sometimes live but campaigns rarely do) something simply had to give. If you slash tax revenues and massively increase military spending, guess what’s gonna happen to your budget? Others, however, saw a more nefarious game being played, and perhaps they were right. This is the idea that they intentionally ran up deficits so large that the national government would be forced to do what it otherwise would not, which is to slash spending on popular entitlements and other social programs.
Whether or not the conspiracy was real, it is the case that the federal government is running humongous deficits every year, which pile up further on the massive national debt. And it is also the case that we are now hearing a rising chorus on the right – especially from the tea party know-nothings – about slashing government spending as the top priority for Washington. Even though, according to the principles of Keynesian economics, this is the last thing we should be doing during a recession.
And, of course, something tells me that as the pinch is increasingly felt, the call for cuts won’t be in the domain of military spending, even though our allocation there is obscenely out of proportion to any imaginable threat in the world, and is roughly equal to what almost the entire rest of the world spends on defense – that’s one country equal to almost two hundred others, combined. I’m also guessing that we won’t be raising taxes on the wealthiest Americans either, even though they pay far less than they did in the pre-Reagan era, when the country was generally very prosperous, and even though they often pay a lower percentage in taxes than the secretaries and janitors who work for them. No, we can’t touch those folks.
Instead, the intense pressure now will be to finish the job of eviscerating the middle class and transferring every last nickel of their wealth to the oligarchs who fancy themselves masters of the universe. Unemployment insurance, for example. Never mind that we have ten percent official unemployment and closer to twenty percent in reality, or that whole cities like Detroit are being wiped out. The Republican minority in the Senate, along with the Democratic “moderates” there, are now refusing to extend expiring unemployment benefits (which are already a pittance when they exist). Nine hundred thousand laid-off workers have thus lost their meager sub-subsistence benefits, and that number will grow to more than a million-and-a-half in a few days now. Guess why. Because regressive senators – including John Kerry and Maria Cantwell – are holding unemployment insurance extensions hostage to protecting a loophole that allows wealthy fund managers to be taxed on their profits at an obscenely low percentage rate. How’s that for national priorities? How’s that for compassionate conservatism?
Next, inevitably, will come entitlements. Indeed, most of the states in the union are already heading that way, cutting pensions for employees. Not to mention certain low priority areas like education, which is getting slashed from California to New York. How long can it be before Medicare and Social Security are put on the chopping block? And why? Because we have our priorities good and straight, pal: a morbidly bloated military and pathetically low tax rates for the wealthiest among us comes first. Then, if we could somehow do it for free I suppose we could allow decent education, or health care, or retirement with dignity for our elders. But, of course, since that can’t be done without cost, those things must go.
The other strategic initiative now reaching fruition during the right’s three decade-long campaign to massively redistribute wealth in this country – literally, the crime of the century – is the evisceration of the state. This must be done (or, more accurately, it must be done in some respects but absolutely not in others) because the state is the only force capable of standing up to the power of concentrated wealth, and because the state sets the very rules by which such wealth either is or isn’t concentrated. It also must be done because the state nominally speaks for the public and the public interest, as against the private interest.
Since Reagan, regressive puppet politicians have been spouting anti-state rhetoric and sarcastic venom with increasing intensity. Saint Ron of Hypocrisy told us that government was the problem, not the solution, seemingly without noticing the irony of his massive military build-up or the government-enforced restrictions the right favors on everything from abortion to gay marriage to euthanasia. Now, as gutted and corrupted regulatory institutions have permitted massively harmful meltdowns ranging from Wall Street to coal mines to oil wells, we are forced to listen to sermons from those on the right about the incompetence of government. Well, yeah. If in fact you staff government regulatory bodies with industry shills who are explicitly ordered not to actually, er, regulate, and if you legislate away their power to effectively do so anyhow, and if you pulverize conscientious whistleblowers to within an inch of their lives, then guess what? That little bit of government will in fact be incompetent. In fact, it will be nearly as bad at the competence thing as, say, all the big banks on Wall Street (which had to be rescued by the, uh, government), or all the big auto companies in Detroit (ditto), or British Petroleum, or Enron, or the savings-and-loan industry, or…
And so, despite the astonishing illogic of it all, the American people now clamor for more harm to be brought upon themselves and more of their money to be looted for the further enrichment of the wealthiest one-tenth of one percent of the population. It certainly doesn’t help that the supposed “party of the people” is every bit as much a part of the problem as anyone else, and arguably far more so given the extra measure of disingenuousness involved. From NAFTA to WTO to welfare ‘reform’ to the Telecommunications Bill, Wall Street never had better friend in the White House than Bill Clinton. That is, until Barack Obama simply outright changed the address of Goldman Sachs’ headquarters to 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue. As we speak, the president and his party in Congress are busy gutting meaningful ‘reform’ of the shamelessly gluttonous finance industry, just as their masters have ordered them to do. And if you think Obama’s bad now, wait until after November. Like Clinton in 1994, he will take the trouncing he’s about to receive in the election as a signal to move even further to the right.
And thus the Reagan Occupation inches closer yet to a full-blown “mission accomplished”. The middle class is on its knees and shrinking fast. Unions have been broken into irrelevance. Government, supposedly an agent of the public interest, has become a complete tool of those it is meant to monitor. Both political parties are fully owned by the oligarchy. The public has been brainwashed into seeing its allies as enemies and its enemies as allies. We have been drained of hope that any actor on the horizon can come to our rescue.
Bad policy choices by self-serving politicians? Would that ’twere only thus.
We are occupied.
_______________
FOR NOW THAT’S IT.
MeanWhileInCanada
on September 12, 2020 at 9:30 pm
In another example of pushback by citizens against draconian COVID-19 lockdown measures, a Canadian Common Law Assembly has passed a bylaw prohibiting COVID restrictions in several communities on Vancouver Island.
The Oceanside Common Law Assembly (OCLA) passed a public safety bylaw last month declaring that any government officials who attempt to enforce COVID restrictions, including mandatory distancing, masking, quarantines, and vaccinations in Parksville and Qualicum Beach may face fines and imprisonment.
“We made history tonight by putting power back in the hands of the people,” one of the bylaw’s authors reportedly said. “This is our answer to the police state and the COVID scam. We call on people everywhere to take the same step through their own Common Law Assemblies and Courts.”
Citing International law, the Assembly Bylaw states that these COVID regulations “are unlawful, unwarranted and medically unsound measures that threaten and assault the fundamental liberties, health and security of the people of our community … Therefore it is ordered that no-one is obligated to consent to or comply with any of these regulations … and anyone is free to actively resist and disobey such regulations and measures by any means necessary without fear of legal consequence.”
The Bylaw concludes by accusing anyone who tries to impose COVID regulations on the community as being part of a criminal conspiracy and threatens them with “penalties and imprisonment upon conviction by the Common Law Court of Parksville … All police authorities are expected and compelled by law to enforce this Bylaw or be charged with obstructing justice and democratic process.”
This comes as Virginia’s and New Jersey’s government has declared their intention to mandate the COVID-19 and flu vaccine, while the Australian government expands its coronavirus lockdown measures even as hospitalizations and death rates continue to fall.
brokewokebloke
on September 12, 2020 at 10:26 pm
The core issue is so called representative democracy itself.
Have as many elections as you like, the same kind of morally bankrupt scum will gain power. The stupid, selfish majority cannot recognise intelligence and only care about money. We cannot vote our way out of this.
And because nobody ever bothers to think about limitations of government power, they gain absolute power. They effectively own everyone in the “nation” who must obey or face state violence and deprivation of liberty. They can even kill us for crying out loud. Why does everybody subscribe to this lunacy when it is not necessary? We don’t have to draw an imaginary line around an area and choose somebody to rule over every aspect of everyone’s lives who happen to be located there. It is humankind’s uncritical faith in the idea of leadership which must die, along with the us vs. them mentality where we are trained to think it’s perfectly normal to compete for more than our fair share of resources, products and services.
Rich people are bad people. Politicians are dishonourable by nature.
By accepting that working, voting and shopping are our only participatory roles in society we are practically begging for totalitarianism.
“Australians” are getting what they chose, what they deserve.
The “nation state” is a flawed concept, a worthless product. Stop buying it.
mark
on September 13, 2020 at 11:26 am
Re Ms Manchester
this is what happens when u stick a usb memory stick up ur arse!!
a total stream of sh*te!!
..please write a book to clear your bowels next time
Too long, too much padding. If I am going to watch a 49 minute video, it’s got to be packed with relevant information. There is so much information out there that creators/video makers are competing for our time and this video fails me after 1.39. I am sure there are some interesting points, but there is only so much time in a day and I could spend all my time watching videos and reading. This site alone can have 4/5 hours of video content per day. Praise be that some people make videos 10, 20, and 30 minutes long, but even these are often padded out.
Unless these revelations appear in the corporate media, the agenda will carry on. Switch off the BBC/Sky etc. and stop reading the daily broadsheets, and CV19 will disappear.
https://twitter.com/championtenza/status/1304670468901928960?s=21
https://www.dailymail.co.uk/health/article-8451823/Americans-OVERESTIMATING-risk-getting-coronavirus-claims-California-study.html
Americans may be overestimating their risk of contracting the novel coronavirus, a controversial new study from California suggests.
The team, from Stanford University and the University of California Los Angeles, says action from local and state governments, attention from the media, and the lack of feeling in control may be influencing the public’s perception of risk.
…they calculated the probability of contracting COVID-19, the disease caused by the virus, from someone who doesn’t know they have it, including a household member.
Results showed that, in these middle to large counties, the risk of infection is one per 3,836.
What’s more, this is when a person doesn’t practice social distance, doesn’t wear a mask and doesn’t have good hand hygiene.
For a person between ages 50 and 64, the odds of being hospitalized with the virus after having a single contact is one in 852,000.
The risk of fatality is even smaller. with people the same age having a one in 19.1 million chance of dying from COVID-19, based on rates seen in the final week of May.
A crinimal investigation need to commence. Several political and governments official should be charge with MURDER. Or get rid of them.
Excellent video . By the way I love the peacocks- and could spend all day watching them and listening to this amusing and fearless commentary.
I knew Covid19 was a hoax in early April after listening to the “Perspectives on a Pandemic ” interview series, which featured John Ionnides, Knut Whitkowski, etc.
These scientists and others said that this virus was nothing to worry about and we should have just protected nursing home residents for a couple of months and that’s it.
If I could find this information so easily, then why are these politicians driving this so hard? They must be involved in a hoax knowingly, or utterly incompetent!
Knut Whitkowski also published a paper and a simple spreadsheet model to explain how lockdowns could work. He said beyond a month, lockdowns were not effective.
They told us they would flatten the curve to take load off hospitals. The hospitals were empty. They are lying so much.
Now the Washington Post is saying 13 million people would die in the US to reach herd immunity if the US lifted lockdowns.
Exaggerating viruses is terrorism.
The first wave of covid was astonishingly weak and harmless, but the 2nd wave predicted by Fauci, Gates, and the UN may be deadly. Gates has dropped hints that the 2nd wave will be more serious.
The only way Fauci, Gates, WHO, and the UN can know there will be a 2nd wave is if they are among the people planning the 2nd wave. Right on cue, the Jews Media is talking up a 2nd wave of covid, now that autumn is about to start.
Part of the title for this Igan article is “Dissolve Your Government.” Covid is a pretext for lockdowns, social distancing, enforcing mad mask rules, and making people hate their governments so that they will want to Dissolve their Governments and subordinate them under the UN / Jew World Order / Bankster Jews. Covid is having the effect its planners intended by making goyim want to get rid of their governments.
Social distancing isn’t enforced against bankster funded riots, looting, burning, and destruction. But social distancing is enforced against churches, Christian activities, to prevent Christians from meeting, organizing, and forming resistance movements against this devilish covid scam.
Max Igan is brilliant. He hits the nail right on the head with everything he is saying. Listening to his every word is rich and his clips priceless. THANKS FOR BRINGING THIS TO US TRUTHSEEKER. Keep on bringing till victory.
USA, INC. DBA US “GOVERNMENT” IS SHEER FRAUD AND TAXATION IS UNMITIGATED THEFT
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT WAS DISSOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY IN THE YEAR 1933. AS SUCH, THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA “GOVERNMENT” EXISTS IN NAME ONLY AND IS IN FACT A PRIVATELY OWNED CORPORATION RUN SOLELY UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE PRIVATE BANKS AND CORPORATIONS AND THE UNITED NATIONS.
A FEW THOUGHTS OVER THE YEARS:
The United States INC. DBA the US “government” and all the career politicians/lifelong parasitic sycophants and the countless bureaucrat paper-shufflers/useful idiots within it’s many taxpayer-funded departments and agencies are actively engaged in an elaborate criminal conspiracy and all are engaged in criminal collusion with multiple private international banks and multiple private international corporations in cahoots with the UNITED NATIONS, which itself seeks to overtake the entire world in it’s fascist totalitarian global governance scheme.
These thoroughly illegal, in deed CRIMINAL collaborative entities have been actively engaged in all imaginable High Crimes including but not limited to Fraud, High Treason, Treachery; Embezzlement, Profiteering, Larceny; Slavery; Blackmail, Extortion, Bribery; Human Trafficking, Rape, Child Sex Slavery, Child Pornography, Child Trafficking, Murder; Human Organ harvesting and trafficking; Drug Trafficking, Money Laundering; Multiple Crimes Against Humanity; Domestic and International TERRORISM; Ongoing local and global GENOCIDE.
The de facto criminal corporation DBA the government of the United States of America along with it’s many tax-payer-funded departments and agencies’ government “officials,” both elected and/or appointed, have actively and deliberately been plotting to undermine the sovereignty of the United States and have been deliberately deceiving the American citizenry since it’s inception.
The U.S. [corporation] government’s insidious and strictly deliberate use of propaganda and propaganda tools, such as privately-owned media mouthpieces, compliant agency spokespersons and other willing quislings and covert agents do actively and constantly spread outright lies and deliberate misinformation and disinformation through it’s highly organized and directed propaganda outlets also known as the “mainstream media,” to completely stymy and utterly stupefy it’s own population, the taxpaying citizens.
The U.S. fully-kleptocratic (also narco) government is today and has been for at least multiple decades, engaged in all manners of thoroughly criminal activities, particularly by the highly contemplated and systematic use of countless choking bureaucratic agencies, including ALL schools, and also notable, the C.I.A.-controlled (Enemy-owned and -controlled) so-called Mass Media (see Operation Mockingbird, 1950’s), which is itself responsible for spreading constant repetitive LIES, half-truths, disinformation and misinformation through insidious and pernicious programs of brainwashing and mass mind control programming through use of pointed Propaganda confabulated by the devious criminals within this treasonous, traitorous, fraudulent, illegal and thus thoroughly illegitimate United States CORPORATION DBA US government.
These highly deliberate and elaborately deceptive programs have long ago been planned, devised and implemented with very specific goals in order to brainwash and thus control every facet of the United States citizenry and concurrently to conceal the multiple ongoing, vicious, genocidal, abhorrent, blatant and utterly flagrant crimes of this United States government.
The United States’ Central Intelligence Agency, the C.I.A., under the CROWN OF ENGLAND, for only ONE of literally innumerable other bureaucratic criminal agencies engaged in multiple ongoing criminal operations, is entirely funded by the taxpayers of the United States. The nefarious C.I.A. is a government-sponsored Global Terrorist Organization and is linked to many global networks that have long been actively engaged in highly illegal and treasonous operations including but not limited to subversion, collusion; extortion, blackmail, bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud; drug trafficking, money laundering, human trafficking, organ trafficking; war crimes, treachery, treason; multiple foreign and domestic coups d’etat; multiple domestic and foreign assassinations; and countless myriad other activities, all highly illegal and all conducted in secrecy and without the knowledge or the consent of the taxpaying citizens of the United States of America.
We the People of the United States do hereby demand the full and complete DISASSEMBLY of this ENTIRE United States government including ALL government departments and agencies.
Further, all heretofore “public servants”/”employees” and “appointees” of this LIE, this FAKE nation DBA the United States of America, are to be held to full account through the thorough and rigorous investigations which lead to full disclosure of all to the U.S. citizenry.
We the Taxpaying citizen/victims of this CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE, this murderous criminal racket, the USA, WE demand forthwith indictments, arrests, post-haste legal proceedings in public trials, within the NEW COURTS OF LAW, of all heretofore employees/public servants within each and every branch, each and every department, each and every agency within and of this criminal enterprise, USA, INC. DBA the U. S. “government.”
Public Trials and/or Public Tribunals of ALL heretofore government employees, including the entire so-called Military Industrial Apparatus; Thorough prosecutions of every heretofore public employee; the most severe punitive measures to be meted out to each and every one found guilty of any and all crimes against the taxpaying citizens of the United States; the full and immediate forfeiture and full and immediate seizure of all ill-gotten gains, i.e. everything; Lastly, severe terms of imprisonment and/or exile of any and all guilty parties within this illegal United States government, as strictly determined by the newly-instated U. S. citizens’ Courts of Law and/or Public Tribunals.
Last, We the People of the United States of America do hereby demand forthwith full retribution to be paid by all those whom are determined guilty of any and all of these most egregious crimes and henceforth, full reparations and full compensation for first, all citizens of the United States, and second, all other affected citizens around the world.
Across this entire country, in every single town, city, county, these arrogant and controlling wastrels do absolutely NOTHING BUT STEAL every last nickel of our hard-earned money, our hard-earned tax dollars, all straight into their own filthy pockets!! YES…Just like pouring our tax dollars all down a RAT HOLE!!! AND THEY ARE WORKING ON BEHALF OF PURE EVIL.
As these LIARS, THESE ACTORS, these self-important, self-serving, self-aggrandizing, narcissist-FREAKS shovel ALL OUR MONEY down their own wide-open filthy throats, ever increasing their disgustingly disgraceful astronomical salaries for doing NOTHING but RAPING THE TAXPAYER, keep the underlings busy with idiotic paper shuffling all whilst listening to their own RAP JIVE, with their big loud TRAPS constantly YAWNING WIDE OPEN talking their garbage NONSENSE in order to SUBVERT and DESTROY this country on behalf of EVIL…All for filthy lucre and junk trinkets.
These little tyrant-sycophants are VERMIN and are much, much worse than useless–they are in FACT and IN DEED DANGEROUS AND VERY, VERY EVIL DICTATORS.
FURTHER, they own the millions upon millions of thoroughly brainwashed, mind-controlled lackey-flunky bureaucrats, police, and the enormous military operatives who only mindlessly FOLLOW ORDERS. They all YAP back and forth incessantly to DUPE YOU.
Yes, there are MILLIONS of THEM…THEY who only serve themselves and in propping up this thoroughly criminal enterprise, this corporate BEAST called America, wasting our precious resources decade after decade, heavily employing their very own “USEFUL IDIOTS” as STALIN coined the term, all whilst ruining entirely every single thing they can get their filthy greedy dirty mitts on…AND THOSE AT THE TOP KNOW EXACTLY WHAT THEY ARE DOING.
As the underlings shuffle, shuffle and shuffle again stupid worthless documents, PRODUCING NOTHING BUT DESTRUCTION AND EVIL, bankrupting all of US, the actual working [stiff] TAX PAYERS.
They should ALL BE PUT INTO PRISON FOR LIFE!!! This entire FAILED “NATION,” which is in FACT actually a CORPORATION, America, INC., is a total DISGRACE and a criminal TRAVESTY.
GO SEE your local CAFR Comprehensive Annual Financial Report for ONE.
Subject: TRUTH????
DO YOU WANT THE TRUTH????
USA, INC. IS A COMPLETE AND TOTAL FRAUD AND TAXATION IS UNMITIGATED THEFT
Democrats and Republicans are the exact selfsame BEAST that together, decade after decade, play the same old Dog and Pony Show to prop up the STATUS QUO.
U.S. KLEPTOCRACY: RULED BY THIEVES
The UNITED STATES OF AMERICA IS A CORPORATION, NOT A NATION (SEE YOUR LOCAL C.A.F.R., THE COMPREHENSIVE ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT, FOR ONE…
And, um, “THEY” themselves comprise the STATUS QUO. OH!! Along with the United Nations together with the global banking cartels and global corporations in which they work on behalf.
This is a thoroughly failed, thoroughly corrupt and totally criminal system.
Have you really not noticed the ENORMOUS transfers of Wealth???? And the total destruction of the Middle Class???? Americans Bankrupted by GENOCIDAL health Care every DAY??? U.S. DEBT at $19 TRILLION and counting???? Student DEBT at 1.3 TRILLION DOLLARS????
Do you LIKE DEBT???
Another thing, do you know that the peak of U.S. “wages” was way back in 1968 and wages have ACTUALLY been going DOWN for FIFTY YEARS. QUI BONO??? YOU???
I don’t think so, dearie.
QUI BONO???? WHO WINS??? WHO LOSES????
So consider yourself TOLD that both sham-parties, working in tandem, do represent SOLELY and DE FACTO the UN, the Global Corporate and Banking Cartel Interests and the perpetual furtherance thereof and the ghastly wealth therein;
A MESSAGE TO ALL AMERICANS
(NOVEMBER 12TH 2016)
YOU ARE BEING DECEIVED!!!!!
I HAVE SOME NEWS FOR ALL OF YOU, ESPECIALLY THE YOUTH:
FROM THE CLINTONS TO THE TRUMPS TO THE BUSH CLAN–ALL OF THEM…”THEY” ARE ALL IN “THIS” TOGETHER, WORKING IN TANDEM, DECADE AFTER DECADE, TO DESTROY AMERICA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UNITED NATIONS AGENDA 21/AGENDA 2030.
MARK MY WORDS. LOOK HOW FAR THEY’VE ALREADY COME!!
I ADVISE YOU ALL TO DO YOUR DUE DILIGENCE BECAUSE THESE FARCE “ELECTIONS” DO NOT MATTER ONE WIT. “THEY” CAN AND THEY WILL DO WHATEVER THEY WANT TO DO…AND THEY ALWAYS HAVE.
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT IS NOT AT ALL–IN ANY WAY, SHAPE OR FORM–“OURS” TO CAST A VOTE IN THE FIRST PLACE; IT IS A JOKE AND THEY LAUGH AT US ALL DAY LONG.
A FULL-SPECTRUM CORPORATE COUP D’ETAT HAS LONG AGO BEEN ACHIEVED AND THOROUGHLY.
WE ARE LIVING IN ABSOLUTE LAWLESSNESS AND THE EXACT PLANNED RELENTLESS CHAOS ENSUES, THAT WHICH THEY THEMSELVES CREATE AGAIN AND AGAIN AND FOMENT REPEATEDLY TO PUT THE PEOPLE IN CONSTANT FEAR AND DIVISION.
THERE ARE NO “NEGOTIATIONS” TO BE HAD!!
THIS GOVERNMENT IS NOT LEGITIMATE!!
IN FACT AND IN DEED THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT, INCORPORATED, HAS BEEN THE MOST ENORMOUS FRAUD THAT HAS EVER BEEN PERPETRATED ON ANY PEOPLE IN HISTORY THAT I KNOW.
THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT IS 100% ILLEGAL, AS PER THE U.S. CONSTITUTION, WHICH BURNS IN BROAD DAYLIGHT ON A FUNERAL PYRE FOR ALL TO SEE IF ONLY THEY’D LOOK.
FOR YOUR DUE DILIGENCE, PLEASE RESEARCH THE FOLLOWING AND DO NOT STOP UNTIL YOU SEE THAT ABSOLUTELY NOTHING IS AN “ACCIDENT.”
THE SEPTEMBER 11TH 2001 COUP D’ETAT;
THE SO-CALLED NEW WORLD ORDER AND THE UNITED NATIONS’ RESPECTIVE ROLE;
THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE TRILATERAL COMMISSION, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE BILDERBERG GROUP, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND (IMF) AND THE WORLD BANK AND THEIR ROLES;
BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS (BIS) AND ITS MEMBERS AND HISTORY
THE ROTHSCHILDS DYNASTY AS IT RELATES TO AMERICA AND THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANKING “SYSTEM”
THE ROCKEFELLERS AND ROTHSCHILDS ET AL VIS-A-VIS THE GLOBAL MONETARY SYSTEM;
HINT: SEE THE ROTHSCHILDS, THE ROYALS OF EUROPE, ALL U.S. PRESIDENTS WITH THE POSSIBLE EXCEPTION OF JFK (LOOK WHAT HAPPENED TO HIM!!!)
HINT: SEE LUCIFERIAN FREEMASON ALBERT PIKE’S LETTER TO MAZZINI REGARDING THE THREE WORLD WARS
HINT: SEE THE INTENTIONAL CREATION OF THE MUSLIMS, THE NAZIS ET AL
AND DO NOT STOP THERE!!!
YOU SHOULD THEN THOROUGHLY RESEARCH FREEMASONRY AND IT’S HISTORY AND YES THE SO-CALLED ILLUMINATI; SEE ALL SECRET SOCIETIES SUCH AS SKULL AND BONES AT YALE; RHODES, FULBRIGHT ET AL;
DO NOT STOP THERE!!!
TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE, FRANKFURT SCHOOL, THE FABIAN SOCIETY
THEN THOROUGHLY RESEARCH MASS MIND CONTROL, MASS BRAINWASHING VIA PROJECT PAPERCLIP AND THE CIA;
PROJECT ARTICHOKE, PROJECT PANDORA, PROJECT MONARCH, PROJECT MK-NAOMI, PROJECT OFTEN, ETC., ETC., ETC. AD NAUSEUM; MK ULTRA TRAUMA-BASED MIND CONTROL, ETC, ETC, ETC. AD NAUSEUM
YOU ARE BEING DECEIVED!!!!!
(AND P^ is IN IN FACT AND IN DEED REAL!!!!)
MULTI-GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND CONTROL PROGRAMMING
INTENSIVE GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING AND USE OF “RACE” AS A TACTIC IN DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY
TACTICS IN THE DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY (KNOW WHAT THEY’VE ACCOMPLISHED!!)
BRAINWASHING and MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING:
All wings of the private-corporate-owned and -controlled media, under the dictates of the UNITED NATIONS and all others complicit (such as the CIA) under the long-term program named Operation Mockingbird that seized total control of the U.S. media in the 1950s, has successfully and utterly brainwashed and mind-control programmed entire generations of unwitting Americans.
Through use of all forms of media, the carefully orchestrated and directed propaganda campaigns (SEE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE, FRANKFURT SCHOOL, THE FABIAN SOCIETY) incessantly stream highly-contemplated and very specifically-focused confabulations consisting of a combination of total LIES, half-truths, every possible form of distortion, misinformation, disinformation; All is fed directly into the minds and consciousness of a mostly unwitting [HYPNOTIZED] television-addicted American populace.
The diabolical, pernicious and thoroughly calculated propaganda campaigns, serve as a very successful tool in a veritable arsenal of tools used to DIVIDE and CONQUER this population. AND THEN TO GENOCIDE US, WHICH IS PRECISELY WHAT THEY ARE DOING NOW.
One of the most effective of the divide and conquer tactics is the intentionally created “racial division.”
The enemy has instrumentally used this particularly wicked LIE for centuries specifically in order to cause DIVISION: DIVIDE and CONQUER.
The enemy’s use of “race” baiting, always along with the careful use of media, has served and still does today serve the enemy very well. In fact and indeed twas the enemy who invented and concocted the entire layout including the very notion of “race” and all the concocted concepts and insidious precepts associated with so-termed “race,” causing entire swaths of people to hate each other, believe lies of the enemy and cause them to fight and even kill each other.
The enemy has used their own invention called “RACE” a priori to accomplish precisely what they have already accomplished on a huge scale heretofore, and what we are witnessing today. ALL Racial division was deviously invented, systematically created, craftily devised and then implemented in every conceivable way and HERE WE ARE.
KNOW YOUR ENEMY:
The enemy did concoct every bit of theretofore non-existent animosity based on ethnicity, carefully stirring and intentionally fomenting “racial” rather CIVIL strife by creating obvious inequality and wicked injustice and then using the thereby spawned animosity and hatred that did NOT exist before, all imaginable divisions included, contrived racial superiority or inferiority complexes and incite civil strife often ending in riots and death. There are NO ACCIDENTS.
MORE ON BRAINWASHING
Brainwashing through [State] Propaganda uses all techniques, all tactics. A most effective one is the sheer fear tactics; Communism, Socialism, Terrorism; We are all force-fed outright LIES, for very specific results, from the cradle to the grave.
(US against THEM = Divide and Conquer [tactic])
There are entire manuals and playbooks on How to BRAINWASH and Control an Entire Society. See one titled PROPAGANDA written by Edward Bernays in the 1920s; He was the nephew of Kabbalist Sigmund Freud.
One Example, have you ever noticed that there are a dizzying, indeed countless, number of…”groups of people?”
In the last decade, I noticed a new onslaught: Millions of new 501(c)(3)s, many thoroughly fraudulent.
(WEDGE ISSUES = Divide and Conquer)
Have you noticed that these same “groups,” fight vehemently amongst themselves and, most curiously, directly against themselves and their own self interests?
Whether members of these groups are genuine in their profound ignorance; or whether the groups were deliberately created to further spread misinformation and lies, so as to stupefy the populace…
It works in that the desired result is the same:
Significant confusion; convolution; Infighting and pitted fights; It leaves many in in a state of fear or hate; That too is deliberate.
Divide and Conquer.
So!! These same exact hand-selected “issues” are also bandied about, in and on, all forms of media, non-stop, 24/7; The same incessant, irritating high hum of blathering morons on radio; the same empty headed television hosts who I now suspect are hired based solely on either 1. a very low IQ score; or 2. a fundamental ignorance so deep that it cannot ever be challenged. Or they simply CHOOSE TO WORK ON BEHALF OF EVIL.
So!! WHO is it exactly that calls the shots?
Who does hand-pick and then place STUPID CONTRIVED “issues” under the collective noses of the stymied-electorate?
And THEN there IS the OTHER SIDE:
The Stymied-Electorate needs to answer this:
So, who is it that, just like Pavlov’s Dog, decade after decade, who casts their vote each and every time there comes a ballot for the candidates presented?
So then, do any of us even wonder such things as:
WHO in HELL is THIS???
FROM WHERE in HELL did they COME?
And AT WHOSE BEHEST?
Subject: FILTHY PARASITIC LITTLE HACKS…LACKEYS…FLUNKIES…STOOGES…STUPID BUREAUCRATS…USEFUL IDIOTS…
AMERICA IS KAPUT
Today, most of our U. S. population are:
1.) Serving in the vast U. S. military WAR APPARATUS as thoroughly mind-controlled minions, solely for the War Profiteers’ interests, and directly against their own and our interests, i.e the interests of the United States’ taxpayers and the very sovereignty of the U.S.; or
2.) Working within this unwieldy beast government as corporate bureaucrats and technocrats, a.k.a. USEFUL IDIOTS; or
3.) Paid protesters/demonstrators who work directly for the outright enemies of the state such as George Soros and the like; or
4.) Paper-shufflers in subversive and thoroughly fraudulent 501 (c)(3)’s and (4)s
5.) Minimum-wage debt slaves in low-paying thankless jobs in the “service” industry
6.) Unemployed, homeless, bankrupt
OR
7.) “WORKING” SHUFFLING PAPERS AND PASSING EGREGIOUS DEATH-KNELL LEGISLATION (AND POCKETING HUGE SALARIES CONSISTING OF OUR HARD-EARNED TAX DOLLARS) AS THE MILLIONS OF PARASITIC LITTLE “USEFUL IDIOT” BUREAUCRATS BLEEDING US DRY AND CLOGGING UP THIS FILTHY JOKE OF A “GOVERNMENT,” THIS UNWIELDY CORPORATE BEAST, USA, INC.
*NOTE: NOT A SINGLE ONE OF THESE UNCONSCIONABLE DO-NOTHING LITTLE HACKS, EVERYONE OF THEM WORTHLESS LITTLE LACKEY-FLUNKIES, NOT ONE HAS EVER STEPPED DOWN OR RESIGNED IN PROTEST!!!! THEY ALL GET PAID VERY WELL IN DEED!!!
I recently contacted the New York Office of the Iraq Veterans Against War to ask just what they’ve accomplished and the woman on the phone told me that they just handed in more papers…to the office of COMMUNIST Bernie Sanders!!! In other words they do nothing but…shuffle papers!!! that wind up in the trashcan and they waste precious time and worthless money engaged in pointlessness with the enemies. And they do it all for a filthy paycheck.
There is not one single person within this enormous beast, this corporate state, that works on OUR, the taxpayers’, behalf!! NOT A SINGLE ONE. And by the way, Bernie Sanders is and always has been a filthy, dirty SHILL who has always voted FOR every WAR imaginable; AND he is a Marxist COMMUNIST. Feh.
COMMUNIST TRAITOR Bernie Sanders has and does continue to prop up and keep indefinitely, the STATUS QUO, this “SYSTEM”!!!
SANDERS IS, of course, THE STATUS QUO.
WORDS ARE CHEAP, MEANINGLESS and WORDS DO NOTHING!!!
Look where SANDER’S along with the whole rotten lot of these LIFELONG PARASITE KLEPTOCRATS… LOOK TODAY at where THEY have brought US!!!!!! We the TAXPAYERS!!!!!!
What ON EARTH DON’T you SEE?? Can you THINK AT ALL?????? Is it the FLUORIDE??? THE VACCINES????
This, DEAR ONES, is a TOTALLY FAILED STATE!!! A CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE!!!!
And THEY are ROBBING US BLIND!!!!!
So to the diehards, let me break this to y’all:
Bernie Sanders, just as with the rest of these unconscionable psychopaths, is and always has been a complete FRAUD.
He has never worked a real job in his entire feckless, freeloading lifetime, always living off of WE the TAXPAYERS without lifting a finger.
Words are cheap, meaningless and totally worthless, as Sanders and his many stupid cohorts within this detestable and criminal government so clearly demonstrate over and over, again and again. Wake up America.
SEE Sanders’ ACTUAL VOTING RECORD DAMMIT!!!
Sanders voted for the ACA, which is bankrupting everyone in this Godforsaken country!! What does THAT tell you people?
SANDERS supports CLINTON!! What on earth does THAT say?
SANDERS has ALWAYS, again and again, voted for U.S. WARS of AGGRESSION.
Bernie Sanders is and always has been a POLITICIAN, no different than any other.
JUST BECAUSE HE SAYS “Civil Rights” blah, blah, blah, BLEH.
Look where his lifelong career has gotten US!!!
QUI BONO??? Who benefits from this “system???” YOU??
Well, Sanders certainly benefits!! After all, HE gets lifelong FREE health care ON OUR BACKS, as they DENY WE the TAXPAYERS the SAME…And Sanders now has THREE HOMES!!
THREE HOMES????FEH!!
So um, where has this Bernie Sanders person BEEN all these years…living for free off of US… and what has he ACTUALLY accomplished???
Well!! If anyone here would bother to look at Bernie Sanders’ actual voting record then you’d all find out that Sanders has voted FOR WAR REPEATEDLY. In fact and in deed, Sanders is another duplicitous WAR MONGER AND he is COMPLICIT in the ISRAELI ZIONIST GENOCIDE of PALESTINIANS, and the AFGHANISTAN WAR…And too many other outrageous and CRIMINAL positions, stances and votes to enumerate.
Bernie Sanders, in a long line of WRETCHED, ROTTEN, FILTHY, LYING SWINE lining up at the trough, is a lifelong career politician. PERIOD.
He has never worked a day in his wretched life and HE is just as much part of this SICK “PROBLEM,” also known as “AMERICA,” and he is just as dangerous, just as useless and will and always has continued to sell us all out in a heartbeat. Any hack in this illegitimate government can…You too, Bernie Sanders.
The fact is that a great many fellow people here in America have been and still are so thoroughly deceived and so totally brainwashed by the incessant lies, disinformation and misinformation; And by the deliberate Trauma-based mind control by our own government (and it’s many satanic agencies and military) that our people can no longer think at all. Nor can they even discern fact from opinion. (See Hegelian Dialectic for one)
CIA MK Ultra Trauma-based Mind Control, Mass brainwashing, ETC.
Our U. S. government’s deliberate use, over quite a few decades, of intense, cradle-to-grave mass brainwashing via constant streams of PURE PROPAGANDA; CONSTANT LIES; A veritable plethora of horrid and unimaginably INHUMAN “techniques”–including MASS POISONING, such as dumping toxic Fluoride into our ENTIRE U. S. water supply–I do contend that Americans are so goddamned [STUPID] dumbed down, and so unforgivably unfeeling…because they’ve [UNWITTINGLY] been conditioned to be DOCILE due to being subjected to all of the brainwashing TV etc., and especially by the deliberate use of the CIA’s long-endeavored upon the public, HIDEOUS MK Ultra Trauma-based Mind Control.
PLEASE KNOW THIS!!! Many, MANY Americans can no longer think AT ALL!!
YOU, MY COMPATRIOTS, HAVE ALL BEEN LIED TO ABOUT EVERYTHING!!!!! EVERYTHING YOU’VE EVER BEEN TOLD IS AN OUTRIGHT LIE!!! AMERICA ITSELF IS ONE GIGANTIC LIE!!!!!
Anyway, I think that this mass intensive brainwashing and mass conditioning, over generations now, has lead to and indeed is THE MAIN REASON that so many Americans DO NOT respond to any Atrocities…AT ALL. And Abortion is murder and atrocity too. We ALL have been led to believe that fetuses are not really human. These are LIES!!
SORRY.
“The Corporate Person”
First Off, A Quote:
What a majority of the electorate…fails to understand is where we really are: owned and operated by [privately-owned] multinational corporations that hold absolutely NO allegiance to any nation, Constitution or system of moral authority.
[Private] Corporations who pick our leaders, buy our representatives, count our votes without oversight or confirmation, taint [POISON] our food and foul [POISON] our water and air, sicken our workers and benefit from their deaths. The [private] corporations’ allegiance is only to money; nothing else. They pay little or no taxes, yet they impose policy and write laws to limit our power and unleash theirs.” (Griffon)
ALL has been designed to and is used in order to obfuscate what our government is actually doing; If the population bickers about nonsense, any knowledge, Any awareness of the so-called Leaders’ actual policies and Laws that have been passed behind the backs of nearly all US citizens. Laws designed to ensure…Profit.
I despise Trickery in all forms; U.S. Government Propaganda is Nothing but Outright Lies and Total Deceit; Treachery and Treason; Bribery and Extortion; Theft and Fraud; Hypocrisy and MORE LIES. And More WAR.
I disagree with the vast network of other U.S. Tools used, such as the IMF and the World Bank; All Tools designed, formed and implemented SOLELY to impudently STEAL the resources of other presumably sovereign nations.
I disagree with any government that so blatantly represents the War Interests, Banking Interests, Corporate Interests and the appalling and ghastly wealth therein;
I disagree with Any Person, Any Group of Persons; Any who Represent Interests Above, Over, and in direct Opposition to the interests of the Common Good, ALL the people; “We the People,” the Tax-paying citizens of the United States; The Un-Represented; The Under-represented. That’s US indeed.
It is simply criminal and totally contemptible how any government “employees” PUBLIC SERVANTS??? are conducting themselves.
And let us remember the fact that these “employees” are there ONLY to represent OUR interests; The interests of the Common Good; The interests of the United States’ Citizenry. The TAXPAYERS.
These government agencies and the elected workers within them are decidedly NOT elected to be mere props who LIE to the citizens. And who represent, de facto, the Corporate interests. AND THE UNITED NATIONS AGENDA 21.
It is MOST egregious, indeed, that ANY government would represent, to the point of collaboration, Wealthy Corporations directly at the Enormous expense {THEFT] of the average U.S. Citizen, not to mention the poor, the needy, the elderly, the working-poor, the disabled and the obliterated Middle-Class-Cum-Slave-Class.
The facts, however, remain. The sole function, the Raison D’être, for every form of government is to represent the common interest of the electorate.
Therefore, it is indeed AMORAL, IMMORAL…utterly unconscionable…AND HIGHLY ILLEGAL what government “officials” (PUBLIC SERVANTS???) are in FACT doing to…WE THE PEOPLE, the very ones who’ve apparently been naive enough to have entrusted these “people” in OUR Government to “DO THE RIGHT THING.”
America is in no way, shape or form “civilized;” America is One Gigantic, Laughable LIE and I will no longer support or endorse such a disgracefully corrupt CRIMINAL CABAL.
Below is a letter I wrote in or around 2015:
My solution is as follows, but requires action of all citizens:
Peaceful, non-violent demonstrations EN MASSE to DEMAND that each member, in each branch of this government, vacate their positions at once.
Here is a sample letter to government representatives stating intent:
Letter to Representative Lois Capps, D-CA
Ms. Capps, You are included in the following statement, by your abject incompetence; your total refusal to address the systemic failure of this government; and your total and willful ignorance of any and all real issues, along with your continued insistence on focusing instead on trifling, insignificant non-issues.
Thus, Ms. Capps, you are very much a part of the problem:
It is abundantly clear that the U.S. government, including the entire Congress, the entire “Judicial” system, and all other government agencies that clearly do not represent “We the People.” In fact, the U.S. government is wholly owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the Corporations, in cahoots with the Banks and the Wall Street Quislings, that have enthroned themselves to UnChecked POWER. This is known as Corporatism. Look it up for yourselves.
I am, therefore, calling for all of you, each and every other member of each and every branch of this horribly failing government; I am calling on YOU to remove yourselves at once, unceremoniously and without protest, from your career seats of total DISGRACE and thorough INJUSTICE.
Stop paying All taxes: Local, State, Federal
Stop paying All Bank Debt
Stop paying All “Insurance” companies
Withdraw All Monies from Insolvent Banks
Stop working for slave-wages
TOO LATE.
ROBIN HOOD TAX
A “Small Tax” on Wall Street, huh???
A “SMALL TAX???” They should ALL be taxed at 100%, smacked hard in the mouth, and then EXECUTED for Crimes against Humanity.
WHO ARE YOU KIDDING???
TOO LATE NOW!!
______________
Here is a bit of history on Corporations (including Banks) and how dangerous they always have been, still are and always will be:
“When American colonists declared independence from England in 1776, they also freed themselves from control by English corporations that extracted their wealth and dominated trade. After fighting a revolution to end this exploitation, our country’s founders retained a healthy fear of corporate power and wisely limited corporations exclusively to a business role. Corporations were forbidden from attempting to influence elections, public policy, and other realms of civic society.
Initially, the privilege of incorporation was granted selectively to enable activities that benefited the public, such as construction of roads or canals. Enabling shareholders to profit was seen as a means to that end.
The states also imposed conditions (some of which remain on the books, though unused) like these:
For 100 years after the American Revolution, legislators maintained tight controll of the corporate chartering process. Because of widespread public opposition, early legislators granted very few corporate charters, and only after debate. Citizens governed corporations by detailing operating conditions not just in charters but also in state constitutions and state laws. Incorporated businesses were prohibited from taking any action that legislators did not specifically allow.
States also limited corporate charters to a set number of years. Unless a legislature renewed an expiring charter, the corporation was dissolved and its assets were divided among shareholders. Citizen authority clauses limited capitalization, debts, land holdings, and sometimes, even profits. They required a company’s accounting books to be turned over to a legislature upon request. The power of large shareholders was limited by scaled voting, so that large and small investors had equal voting rights. Interlocking directorates were outlawed. Shareholders had the right to remove directors at will.
In Europe, charters protected directors and stockholders from liability for debts and harms caused by their corporations. American legislators explicitly rejected this corporate shield. The penalty for abuse or misuse of the charter was not a plea bargain and a fine, but dissolution of the corporation.
In 1819 the U.S. Supreme Court tried to strip states of this sovereign right by overruling a lower court’s decision that allowed New Hampshire to revoke a charter granted to Dartmouth College by King George III. The Court claimed that since the charter contained no revocation clause, it could not be withdrawn. The Supreme Court’s attack on state sovereignty outraged citizens. Laws were written or re-written and new state constitutional amendments passed to circumvent the Dartmouth ruling. Over several decades starting in 1844, nineteen states amended their constitutions to make corporate charters subject to alteration or revocation by their legislatures. As late as 1855 it seemed that the Supreme Court had gotten the people’s message when in Dodge v. Woolsey it reaffirmed state’s powers over “artificial bodies.”
But the men running corporations pressed on. Contests over charter were battles to control labor, resources, community rights, and political sovereignty. More and more frequently, corporations were abusing their charters to become conglomerates and trusts. They converted the nation’s resources and treasures into private fortunes, creating factory systems and company towns. Political power began flowing to absentee owners, rather than community-rooted enterprises.
The industrial age forced a nation of farmers to become wage earners, and they became fearful of unemployment–a new fear that corporations quickly learned to exploit. Company towns arose. and blacklists of labor organizers and workers who spoke up for their rights became common. When workers began to organize, industrialists and bankers hired private armies to keep them in line. They bought newspapers to paint businessmen as heroes and shape public opinion. Corporations bought state legislators, then announced legislators were corrupt and said that they used too much of the public’s resources to scrutinize every charter application and corporate operation.
Government spending during the Civil War brought these corporations fantastic wealth. Corporate executives paid “borers” to infest Congress and state capitals, bribing elected and appointed officials alike. They pried loose an avalanche of government financial largesse. During this time, legislators were persuaded to give corporations limited liability, decreased citizen authority over them, and extended durations of charters. Attempts were made to keep strong charter laws in place, but with the courts applying legal doctrines that made protection of corporations and corporate property the center of constitutional law, citizen sovereignty was undermined. As corporations grew stronger, government and the courts became easier prey. They freely reinterpreted the U.S. Constitution and transformed common law doctrines.
One of the most severe blows to citizen authority arose out of the 1886 Supreme Court case of Santa Clara County v. Southern Pacific Railroad. Though the court did not make a ruling on the question of “corporate personhood,” thanks to misleading notes of a clerk, the decision subsequently was used as precedent to hold that a corporation was a “natural person.”
From that point on, the 14th Amendment, enacted to protect rights of freed slaves, was used routinely to grant corporations constitutional “personhood.” Justices have since struck down hundreds of local, state and federal laws enacted to protect people from corporate harm based on this illegitimate premise. Armed with these “rights,” corporations increased control over resources, jobs, commerce, politicians, even judges and the law.
A United States Congressional committee concluded in 1941, “The principal instrument of the concentration of economic power and wealth has been the corporate charter with unlimited power….”
Corporate charters (licenses to exist) were granted for a limited time and could be revoked promptly for violating laws.
Corporations could engage only in activities necessary to fulfill their chartered purpose.
Corporations could not own stock in other corporations nor own any property that was not essential to fulfilling their chartered purpose.
Corporations were often terminated if they exceeded their authority or caused public harm.
Owners and managers were responsible for criminal acts committed on the job.
Corporations could not make any political or charitable contributions nor spend money to influence law-making.
________________
David DeGraw: The Economics of Revolution Peak Inequality: The .01% And The Impoverishment Of Society
David DeGraw
The Economics of Revolution
Peak Inequality: The .01% And The Impoverishment Of Society
August 18, 201438 minute read
This is an adapted excerpt from my new book, The Economics of Revolution.
I: The Ultra-Rich .01%
II: The Systematic Impoverishment of Society
III: Economic Slavery
IV: Hidden Wealth & Shadow Banking
V: The Aristocracy & The Death of Liberty
An extensive analysis of economic conditions and government policy reveals that the need for significant systemic change is now a mathematical fact. Corruption, greed and economic inequality have reached a peak tipping point. Due to the consolidation of wealth, the majority of the population cannot generate enough income to keep up with the cost of living. In the present economy, under current government policy, 70% of the population is now sentenced to an impoverished existence.
Let’s take an in-depth look at the evidence.
I: The Ultra-Rich .01%
To see how corrupt the United States government has become, just follow the money. According to the most recent Federal Reserve Flow of Funds report, US households currently have an all-time high $82 trillion in overall wealth. If that wealth were spread out evenly, every US household would now have $712k. However, as of the end of 2013, the median household only had $56k in wealth. From 2007 – 2013, overall wealth increased 26%, while the median household lost a shocking 43% of their wealth. If median wealth continues to decline at this rate, over 50% of US households will be bankrupt within the next decade.
The fact that the majority of households are losing so much wealth in a time of record-breaking overall wealth demonstrates how systemically corrupt the economy has become. To begin to grasp the scale of corruption, let’s analyze how much wealth has been consolidated within the economic top 1% of the population.
The latest comprehensive look at wealth distribution data reveals that the “ultra-rich†economic top 0.01% of US households now has an all-time high 11.1% of overall wealth. The next tier, the 0.1% – 0.99% has 10.4%, and the top 1% – 0.9% has 18.3%. In total, the top 1% now has an all-time high 39.8% of wealth.
When we correlate wealth distribution percentages with the $82 trillion in overall wealth reported by the Federal Reserve, it reveals that the top .01% has a stunning $9.1 trillion in wealth. In total, the top 1% has a mind-blowing $32.6 trillion.
To begin to comprehend wealth of this magnitude, one trillion is equal to 1000 billion. $32.6 trillion written out is $32,600,000,000,000.00.
Having that much wealth consolidated within a mere 1% of the population, while a record number of people toil in poverty and debt, is a crime against humanity. For example, it would only cost 0.5% of the 1%’s wealth to eliminate poverty nationwide. Also consider that at least 40% of the 1%’s accounted for wealth is sitting idle. That’s an astonishing $13 trillion in wealth hoarded away, unused.
Once you truly understand how much $32.6 trillion is, and realize how just a fraction of that wealth could dramatically evolve society for the benefit of all, the argument for significant systemic change is solid. However, as scandalous as these statistics are, they do not factor in trillions of dollars more in unaccounted for offshore wealth, which makes the overall situation sound significantly better than it actually is and hides the true depth of the crisis from popular consciousness. (We will analyze hidden wealth in section 4.)
Looking toward the future, current trends reveal that the rate in which inequality is growing is increasing rapidly. Overall wealth increased by $1.5 trillion in the first quarter of 2014. If wealth keeps increasing at the current rate, there will be an increase of $6 trillion in 2014. How will this wealth be distributed? If you look at income gains since 2009, 95% of them have gone to the top 1%.
We Are The 99.99%
There are now many people within the top 1% who are much closer in wealth to the middle class than they are the ultra-rich. Greed has grown so extreme that even within the top 1% inequality is soaring. The top 1% of the 1%, the .01%, now has 28% of the 1%’s wealth. When you factor in hidden wealth, they have an estimated 33% of the 1%’s wealth. An individual must have over $100 million in wealth to be in the .01%.
In 1980, the richest .01% was already consolidating wealth at a systemically unhealthy rate. Since then, they have more than quadrupled their share of overall wealth. Meanwhile, households who fall between the top 10% and the top 0.1% have actually been losing their share of overall wealth.
As the ultra-rich .01% amasses unprecedented wealth, they are forcing the overwhelming majority of the population into extreme economic insecurity and ever-increasing debt.
II: The Systematic Impoverishment of Society
If you are struggling to get by and running up debt to make ends meet, it is not your fault. It is the intentional outcome of government policy and economic central planning. In the present economy, it is impossible for 70% of the working age population to earn enough income to afford basic necessities, without taking on ever-increasing levels of debt, which they will never be able to pay back because there are not enough jobs that generate the necessary income to keep up with the cost of living.
For every 3.4 working age people, there is only one that can generate an income high enough to cover the cost of living without taking on debt. In total, only 20% of the overall population currently generates enough income to sustain the cost of living. As a result, poverty and declining living standards are much more prevalent throughout US society than the government and corporate media report. Let’s take a look at the reality behind mainstream propaganda…
The US Government & Statistical Fraud
The government engages in outright statistical fraud on the most often cited economic indicators, from the unemployment rate to poverty and inflation rates. Even the use of the Gross Domestic Product measurement as an indicator for overall economic health is incredibly deceptive.
The mainstream media not only incessantly repeats these bogus measurements, they drastically underreport the growing epidemic of poverty. According to a study by Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting, “on average, someone affected by poverty appeared on any nightly news show only once every 20 days…. An average of just 2.7 seconds per 22-minute nightly news program was devoted to segments where poverty was mentioned.â€
On the rare occasion when poverty is actually mentioned, the government’s Census Bureau poverty rate of 15% may be cited. When it comes to the overall employment situation, you will hear the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ unemployment rate, which is presently hovering around 6%. While these statistics are alarming, they drastically undercount the severity of the present crisis. Those two statistics are pure propaganda and mask the economic suffering of over 222 million US citizens.
Before analyzing the employment situation, let’s look at how the government calculates the poverty rate. The methodology behind the federal poverty rate was designed in 1963. It is incredibly outdated and significantly undercounts how much it costs to live in today’s economy. It uses the extremely flawed Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation rate to establish the poverty threshold. Many vital economic statistics that the government reports are based on this fraudulent inflation rate.
To give a more positive impression of overall economic health, the government has “revised†the methodology behind the CPI rate over 20 times since 1970. The CPI currently has inflation rising at a 2% annual rate. If inflation was calculated the way it was in 1980, the current rate would be 10%. When you take a deeper look into how this difference impacts vital economic statistics, it reveals a much different picture of the US economy.
Cost of Living
While the government claims a 2% annual inflation rate, the actual cost of living has been skyrocketing. Here’s the reality of the situation…
The US now has the most expensive healthcare system in the world. There has been a 22% increase in out-of-pocket hospital expenses over the past year. In the first quarter of 2014, healthcare spending rose at the fastest pace in 10 years. The cost of giving birth has tripled since 1996, childbirth out-of-pocket expenses increased fourfold from 2004 to 2010. The cost of childcare increased by 70% from 1985 to 2011. From 1994 to May 2014, the cost of childcare has been more than double the CPI inflation rate.
The overall cost of raising a child has risen 40% in the past decade, not counting the cost of college. Since 1986, the cost of college tuition has increased by 498 percent, compared to the 117% CPI inflation rate over that timeframe. Student loan debt has increased threefold over the last decade. The amount of money students are borrowing to pay tuition bills doubled from 2005 to 2012.
Looking at basic food costs, from 2002 to 2012, total CPI inflation was 28%. Consider the following price increases over that timeframe: Eggs 73%, Ground Beef 61%, Turkey 56%, White Bread 39%, Spaghetti & Macaroni 44%, Peanut Butter 40%, Coffee 90%, Orange Juice 46%, Apples 43%, Margarine 143%.
This dramatic rise in the basic cost of living, the amount of money that people need to survive, which is all but ignored by the CPI in the federal poverty threshold calculation, only reveals part of the government’s deception on poverty. Beyond the fraudulent inflation measurement, the Census Bureau does not adequately account for the differences in cost of living based on geographic locations. For instance, the cost of living in large population states like New York and California, as compared to the costs in more rural lower population Southern and Midwestern states.
When you realistically account for real inflation and geographically based cost of living, how much does it cost to cover basic necessities?
The Economic Policy Institute (EPI) has the most comprehensive look at the costs of living and how much money a family needs to cover basic necessities based on the city they live in. The EPI accounts for the costs of housing, food, healthcare, childcare, transportation and taxes. They do not factor in the costs of a college education or retirement.
Based on EPI calculations, a family of four needs to make $63,364 a year to cover basic necessities. Compare that to the government’s Census Bureau calculation using the CPI inflation rate and non-geographic accounting, which puts this threshold for a family of four at a mere $23,600.
In relation to the government’s poverty rate, the Economic Policy Institute’s numbers sound extremely high. However, they use very modest costs. For example, they use Topeka, Kansas as their median family budget area and calculate the cost of housing for a family of four at only $692 a month. When you analyze geographically based costs, you can see how expensive it is for a family to live in larger population cities:
New York HUD Metro FMR Area: $94,676
Los Angeles-Long Beach: $74,605
Chicago-Naperville-Joliet: $73,055
Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington: $77,928
Washington, DC: $89,643
San Francisco: $82,639
Phoenix: $68,742
San Diego-Carlsbad-San Marcos: $71,673
San Jose-Sunnyvale-Santa Clara: $77,619
To give more context, USA Today recently analyzed how much moderate costs of living for a family of four are today. They calculated that the average family needs to generate an annual income of $130k. Their estimate was more than double the median EPI cost of $63k, primarily because they factored in the costs of owning a home, one car, retirement and education.
Now, consider that the current annual median household income is only $51k per year. While overall wealth and the cost of living have skyrocketed, median household income has declined 8.3% since 2007 and 9% since 1999. To further demonstrate how dramatically the cost of living has truly risen since 2007, while median household income declined 8.3%, their overall wealth declined 43%.
For more historical context and to further demonstrate how corrupt the government and economic system have become; if household income had kept pace with the overall economy since 1970, the current annual median would be $95k, almost double what it presently is. On top of that, it was normal to have only one wage-earner per household in 1970, as compared to two now.
Extreme Poverty
If we look at the government poverty threshold for what it truly is, an indicator of extreme poverty, then it has a little more legitimacy. As the National Center for Children in Poverty reported on the government’s poverty threshold, “Research shows that, on average, families need an income of about twice that level to cover basic expenses.â€
When we count the percentage of the population at double the government’s poverty threshold as living in poverty, the poverty rate explodes from 15% of the population to 47%. Now you can see one of the reasons why the government falsifies the inflation rate. The government will not make this long overdue adjustment because that would mean they have to admit that 150 million people are currently living in poverty and simply cannot afford the cost of basic necessities.
According to the Census Bureau, 28% of children are now born into poverty. This marks a dramatic increase from an already alarming 25% in 2008. In total, the Census Bureau reports that 22% of children live in poverty. However, when we make the proper adjustments to the methodology of the poverty rate, an even more horrifying 45% of children live in poverty. That means there are currently 33,389,063 US children living in households that cannot afford basic necessities.
It would take only 0.3% of the 1%’s wealth to lift every one of these children out of poverty.
Overall, from 2000 to 2010 the Census Bureau found that the percentage of people living in poverty-stricken neighborhoods grew from 18.1% to 25.7%. Extrapolating out to today, we can estimate that 82 million people presently live in extreme poverty-stricken neighborhoods.
Extreme poverty-stricken neighborhoods can become a relic of the past with 0.5% of the 1%’s wealth.
For a deeper understanding of why poverty is growing so rapidly while overall wealth is also growing, let’s analyze the government’s fraudulent unemployment statistics.
Unemployment & Underemployment
Other than the deceptive poverty rate, unemployment is much worse than the 6% that the government reports. The 6% rate does not include part-time workers who need full-time work, long-term unemployed people who have not been able to find work for over six months, and “discouraged workers†who do not consistently look for work. When you account for those groups, as the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) did until 1994, the real unemployment rate is currently 23.2%.
For an example of how deceptive government unemployment reporting is, the BLS June 2014 jobs report decreased the unemployment rate and was portrayed in the mainstream media as a very positive result with 288k jobs added. However, in June, 523k full-time jobs were eliminated, and 800k part-time jobs were added, providing the illusion of job growth and a reduction in the government’s unemployment rate. Due to this trend, there are now over 7.5 million underemployed workers who are “part-time for economic reasons†because they have had their hours cut and/or cannot find full-time employment. None of these people are counted in the official government unemployment total.
Since 2007, well-paying paying jobs have become rare and low-paying full-time, part-time and temporary jobs have replaced them. This has also been a downside of the new healthcare law, as companies are cutting back full-time employment so they don’t have to pay for workers’ healthcare. In total, 50% of jobs created over the past three years are “low-paying,†mostly in retail, food service or temporary help. Low-paying jobs pay 80% or less of median wages.
The bottom line, in a nation of 318.6 million people, with a working age population of 213 million people, there are now only 118 million full-time jobs and 28 million part-time jobs, according to the BLS. However, also according to the BLS, there are currently only 106.6 million full-time workers. In other words, it is impossible for half of the working age population to get a full-time job. On top of that, of the current 118 million full-time jobs, 47% of them generate annual salaries below $35k per year.
III: Economic Slavery
Beyond unemployment and underemployment, the percentage of full-time working poor has grown significantly. US workers are presently producing twice as much wealth per work hour than they were in 1980. Instead of median incomes doubling since then, they have stagnated. The gap between wealth production and median income is now at an all-time high.
Based on the latest available individual level income data, 40% of workers make less than full-time minimum wage workers made in 1968, roughly $20k per year according to the suppressed CPI inflation rate. More realistic adjustments for inflation will reveal a much higher total. For example, the current federal minimum wage is $7.25 an hour. If minimum wage had kept pace with overall income inflation since 1968, the minimum wage would now be $21.16, which means a full-time minimum wage worker would now be making $44k a year. However, the median annual wage is only $27,519. Based on income inflation, only 22% of the working age population and 15% of the overall population currently have an annual income higher than a full-time minimum wage worker had in 1968.
The average person needs to generate $35k in annual income to cover the cost of basic necessities. Looking at the actual spending habits of the average worker, you need to generate an income of $42k to cover annual expenses. If we use $35k as our threshold for a living wage, only 30% of the working age population and 20% of the overall population generate an annual income over $35k. For every 3.4 working age people, there is one that generates an income high enough to cover the cost of basic necessities without taking on debt.
Keep in mind, that does not factor in the cost of paying off student debt. Average student debt is presently $29,400. If paid off over a 10-year period, at an average 4.6% interest rate, it costs $306 per month, $3672 annually. In this situation, a person needs to make an annual income of $38,672 to cover the cost of living plus their student debt. Only 27% of the working age population and 18% of the overall population generate that much income. For every 3.7 working age people, there is one that can sustain the cost of basic necessities plus the average student loan debt without taking on more debt.
Therefore, in the current economy, 73% of people with student debt will not be able to pay it back while also maintaining the cost of living, without going deeper into debt. The US government has sentenced you to a lifetime of ever-increasing debt and ever-declining living standards.
Mathematically Eliminated from the American Dream
For a worker to cover their own cost of living and the cost of one child, they will need to make roughly $45k a year. Only 22% of the working age population and 15% of the overall population currently generate enough income to support one child. For every one person that can generate enough income to sustain the cost of basic necessities for themselves and one child, there are 4.5 working age people.
Now, think back to the American dream that prevailed from the 1950s – 70s. Each family had one wage-earner supporting three children and one other adult who would care for the children. While this was considered the “American dream,†it is also the basis of a healthy society.
How healthy is our society and how many people can afford to live the American dream in today’s economy?
With today’s cost of living, just to cover basic necessities it will cost $80k per year to pull this off in the median family area, Topeka, Kansas. In the current economy, only 5.8% of the population can currently generate enough income to live the traditional American dream in Topeka. Clearly, we are not in Kansas anymore.
Levittown, New York was the first suburb that gave birth to the American dream. Try pulling off the American dream in its birthplace and it will cost $125k a year. Only 2% of the population can pull that off.
Once again, these baseline costs do not take college or retirement costs into account. With the reduced costs in childcare, due to one person in the family focused on taking care of the children, they can at least put some money away for college, as long as they don’t go away for vacation and none of their children go to a private school.
Beyond these baseline costs, looking at moderate costs for a family of four owning a home in a median family area, with one car, education and retirement costs factored in, it will cost $130k a year. Add a third child and a second car into the mix and it will cost roughly $150k a year. Only 1.46% of the overall population makes over $150k per year. In other words, in the current economy, the average traditional American Dream is only attainable for the 1%. The 99% has been mathematically eliminated from the traditional American Dream. If they want to have a family and own a home, they are now sentenced to a lifetime of economic insecurity and ever-increasing debt.
As for retirement, if you American dreamers think you are going to retire at 65, it’s time to wake up.
There Is No Escaping
According to the National Institute on Retirement Security, “the median amount a family nearing retirement has saved for their post-work lives is $12,000.†As 76 million Baby Boomers are due to retire, the real toll of this economic crisis is going to hit home in a huge way.
Up until now, Social Security has been the savior. Currently 57 million people receive Social Security benefits. In the present economy, that works out to two full-time workers for every one person collecting benefits. Adding 76 million to the 57 million people currently drawing benefits would mean 133 million retirees to 118 full-time jobs. Even factoring in death rates, with new full-time jobs a rarity in today’s economy, having one retired person to one full-time worker will soon be a reality.
In fact, Social Security is already giving out more money than it is taking in. From 2010 – 2012, there was a $150 billion deficit. However, the Social Security trust fund is supposed to have a $2.7 trillion in surplus. In reality, all that money was already spent on wars, bailouts and tax cuts for the rich. As Charles Hugh Smith explains, “when Social Security runs a deficit, the Treasury funds it by selling Treasury bonds, the same way it funds any other deficit spending. If the Treasury can’t sell bonds, the phantom nature of the Trust Fund will be revealed.â€
Given the corruption in Washington and the current fiscal debate, the likelihood of Social Security maintaining it promised returns is minimal. On top of that, the dramatic rise in healthcare costs and decline in full-time jobs make the current system inadequate and unsustainable. According to the Census Bureau, 54% of people over age 64 would be living in poverty without Social Security.
The probability that the more fortunate members of the Baby Boom generation will collect full pensions and be able to sell off their assets to cover the cost of basic necessities in this economy is also highly problematic. In “The Happy Story of Boomers Retiring on Their Generational Wealth Is Wrong,†Charles Hugh Smith sums up the situation:
“[Boomers’] wealth will shrivel once they start selling assets en masse. The reality is neither Gen-X nor Gen-Y have the savings, income or desire to buy bubble-level assets from their elders. This reality has been papered over for the past 5 years of super-low interest rates, which have enabled unqualified buyers to buy overpriced assets with modest income. Once the defaults start pouring in (and/or interest rates rise), the reality will become visible: you can’t cash in your wealth if there are no buyers.
There are numerous other fatal flaws with the happy story that 76 million Boomers can retire on full pensions and live off their home equity and stock portfolios…. Pension funds based on annual returns of 7.5% will be unable to fund the promised pensions when annual returns decline to negative 5%. As John Hussman has explained, every asset bubble in effect siphons off all the future return: when the bubble finally pops, average annual returns are subpar or negative for years.â€
Another Wave of Foreclosures on the Horizon
Since 2007, over 5.5 million families have lost their homes to foreclosure. The impact of that is horrifying to think about. The decision to bailout the banks to the extent that they were able to give out all-time record salaries and bonuses to the very people who caused the crisis, while millions of American families were thrown out of their homes is the epitome of tyranny and corruption.
Unfortunately, the foreclosure crisis is far from over. Six million families are still underwater on their mortgages, and this number will increase. Their average negative equity is a shocking 33%. As Ellen Brown recently summed it up, “40% of mortgages nationally are either underwater or nearly so, meaning more is owed on the home than it is worth. Seventy percent of homes that are deeply underwater wind up in default. Worse, second mortgages are due for a reset. Over the next several years, principal payments will be added to interest-only payments on second mortgages taken out during the boom years. Many borrowers will be unable to afford the higher payments. The anticipated result is another disastrous wave of foreclosures.â€
Looking at the overall picture, mortgage debt-to-wages is more than double the historic average. To make matters even worse, the Federal Reserve has been fraudulently inflating housing prices. As part of their wealth extraction operation they currently own $1.7 trillion in Mortgage-backed securities and $2.4 trillion in Treasury securities. (We will take a close look into how the Federal Reserve has been artificially propping up asset values for the benefit of the top economic .01% and the determent of everyone else in Part 2.)
The Illusion of Prosperity & A Tsunami of Debt
The inevitable insolvency of the overwhelming majority of the population hasn’t hit home yet because they have taken on ever-increasing levels of debt to maintain the illusion of prosperity. Other than the staggering national debt that the corrupted government has run up, US citizens have now taken on $12 trillion in personal debt.
On average, that’s $50k of debt for every US citizen over the age of 17. Again, it cannot be stated enough, in the current economy under present government policy, it is impossible for this debt to be paid off while maintaining the cost of basic necessities. Therefore, overall debt will continue to skyrocket. Even if interest rates on these debts dropped to 0%, as the Federal Reserve has done for a select few of their friends on Wall Street, there is no way for people to earn enough income to keep up with cost of living, let alone pay back their debts. On top of that, the already usurious interest rates on these debts are increasing. In fact, the spark that set off the global financial crisis in the first place is heating up once again:
“During the first quarter [of 2014], 3.7 million credit cards were issued to subprime borrowers, up a head-scratching 39% from a year earlier, and the most since 2008. A third of all cards issued were subprime, also the most since 2008…. In the first quarter, the average [interest] rate was 21.1%, up from 20.2% a year ago, while prime borrowers paid an average of 12.9% on their credit cards, and while banks that are lending them the money paid nearly 0%.â€
If current trends continue and current policies remain in place, 90% of the US population is heading for insolvency. That may sound like an exaggeration that is too absurd to be true. However, as the Guardian recently reported in an article headlined, “The Coming Debt Tsunami:â€
“So why look down the road – say, to 2017 – and worry? Here’s why: because the debt held by American households is rising ominously. And unless our economic policies change, that debt balloon, powered by radical income inequality, is going to become the next bust….
Falling government deficits are being replaced by rising debts on everyone else’s ledgers…. the majority of Americans – the 90% – will once again do what was done before: borrow, and then borrow more. By early 2017… it should be apparent that we’re reliving an alarming history. Middle- and low-income households have been following a trajectory of an ever-higher ratio of debt to income….
The evidence demonstrates that the de-leveraging of the very rich and the indebtedness of almost everyone else move in tandem; they follow the same trend line. In short, there’s a strong and continuous correlation between the rich getting richer, and the poor – make that the 90% – going deeper into debt…. The more – proportionally – that the top 10% has prospered, saved and invested (naturally, the gains found their way into the financial markets), the more the bottom 90% has borrowed….
Insolvency for the 90% has become… ‘the new normal’. Unsustainable? Of course…. Under the current disastrous economic and tax policies, we can look forward to rapid increases in debt for both corporations and households from at least 2015 to 2017: a tsunami of debt.â€
The first wave of the coming tsunami of debt has already begun to wash ashore. For the first time since the depth of the recession, credit card debt is now rising faster than wage growth, yet another ominous indicator of what’s to come.
Crimes Against Humanity
Behind all of the statistics presented in this report is immense physical and psychological trauma. The stress of economic insecurity compounds the problem by leading to health problems, which dramatically increase costs of living. Economic insecurity drives people to expensive healthcare, medications, drug use and crime. Beyond the moral and humanitarian imperative, recent studies prove that the cost of poverty to overall society is far higher than the cost of eliminating poverty.
The shortsighted greed of the .01% is causing the unnecessary suffering of an unprecedented number of people. Their consolidation of wealth has created a system of economic slavery. In a wealthy and technologically advanced society, it is a crime against humanity for a majority of the population to be toiling in extreme debt, poverty, unemployment and low-wage jobs.
IV: Hidden Wealth & Shadow Banking
The evidence presented in this report thus far makes a very solid mathematical case for significant systemic change. However, to get a more complete understanding of how corrupt the global economic system is, we also need to factor in wealth that is hidden from public view. Disregarding trillions of dollars in hidden wealth just because the wealthy have the ability to illegally hide it is an absolute injustice. It is completely ignoring a critical aspect of what is now the greatest theft of wealth in human history.
Hidden wealth estimates vary widely. Many of them only take a partial look at the most basic methods of offshoring wealth. Given the unprecedented growth of wealth over the past generation, the secretive methods used to hide it have evolved far beyond well-known tax havens in Switzerland and small-island jurisdictions such as the Bahamas. While estimates based on banking secrecy and tax havens help to give us a more accurate picture of overall wealth, they do not give a total view.
Research by Gabriel Zucman, which analyzed banking secrecy, estimated that “around 8% of the global financial wealth of households is held in tax havens.†If we correlate this 8% with the $82 trillion in accounted for wealth reported by the Federal Reserve, that would be an additional $6.6 trillion for the wealthy, bringing the richest 1% up to roughly $39 trillion in overall wealth.
However, to get a more complete understanding of the reality of the situation, the most wide-ranging look into hidden wealth was done in 2012 by economist John Henry in partnership with the Tax Justice Network (TJN). They estimated that there was $21-$32 trillion hidden globally at the end of 2010. As shocking as that sounds, that estimate still did not give a complete view of hidden wealth. As they put it, “We consider these numbers to be conservative. This is only financial wealth and excludes a welter of real estate, yachts and other nonfinancial assets owned via offshore structures.â€
We also need to consider that overall US household wealth is up 30% and has increased by $25 trillion since the end of 2010. Globally, High Net Worth Individual investible wealth has increased 19% since then, and has begun to accelerate at a record pace. In 2013, it increased globally by 14%, with a 17% increase in North America, which is now at an all-time high. Given these factors, and several others that will be explained below, the higher TJN estimation of $32 trillion in 2012 is conservative today.
Correlating TJN’s wealth estimates with US distribution percentages is not an exact science but it gives a much more accurate total of overall wealth than excluding it. Based on TJN’s estimation, Ultra High Net Worth Individuals (UHNWI) accounted for 48% of hidden wealth. If we correlate that to the overall estimate of $32 trillion, it equates to $15.4 trillion for the UHNWI population. The US accounts for 35% of the UHNWI population, which correlates to $5.4 trillion. In the next tier, High Net Worth Individuals (HNWI) also accounted for 48% of hidden wealth. The US currently has 42% of the HNWI population, which correlates to $6.5 trillion. The additional 4% of hidden wealth is estimated to be held below the economic top 1% of the US population, which correlates to roughly $538 billion.
This brings the estimated total of hidden US wealth to $12.4 trillion, with $11.9 trillion of that held within the top 1%. We can now estimate that the top .01% has $14.5 trillion in wealth, the top .1% has $26.4 trillion and in total the top 1% has $44.5 trillion.
After we factor in estimated hidden wealth, the top 1%’s share of overall wealth increases from 39.8% to 46.9%. To glimpse the scale of theft, if hidden wealth were spread out evenly over every US household, that would be an extra $111k per household, increasing average household wealth to $823k. That is approximately 15 times greater than the 2013 median household with only $56k in wealth. Also consider that the estimated $12.4 trillion that the wealthy have stashed away is roughly equivalent to the $12 trillion in total household debt.
After revealing the 1%’s $32.6 trillion in accounted for wealth, estimating that they have another $11.9 trillion in hidden wealth may seem like an unnecessary risk that will invite attacks to undermine the credibility of this analysis. That is an understandable reaction. However, in the grand scheme of things, that reaction is based on a dangerously naïve understanding of the global economic system. In reality, if we ever get a full look at hidden wealth, the top 1% could more realistically own 50% of overall wealth. It would not be surprising if the top 1% actually has $50 trillion in wealth, with $18 trillion of that held by the .01%.
Hopefully, government apologists, establishment economists, mainstream pundits and well-paid public relations experts will attack these numbers. Public awareness of hidden wealth and the total amount of accounted for wealth that the ultra-rich have is an urgent priority. Debate over these numbers will further highlight the absurdly corrupt and scandalous nature of the entire system.
Here’s how TJN summed up the situation:
“Despite taking pains to err on the conservative side, the results are astonishing. First, this hidden offshore sector is large enough to make a significant difference to all of our conventional measures of inequality. Since most of missing financial wealth belongs to a tiny elite, the impact is staggering.
For most countries, global financial inequality is not only much greater than we suspected, but it has been growing much faster…. it turns out that this offshore sector – which specializes in tax dodging is basically designed and operated, not by shady no name banks located in sultry islands, but by the world’s largest private banks, law firms, and accounting firms, headquartered in First World capitals like London, New York, and Geneva.
Our detailed analysis of these banks shows that the leaders are the very same ones that have figured so prominently in government bailouts and other recent financial chicanery…. it is scandalous that official institutions like the Bank for International Settlements, the IMF, the World Bank, the OECD, and the G20, as well as leading central banks, have devoted so little research to this sector. This scandal is made worse by the fact that they already have much of the data needed to estimate this sector more carefully.â€
The bottom line, there is overwhelming evidence proving that the Federal Reserve, global central banking system and the US government are a front for the ultra-rich. In short, we know that the biggest players on Wall Street engaged in trillions of dollars in fraudulent activity and the Federal Reserve created trillions of dollars out of thin air, mostly in secrecy, to cover it up and continue the looting of wealth. Instead of holding people accountable, the US government bailed them out.
The stock market is now a blatantly rigged wealth extraction operation. To name just a few of the more well known rigging operations; high frequency trading, dark pools, Quantitative Easing (QE) and the Zero Interest Rate Policy (ZIRP), which gives interest free money to a select handful of “primary dealers†on Wall Street. All of these highly corrupt schemes enrich the .01% at the expense of the overwhelming majority of the population.
Shadow Banking
Another major aspect of the wealth extraction operation that the public is not allowed to see, which also makes the $12.4 trillion in hidden wealth a conservative estimate, is the shadow banking system. The .01% participates in a secret unregulated derivatives market that is worth an estimated $2010 trillion in notional value. The global financial crisis was a result of this secret market, which features credit default swaps. The truth is, the public and the government have no idea what is happening within this market, and neither do economists who try to reveal how much wealth the .01% truly has. Look behind the curtain of the Federal Reserve and shadow banking system and the true neo-feudal nature of the global economy is revealed in spectacular fashion.
A public understanding of how much wealth the ultra-rich truly have will create a critical mass of people who are aware that the global economy and US government have zero legitimacy. The essential elements that keep this scam going are the extensive propaganda system that paid off and uninformed mainstream media pundits uphold, and a military, intelligence and police complex that protects the perpetrators of the greatest theft of wealth in human history. As far as the corrupt government is concerned, the theft of trillions is too big to reveal. If the people have to suffer as a consequence, so be it.
The emperor has no clothes. He’s standing right in front of you, with $50 trillion in wealth, as you go deeper into debt and toil in economic insecurity.
V: The Aristocracy & The Death of Liberty
From the “monied aristocracy†to the “Gilded Age†and the “Roaring 20s,†extreme wealth inequality has always threatened freedom and democracy. Many of the most respected US presidents have highlighted the fight against concentrated wealth as the first priority of a free society. Even in times of war, presidents have referred to bankers as being a bigger threat to the country than enemies on the battlefield.
Visionaries and leaders such as Buckminster Fuller and President Franklin D. Roosevelt saw the modern advancement of technology and increase in productivity and wealth creation occurring. They began to envision a near future where people could regain their freedom from the dreary compulsion of industrialism. Roosevelt proposed an Economic Bill of Rights that would guard against unhealthy levels of inequality and guarantee economic security for every citizen. He equated the concentration of wealth to “fascism†and “gangster rule.†Upon accepting his second nomination as President, before World War II started, Roosevelt declared a war for economic freedom against the .01%. He compared the wealthiest members of society to the British monarchy during revolutionary times:
“… the average man once more confronts the problem that faced the Minute Man…. The savings of the average family, the capital of the small-businessmen, the investments set aside for old age – other people’s money – these were tools which the new economic royalty used to dig itself in…. For too many of us the political equality we once had won was meaningless in the face of economic inequality.
A small group had concentrated into their own hands an almost complete control over other people’s property, other people’s money, other people’s labor – other people’s lives…. Against economic tyranny such as this…. the collapse of 1929 showed up the despotism for what it was…. The royalists of the economic order have conceded that political freedom was the business of the government, but they have maintained that economic slavery was nobody’s business….
These economic royalists complain that we seek to overthrow the institutions of America. What they really complain of is that we seek to take away their power. Our allegiance to American institutions requires the overthrow of this kind of power. In vain they seek to hide behind the flag and the Constitution. In their blindness they forget what the flag and the Constitution stand for. Now, as always, they stand for democracy, not tyranny; for freedom, not subjection; and against a dictatorship by mob rule and the over-privileged alike….
America we are waging a great and successful war. It is not alone a war against want and destitution and economic demoralization. It is more than that; it is a war for the survival of democracy…. I accept the commission you have tendered me. I join with you. I am enlisted for the duration of the war.â€
The war against the .01% was temporarily derailed when World War II began. However, even at the height of WWII, during Roosevelt’s 1944 State of the Union address, he kept the focus on the .01% and said that they were “the greatest problem†facing the nation. He called out “a noisy minority†which “maintains an uproar of demands for special favors for special groups.†He described them as, “pests who swarm through the lobbies of the Congress and the cocktail bars of Washington, representing these special groups as opposed to the basic interests of the Nation as a whole….â€
Roosevelt saw World War II as an extension of the deeper battle against “economic slavery,†wealth inequality and the .01% who prevailed in the 1920s and led the nation into the Great Depression. Here’s another excerpt from his 1944 State of the Union address:
“We are united in determination that this war shall not be followed by another interim which leads to new disaster… that we shall not repeat the excesses of the wild twenties… if history were to repeat itself and we were to return to the so-called ‘normalcy’ of the 1920′s — then it is certain that even though we shall have conquered our enemies on the battlefields abroad, we shall have yielded to the spirit of Fascism here at home….â€
When looking at the unprecedented level of wealth inequality in today’s society, it is obvious that “the spirit of Fascism†has prevailed. Instead of increased productivity and wealth being a very good thing for overall society, the shortsighted greed of the .01% has systematically taken the increase in wealth for themselves, robbing everyone else of a life of liberty, economic security and freedom.
The “gangster rule†that Roosevelt warned against is now the norm. The .01% acts with impunity, totally above the law, engaging in trillions of dollars in fraudulent activity without being held accountable. In fact, they are rewarded with all-time recording-breaking bonuses and ever-increasing wealth.
The .01% “economic royalists†hand down their dictates through centrally planned economic policy and government legislation designed to keep the population economically insecure, subservient and enslaved in debt. Through their ownership of mainstream media companies they keep the masses in ignorance, wholly unaware of the paradigm shift in technology and wealth creation that should have provided economic security and made life much more enjoyable for everyone well over a generation ago.
We now live in a neo-feudal society. The evidence is undeniable. The indentured servant is now the indebted wage slave. A recent scientific study revealed that the United States government is subservient to the whim of the .01%. Political office is now merely a stepping-stone and initiation process that politicians go through to be accepted into the aristocracy.
The .01% aristocracy is exactly what the first American Revolution was against. It was Thomas Jefferson’s understanding of the aristocracy’s ability to consolidate wealth and subvert government that led him to believe that every generation required its own revolution. Here are two prophetic quotes from Jefferson:
“Our country is now taking so steady a course as to show by what road it will pass to destruction, to wit: by consolidation of power first, and then corruption, its necessary consequence.â€
“I hope we shall take warning from the example and crush in its birth the aristocracy of our monied corporations which dare already to challenge our government to a trial of strength and bid defiance to the laws of our country.â€
In discussing “the spirit of the people†and the need to “nourish and perpetuate that spirit,†Jefferson also said, “I am not among those who fear the people. They, and not the rich, are our dependence for continued freedom. And to preserve their independence, we must not let our rulers load us with perpetual debt. We must make our election between economy and liberty, or profusion and servitude.â€
Peer passed propaganda and you will see that the aristocratic “spirit of fascism†has conquered the “spirit of the people.†As wealth and power have been consolidation in unprecedented fashion, the overwhelming majority toils in “servitude†and “perpetual debt.†Economic tyranny is the new normal.
The Coming Revolution
We present this report as a declaration of the causes which impel our separation from a corrupt and oppressive government. After analyzing current policies and economic conditions, it is now evident that the systematic exploitation of a majority of the population will continue without redress.
The need for significant systemic change is now a mathematical fact. Corruption, greed and economic inequality have reached a peak tipping point. As more people grow aware of the deliberate systemic nature of their unnecessary suffering, exploitation and oppression, there will soon be a critical mass who will insist upon nothing less than absolute revolution. The delusional political class and mainstream media uphold the status quo as if it is insurmountable. In reality, it is highly unstable, unsustainable and collapsing at an increasing rate.
_______________________
“MURDER BY INJECTION: The Story of the Medical Conspiracy Against America”
by Eustace Mullins (1988)
For ACTUAL FACTS and the REAL TRUTH about American medicine, i.e. ROCKEFELLER Pharmaceutical medicine; the brainwashed medical doctors; the brainwashing/training murder/GENOCIDE mills, i.e. medical schools; the [ROCKEFELLER] medical “establishment,” i.e. MAFIA; the AMA, the thorough FRAUD of the the American Medical Association, and the murderous conspiracies of the EVIL Tax-Exempt “Foundations,” one might want to read “Murder by Injection: The Story of the Medical Conspiracy Against America,” (1988) by Eustace Mullins.
It’s FREE!!, so it won’t bankrupt you like illnesses do here in America.
By the way, there are a great many LIES snd smear campaigns against the late Researcher and Historian Mr. Eustace Mullins. One MOST effective LIE is that Eustace Mullins was an “anti-semite!!” He was no anti-semite!!! LIES!!!
By the way, the use of that one term is SO effective and there is the same exact well-planned, well-anticipated knee-jerk reaction to it, that it is used again and again to destroy the actual truth and facts whenever it suits those that employ it. I should actually use the word DEPLOY because that term, when it is an outright LIE, is used as a veritable WEAPON!!! It stuck like glue and still does today. And pitifully very very few people will even bother to look into it for themselves to verify it!!
Mullins was NO ANTI-SEMITE!!! He was stating actual facts with all supporting evidence about the Federal Reserve!!!
AND THAT VICIOUS LIE ABOUT EUSTACE MULLINS, CALLING HIM AN ANTI-SEMITE WHEN HE WAS NO SUCH THING, WAS, JUST AS “THEY” FULLY INTENDED, THAT VICIOUS LIE WAS WIDELY ACCEPTED AS FACT!!!
Just so you know, Mullins exposed the criminal racket, the Federal Reserve system way back in 1951 writing an expose titled SECRETS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE.
And so…”They” immediately went about systematically destroying every facet if his life…WITH those same exact, very effective LIES.
ALL MULLINS’ BOOKS ARE AVAILABLE FOR FREE IN PDF FORMAT HERE:
THE COMPLETE WORKS 0F EUSTACE MULLINS:
http://www.eustacemullins.us
MURDER BY INJECTION
The Story of the Medical Conspiracy Against America
By EUSTACE MULLINS
Contents
The Medical Monopoly 1
Quacks on Quackery 13
The Profits of Cancer 59
Death and Vaccination 129
The Fluoridation Conspiracy .148
Whither AIDS 169
The Action of Fertilizers 187
Contamination of the Food Supply 204
The Drug Trust 226
The Rockefeller Syndicate 310
Foreword
The present work, the result of some forty years of investigative research, is a logical progression from my previous books: the expose of the international control of monetary issue and banking practices in the United States; a later work revealing the secret network of organizations through which these alien forces wield political power—the secret committees, foundations, and political parties through which their hidden plans are implemented; and now; to the most vital issue of all, the manner in which these depredations affect the daily lives and health of American citizens. Despite the great power of the hidden rulers, I found that only one group has the power to issue life or death sentences to any American—our nation’s physicians.
I discovered that these physicians, despite their great power, were themselves subjected to very strict controls over every aspect of their professional lives. These controls, surprisingly enough, were not wielded by any state or federal agency, although almost every other aspect of American life is now under the absolute control of the bureaucracy. The physicians have their own autocracy, a private trade association, the American Medical Association. This group, which is headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, had gradually built up its power until it assumed total control over medical schools and the accreditation of physicians.
The trail of these manipulators led me straight to the same lairs of the international conspirators whom I had exposed in previous books. I knew that they had already looted America, reduced its military power to a dangerously low level, and imposed bureaucratic controls on every American. I now discovered that their conspiracies also directly affected the health of every American. This conspiracy has resulted in a documented decline in the health of our citizens. We now rank far down the list of civilized nations in infant mortality and other significant medical statistics. I was able to document the shocking record of these cold-blooded tycoons who not only plan and carry out famines, economic depressions, revolutions and wars, but who also find their greatest profits in their manipulations of our medical care. The cynicism and malice of these conspirators is something beyond the imagination of most Americans. They deliberately mulct our people of millions of dollars each year through “charitable” organizations and then use these same organizations as key groups to bolster their Medical Monopoly. Fear and intimidation are the basic techniques by which the conspirators maintain their control over all aspects of our health care, as they ruthlessly crush any competitor who challenges their profits. As in other aspects of their “behavioural control” over the American people, their most constantly used weapon against us is their employment of federal agents and federal agencies to carry out their intrigues. The proof of this operation may be the most disturbing revelation of my work.
Eustace Mullins February 22, 1988
______________
MORE (MAYBE REDUNDANT):
So you shuffle papers all day long and support BERNIE SANDERS?
I spoke with the New York office and the girl told me that your organization…yet ANOTHER 501(c)(3)…DO NOTHING!!!
As this government has brainwashed everyone in this country, listen up:
MORE PRIVATIZATION, HUH??
Listen up you little career parasites residing Forever, decade after decade, sucking off the TEAT of the TAXPAYERS, living in delusion in this filthy little joke of a TOTAL FAILURE “government” ON MY DIME:
KLEPTOCRACY DEFINED: (Source: Wikipedia)
Kleptocracies are generally associated with corrupt forms of authoritarian governments, particularly dictatorships, oligarchies, military juntas, or some other forms of autocratic andnepotist government in which no outside oversight is possible, due to the ability of the kleptocrat(s) to personally control both the supply of public funds and the means of determining their disbursal. Kleptocratic rulers typically treat their country’s treasury as though it were their own personal bank account, spending the funds on luxury goods as they see fit. Many kleptocratic rulers also secretly transfer public funds into secret personal numbered bank accounts in foreign countries in order to provide them with continued luxury if/when they are eventually removed from power and forced to flee the country.
Kleptocracy is most common in third-world countries [see USA] where the economy (often as a legacy of colonialism) is dominated by resource extraction. Such incomes constitute a form of economic rent and are therefore easier to siphon off without causing the income itself to decrease (for example, due to capital flight as investors pull out to escape the high taxes levied by the kleptocrats).
An early phase of this is driven by tenderpreneur elites who seek to capture resources for personal benefit.[1]
The effects of a kleptocratic regime or government on a nation are typically adverse in regards to the faring of the state’s economy, political affairs and civil rights. Kleptocracy in government often vitiates prospects of foreign investment and drastically weakens the domestic market and cross-border trade. As the kleptocracy normally embezzles money from its citizens by misusing funds derived from tax payments, or money laundering schemes, a kleptocratically structured political system tends to degrade nearly everyone’s quality of life.
In addition, the money that kleptocrats steal is often taken from funds that were earmarked for public amenities, such as the building of hospitals, schools, roads, parks and the like – which has further adverse effects on the quality of life of the citizens living under a kleptocracy.[2] The quasi-oligarchy that results from a kleptocratic elite also subverts democracy (or any other political format the state is ostensibly under).[3]
[TRUNC.]
So!! The Carter administration began deregulation of the entire transportation industry. Greenspan/Reagan’s policies doubled down on deregulation exponentially; and each administration since then has followed, in lock-step, the ongoing and thorough DEREGULATION of each and every other industry; along with the ongoing Privatization of ALL previously public sectors, lands, etc. Today, the only real requisite for political candidates is an unshakeable agenda; A corporate agenda of more Deregulation and more Privatization.
Clearly it does not matter who is installed in ANY branch of this detestable, crooked and wicked and treasonous U.S. government–Federal, State, Local—Idiot-Politicians, like many idiot-people, are simply rapacious beasts, forever pushing and flailing to get to the slop trough so that they too can roll around in filthy lucre; Disgracefully spoilt, grotesque and bloated, brimming with privilege so totally undeserved and that uniquely American trait, that of the enormous Sense of Entitlement.
This idiot-breed, the politician, certainly shines brightly here in the backwardly inbred population of The United States of America. “THEY,” the politicians, are nothing if not scabby and greasy, always on the prowl, skulking around from town to town in cheap flimsy and ill-fitting sheep costumes, the ravening wolves that they are in REALITY.
So, are we expected to see this, um, spectacle, as a “real” option? I mean, at this point, stop making excuses. Any attempt to differentiate in any way between one and another is to prop up and perpetuate outright LIES. Whether Democrat, Independent, Libertarian, Republican, they are all selfsame, identical platforms, identical interests, identical agendas; Willing collaborators and wretched criminal quislings for their true “masters,” the Corporate/Banking “Elite” money interests and the perpetual furtherance thereof.
Every little idiot-marionette in this pathetic little idiot-theatre serve as a mere distraction; An intentional diversion away from the ongoing and highly successful collaboration among crass and amoral thieves to further their goals of pitiful power plays.
A reality check is long overdue. ALL politicians spend every waking moment—ON MY DIME–to run their never-ending idiot-campaigns on any “issue” that will please whichever “side” of the dull-witted idiot-voting base, all the while blatantly patronizing, impudently lying, telling us that 1. they CARE and, 2. they represent OUR interests.
In reality, U.S. politicians do not know of any such concept as civic duty, moral obligation, the common good; Indeed, most politicians, if not altogether illiterate; If not totally uneducated and totally ignorant regarding ALL topics, most curiously perhaps, U.S. HISTORY; Stupid politicians and their minions, by and large, do not even know the basics of the U.S. Constitution.
So, with ALL of the stark and obvious warnings over the last
four decades, all having been totally IGNORED by most of
the citizenry, THIS is the FINAL wake up call. If and ONLY if an
Enormous Realization, a TRUE AWAKENING, occurs, I guess that
this neo-feudal system of Peonage and debt-servitude will remain
in place; BUT, the longer the denial stays in place, the
stronger the eventual revolt, which may result in the worst
possible scenario: Full Scale Revolution and simultaneous Civil War, which is exactly what they want to destroy America.
P.S.
Decade after decade, rampant, blatant, and increasingly impudent high crimes [CORRUPTION] among the idiot-class of self-aggrandizing government officials (PIGS at the slop trough); Along with their patrons, the filthy-rich who own them all outright, continues to grow worse and worse here in America.
As I look 0n in utter disbelief, as political events unfold both here in America and around the world, a rather clear pattern emerges:
Not one of these political HACKS, and not one of the criminal Robber Barons is EVER prosecuted for breaking ANY laws, whether U.S. laws or international laws. And make no mistake, these laws that these apparent “untouchables” brazenly, cavalierly and CONSTANTLY break, are very, very serious laws; Laws for which WE OURSELVES would go to jail. EPIC Fraud, EPIC Schemes to defraud, all imaginable forms of pure and utterly detestable profiteering…WAR CRIMES; the list goes on forever.
Again and again, year after year, I see these filthy bastards breaking every single law on ANY and EVERY book, and STILL not ONE of them is EVER held accountable!! FOR ANYTHING!! All the stupid clansmen that get away with every filthy crime including Genocide; Not only is this incredible, it is also unforgivable.
Just as every last one of his unconscionable predecessors, OBAMA IS A CRIMINAL. The U.S. Department of Justice?? Law enforcement agencies? THEY do absolutely NOTHING to THEM. It’s all a JOKE.
Just Remember: It was indeed the silver-tongued conman Obama who clearly stated that he would not “get involved” in prosecutions of WAR CRIMES, EPIC Bank FRAUD; He said, “I want to look forward, not go backward.”
Well, I say to him, I want to move forward by upholding U.S. Laws and international laws. If this corrupt government continues as it is to totally ignore crimes and the criminals, it only gives both the criminals and the would-be criminals license to behave as if they’re above the law. And that is exactly how they conduct themselves. Indeed this is a travesty.
The scape that is simply called the “new norm;” This particular version of “reality” is not only 100% WRONG on every imaginable MORAL level; It is CATEGORICALLY ILLEGAL and incidentally unconstitutional.
CRIMINALS? YES!!! IMPUDENCE?? IMPUNITY?? YES!!!
Indeed, the, um, “New Norm” for “the rest” is UNSPEAKABLE, UNTHINKABLE.
So…The State of the UNION?
AMERICA?
Why, it is simply REPREHENSIBLE…
With Pure Contempt,
TAXPAYER, CITIZEN
Oh, and another thing you Jackasses:
What a majority of the electorate, including supporters of corporations/capitalism fails to understand is where we really are: owned and operated by multinational corporations that hold absolutely no allegiance to any nation, Constitution or system of moral authority. Corporations who pick our leaders, buy our representatives, count our votes without oversight or confirmation, taint our food and foul our water and air, sicken our workers and benefit from their deaths. The corporations’ allegiance is to only money; nothing else. They pay little or no taxes, yet they impose policy and write laws to limit our power and unleash theirs.” (Griffon)
The Failure of the American people to Recognize, Realize, to even momentarily Acknowledge this corporate dominance or, TakeOver, IS the American Way. Total Ignorance. Total Hypocrisy. Total Injustice. This IS the American Way.
I disagree with any and all forms of corporate governance.
I disagree with American Imperialism.
I disagree with American Aggression, American Invasions and American Occupations.
I disagree with WAR; And, further, I disagree with All Instruments used for War.
The Corporate-controlled Media; the outright Propaganda Campaigns, all of which are designed to thoroughly obfuscate any Truth; any knowledge, Any awareness of the so-called Leaders’ actual policies and Laws that have been passed behind the backs of nearly all US citizens. Laws designed to ensure…Profit.
I despise Trickery in all forms; U.S. Government Propaganda is Nothing but Outright Lies and Total Deceit; Treachery and Treason; Bribery and Extortion; Theft and Fraud; Hypocrisy and MORE LIES. And More WAR.
I disagree with the vast network of other U.S. Tools used, such as the IMF and the World Bank; All Tools designed, formed and implemented SOLELY to impudently STEAL the resources of other presumably sovereign nations.
I disagree with any government that so blatantly represents the War Interests, Banking Interests, Corporate Interests and the appalling and ghastly wealth therein;
I disagree with Any Person, Any Group of Persons; Any who Represent Interests Above, Over, and in direct Opposition to the interests of the Common Good, ALL the people; “We the People,” the Tax-paying citizens of the United States; The Un-Represented; The Under-represented. That’s US indeed.
It is simply criminal and totally contemptible how any government “employees” are conducting themselves. And let us remember the fact that these “employees” are there ONLY to represent OUR interests; The interests of the Common Good; The interests of the United States’ Citizenry. The TAXPAYERS..
These government agencies and the elected workers within them are decidedly NOT elected to be mere props who LIE to the citizens. And who represent, de facto, the Corporate interests.
It is MOST egregious, indeed, that ANY government would represent, to the point of collaboration, Wealthy Corporations directly at the Enormous expense {THEFT] of the average U.S. Citizen, not to mention the poor, the needy, the elderly, the working-poor, the disabled and the obliterated Middle-Class-Cum-Slave-Class.
The facts, however, remain. The sole function, the Raison D’être, for every form of government is to represent the common interest of the electorate. Therefore, it is indeed AMORAL and utterly unconscionable what government “officials” are in FACT doing to…WE THE PEOPLE, the very ones who’ve apparently been naive enough to have entrusted these “people” in OUR Government to “DO THE RIGHT THING.”
America is in no way, shape or form “civilized;” America is One Gigantic, Laughable LIE and I will no longer support or endorse such a disgracefully corrupt and decidedly Callous, Blind, and Racist [joke of a] government.
My solution is as follows, but requires action of all citizens:
Stop paying All taxes: Local, State, Federal
Stop paying All Bank Debt
Stop paying All “Insurance” companies
Withdraw All Monies from Insolvent Banks
Stop working for slave-wages
Peaceful, non-violent demonstrations EN MASSE to DEMAND that each member, in each branch of this government, vacate their positions at once.
Here is a sample letter to government representatives stating intent:
Letter to Representative Lois Capps, D-CA
Ms. Capps, You are included in the following statement, by your abject incompetence; your total refusal to address the systemic failure of this government; and your total and willful ignorance of any and all real issues, along with your continued insistence on focusing instead on trifling, insignificant non-issues.
Thus, Ms. Capps, you are very much a part of the problem:
It is abundantly clear that the U.S. government, including the entire Congress, the entire “Judicial” system, and all other government agencies that clearly do not represent “We the People.” In fact, the U.S. government is wholly owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the Corporations, in cahoots with the Banks and the Wall Street Quislings, that have enthroned themselves to UnChecked POWER. This is known as Corporatism. Look it up for yourselves.
I am, therefore, calling for all of you, each and every other member of each and every branch of this horribly failing government; I am calling on YOU to remove yourselves at once, unceremoniously and without protest, from your career seats of total DISGRACE and thorough INJUSTICE.
Sincerely,
CM
A Bit On Brainwashing:
Brainwashing through Propaganda uses fear tactics; Communism, Socialism, Terrorism; We are all force-fed outright LIES from the cradle to the grave.
I think that the most apt term is Brainwashed. Yes, brainwashing has been used throughout the ages via a myriad of tactics; One is Patriotism, Nationalism; Being taught that America (or which ever country) is Great, Superior; Also, it builds a military that won’t ask questions as they are deluded into thinking that they are Patriots and Heroes.
By the way, off topic but still a fact is that, regarding the Boston Bombings and any other act of violence, including shooting sprees in schools or anywhere else, Specifically regarding the Empire of the United States, the questions in my mind are as follows:
What creates such violent acts and hatred toward America and Americans? What turns people anywhere toward Radicalization/Fundamentalism? As I observe, it is U.S. policies, both domestic and foreign. Examples? Countless. E.g.
Imposing Oppression and Dominance through sheer brute force;
Constant Invasions and Constant War in “strategic” countries, i.e. OIL, for one;
Impudent Theft, Plunder, i.e. Stealing, other nation’s resources, using tools such as the World Bank, IMF for extraction; And, by the way, the leaders of these countries who won’t go with the U.S. program are simply overthrown or, um, Assassinated.
So, it is indeed U.S. foreign policies that are both directly and indirectly responsible for attacks on the United States. U.S. Policies incentivize war and the Military Industrial Complex is entrenched and massively profitable.
As for U.S. Domestic policies, all which increasingly say “to hell with the people,” i.e. US, do in fact lead directly to Ignorance, Hopelessness, Poverty, and many other societal ills, all of which in turn, lead to violence, crime, including the epidemic shootings, and many other acts of violent by both American citizens and foreigners.
As a matter of fact, more “Austerity” measures, if the “officials” are serious about these tactics, will, of course lead directly to much more crime, more violence, more horrible acts of desperation; All of which leads me to believe that the Powers that Be are systematically and deliberately engineering mass genocide. As if to say, let them all DIE OFF, whether in the ghettos, on the battlefields, in the prison yards, the message is becoming quite clear indeed.
Another Letter:
I am a citizen of arguably one of the most imperialistic nations in history, The United States of America. STOP the war mongering NOW. Pull the Plug on the WAR Profiteers, all of whom should be EXECUTED in a Public Forum for WAR CRIMES. Bring the poor sods who’ve been duped into thinking that they are “Patriotic” “Heroes” home. YOU go fight your OWN filthy, venal and endless wars.
Read an elementary history book; America is constantly in danger of attacks by foreign countries because it is AMERICA that reaches it’s filthy tentacles around the globe, impudently stealing other countries’ resources, literally enslaving and Repeatedly RAPING the people; All whilst forcing it’s vile form of dictatorship and twisted, loathsome and hypocritical “values,” onto innocent victims everywhere on this godforsaken planet. And in the name of “DEMOCRACY.” What a FARCE.
By the way, thanks to YOUR OWN Foreign Policies, you walleyed, deranged, fanatical lunatics and your pals in the Saudi House in the Middle East really did win!! All you filthy dirtbags sought to destroy this country and you did it!!
So!! U.S. foreign policy POSITIVELY incentivizes all your ghastly Wars; And the very Military Industrial Complex that Eisenhower warned AGAINST is entrenched and massively profitable. The United States (YOU) are NOT an innocent VICTIM;
Indeed, all of you bastard-billionaire and bastard-Trillionaire buffoons, you and all your idiot-buddies who bankroll you, have willfully and intentionally squandered every single DECENT thing that has been fought for in the last 100 years. Fuckers.
How can a WAR-MONGERING country, the UNITED STATES, expect to keep on spreading it’s pathological LIES all across the entire world without any protest?!? Well, thanks largely to America’s astonishingly ignorant, wildly misinformed, downright stupid, self-righteous, sanctimonious, voting base, it’s really no wonder; Just like Pavlov’s dog, “Patriotic” [delusional] fools keep right on electing Psychopaths into the seats of POWER. Decade after decade.
The United States of America has been ultimately over-reaching it’s filthy, greedy, witless and stunningly shortsighted tentacles all over the globe by ANY MEANS NECESSARY, usually by way of UNENDING QUAGMIRES in the most UNSTABLE parts of the world for total extraction (STEALING) of any resource possible in order to satiate America’s insatiable appetite for so-called GREATNESS. Well, Oscar Wilde wrote, “Patriotism is a Virtue of the Vicious.” And Winston Churchill said, “The best argument AGAINST Democracy is a five-minute conversation with the average voter.” They were both right.
The fact of the matter is that America, Land of the FREE, Land of OPPORTUNITY; What a JOKE. The FACT is that America ranks at the VERY BOTTOM of every imaginable demographic chart, Well below every other “developed” country in the world. America is now on par with Cameroon, Uganda, the Ivory Coast of Africa in Wealth and income INEQUALITY. Welcome to America!!
Thanks a lot, morons, for RUINING THE WORLD
…Yes, you worse-than-useless parasites do enjoy mightily all your tax-payer funded lifetime health care benefits, limousines, fancy restaurants. living in your very own self-involved, self-centered and thoroughly Spoilt World of Utter Disgrace and Total Failure.
Indeed, You yourselves in this miserably failing government enjoy full, lifetime health care along with endless other benefits, all on the taxpayers dime, right as you continually fight to deny your own constituents, your own fellow citizens, the very so-called entitlements that which you yourselves benefit. How dare you!And so, to you I say this:I propose a simple and straightforward bit of legislation to be given to the citizens of the United States as a REFERENDUM vote:Retract entirely every single benefit that you hypocritical parasites in our miserably failing government, every benefit that you all enjoy on OUR, the taxpayers’, hard-earned dime.
First, No more free health care. And then you corrupt, mean-spirited and unconscionable government HUMPS would all have to do just as WE ALL MUST DO: buy grossly inflated, anti-American, inhumane for-profit health care “insurance,” (one of the biggest SCAMS in history) that covers nothing at all just when you need coverage most; and then, when one of you filthy, horrible Republicans or “Blue-Dog” Democrats gets sick and is denied coverage, let the insurance company CEO immediately and unceremoniously pull the plug.
Then, I myself will form a very long line of the wretched and the doomed, right up to the doorways and into your grand offices; And, THEN, please sirs, allow ME Personally to yank you forcibly out of those Grand offices, right by your well-coiffed hair, and straight out to the squalid streets of WE the PEOPLE; And then YOU can Fend for Yourselves…
GOOD LUCK!!
And this:
The entire SLAVE-based economy is, in FACT, the political structure itself. Indeed the entire economy of the world has been and still is deliberately engineered by the very few “people” in and of the real POWER STRUCTURE. These very few shadowy figures, i.e. the Trillionaires, the Robber Barons, the Tycoons (take your pick) have been from the very inception of controlled human societies and communities, in Control. It is THOSE people who have been and still are pulling ALL THE STRINGS of the mere Puppets in this OSTENSIBLE government (Look Up “Ostensible”).
So these men, who themselves comprise the [WHITE] POWER STRUCTURE, have succeeded for quite some time to keep a fairly tight lid on too much knowledge, learning, awareness, fact-based truth; Since learning and discovering actual FACTS would, of course, lead to bitter protest and violent revolt, and maybe even a fate far worse e.g. similar to the French Revolution.
There is a veritable myriad of other totally intentional distractions, deliberately designed to hide the truth, real history, FACTS, specifically the global slavery massive theft by fraud, for one, and the irreversible Plundering of all remaining natural resources.
Distractions on any and every contrived “side” of the political spectrum, the entire “Left”-“Right” paradigm, for instance, is one of the most useful and effective of contrivances; People are left confused and belligerent bickering about so-called “Issues,” Gun Rights, Animal Rights, you name it… All Contrivances designed to distract the general populace away from the really big picture.
The game, then, is to distract the fools Away from what the Robber Barons are actually doing STEALING by brute force (WAR), that is, PLUNDERING, i.e. theft of other sovereign countries’ natural resources. World Bank? IMF? Crooks.
Every technique to distract is used; Mass media, which of course is wholly owned thereby entirely controlled by CORPORATE governance; Thus, the media outlets report NOTHING useful and everything asinine and inane. No matter the technique, All are forms of intentional trickery.
So, skipping straight to the late 20th century, the 1980′s specifically, the emergence of Ronald Reagan, his total embracing of R-wing “Christian” Fundamentalists– Lunatics; the beginnings of the Total DEREGULATION of ALL industry; the utterly Fantastic LIE of ”trickle-down” economics; And the new “service” economy, i.e. a boatload of low-paying thankless jobs, i.e. the “new” slave.
All these conspired deliberations worked hand in hand to set the new and more all-encompassing SLAVE-based economies (Yes, that means ALL OF US) and the Modern-Day Slavery, at least a veritable form of sharecropping; Working more and more for less and less, all while never being able to climb out of debt…Sound familiar, at least? 80 hour work weeks, climbing, declining standard of living, forever locked in debt…???
So it is that every [Puppet] Administration after that old bastard Reagan–Democrat, Republican–every government tool of the REAL POWER STRUCTURE Did follow, in lock-step, the ongoing and now thorough DEREGULATION of every single industry and the Privatization of ALL previously public sectors.
Clinton, of course, was among the most destructive of these twisted, perverted white men, as he is the one that repealed the Glass-Stegal Act that had been put into place by FDR after the Great Depression of the 1930s. Clinton did it, knowing very well the history and the certain ramifications [of giving a gigantic idiot-child a machine gun, i.e. DEREGULATION]; So, doing it anyway for his billionaire buddies in the Banks and on Wall Street; That, along with the passing of the Graham-Leech Bill, took away any and all restraints, i.e. REGULATIONS, from the banking industry and the financial sector..
So, look around NOW. The “Powers” tanked the economy deliberately; They want, for lack of a better term, Zombie-Slaves that won’t think or even ask why: (IDIOT-AMERICA). And they’ve sure GOT them and they’ve got them by the BOAT LOAD.
Slavery Then and Slavery Now:
The main difference (other than race, i.e. skin color) between slavery then and slavery now, is that NOW, as the world is literally collapsing from overpopulation and centuries of destructive pillaging and ruinous plundering of the entire planet, the main difference is that those few men whom are still in cahoots and “controlling” the people, the governments, etc., are thoroughly capable of committing mass Genocide; Indeed, it has become quite apparent that now we are all headed straight toward the edge of the Abyss at their command; And Engineered genocide is a clever and historic tactic; And that works too. They’ve been doing it all throughout history. Whether by Guns, Drugs, Prisons, Wars; You name it!! The main goal is very clear: Let “them” kill each other and themselves, on the battlefield, in the ghettos, in the many privately-owned, For-Profit Prisons, etc.,
The message is clear: Let’s bankrupt them first and then kill them all off.cm
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT IS ILLEGITIMATE AND ILLEGAL
DEMOCRAT AND REPUBLICAN WORK IN TANDEM!!!
THEY ARE ALL LIARS AND THIEVES AND MUCH, MUCH WORSE.
READON:
The TAXPAYER-FUNDED United States government and all those individuals within it’s countless TAXPAYER-FUNDED departments and innumerable TAXPAYER-FUNDED agencies have been and still are actively engaged in an elaborate criminal conspiracy and are engaged in criminal collusion with multiple private international banks and multiple private international corporations and the United Nations.
These unconstitutional and highly illegal collaborative entities have been actively engaged in all imaginable and unimaginable Crimes Against Humanity and High Crimes including but not limited to Theft and Fraud, High Treason, Treachery; Embezzlement, Profiteering, Larceny; Slavery; Blackmail, Extortion, Bribery, Death Threats; Human Trafficking, Rape, Child Sex Slavery, Child Pornography, Child Trafficking, Murder; Human Organ harvesting and trafficking; Drug Trafficking, Money Laundering; Multiple Crimes Against Humanity; CONSTANT Domestic and International TERRORISM; Ongoing Global GENOCIDE.
The TAXPAYER-FUNDED government of the United States of America along with it’s many Taxpayer-funded departments and agencies’ government officials, both elected and/or appointed, have actively and deliberately been plotting to undermine the sovereignty of the United States and have been deliberately deceiving the American citizenry since it’s inception.
The U.S. government’s insidious use of propaganda tools, such as privately-owned media mouthpieces, compliant agency spokespersons and other willing quislings and covert agents do actively and constantly spread outright lies and deliberate misinformation through it’s highly organized and directed propaganda outlets also known as the “mainstream media.”
The U.S. government has been engaged in all manners of criminal activities for multiple decades, particularly by a highly contemplated and systematic use of the C.I.A.-controlled and Zionist-owned and controlled Mass Media, which is itself responsible for spreading constant LIES, half-truths, disinformation and misinformation through insidious and pernicious programs of mass mind control through use of Propaganda confabulated by those criminals within this unconstitutional, treasonous, fraudulent, illegal and thoroughly illegitimate United States government. These programs have long been devised and implemented with very specific goals to brainwash and control the thoughts of the United States citizenry and concurrently to conceal the multiple ongoing and abhorrent crimes of this United States government.
The United States’ Central Intelligence Agency, the C.I.A., just one of countless other criminal agencies engaged in multiple criminal operations, is entirely funded by the taxpayers of the United States. The C.I.A. is a government-sponsored Global Terrorist Organization and network that has been actively engaged in subversion, collusion, extortion, fraud, drug trafficking, money laundering, human trafficking, war crimes, treachery, treason, multiple foreign and domestic coups d’etat, multiple domestic and foreign assassinations, and countless myriad other strictly unconstitutional and treasonous activities, all highly illegal and all conducted in secrecy and without the knowledge or the consent of the Taxpaying citizens of the United States of America.
We the People of the United States do hereby demand the full and complete DISASSEMBLY of this ENTIRE United States government including ALL government departments and agencies in order to set about building a new, LEGAL and LEGITIMATE government, of, by and for the TAXPAYERS.
Further, all heretofore public servants/employees are to be held to full account through the thorough investigations and full disclosure to the citizenry; Immediate Indictments and Arrests; Public Trials and/or Tribunals of all former government employees, including the entire Military Industrial Apparatus; Post-haste legal proceedings and thorough prosecutions of every theretofore former public servant/employee/”official;” both elected and appointed; And the most severe punitive measures to be meted out to each and every one of these “public servants” who are found guilty of any and all crimes; The forthwith and total forfeiture and lawful seizure of all ill-gotten gains;
Public questioning/inquiries of all “public servants” in public forums; Upon any and all findings of Guilt in a NEWLY-established U.S. Court of Law, all PUBLIC sentencing will be commensurate with all crimes.
Traitors who’ve committed treason must and will receive the harshest terms of lifetime imprisonment or full exile to Guantanamo Bay Prison.
Any and all guilty parties, as determined by the U. S. citizens’ NEW Courts of Law and/or Tribunals, will receive FULL PUNITIVE CONSEQUENCES according to their crimes.
NO BARGAINING, NO DEALS.
Finally, We the People of the United States of America, THE TAXPAYERS, do hereby demand forthwith full retribution to be paid by ALL those whom are determined guilty of any and all of these most egregious crimes and henceforth, FULL reparations and FULL compensation for ALL TAXPAYING citizens of the United States of America.
____________________________________________
ARTICLE VI OF THE UNITED STATES CONSTITUTION REQUIRES ALL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS TO TAKE A SWORN OATH “TO SUPPORT THIS CONSTITUTION;” 5 U.S.C. 3331 SPECIFIES THE LANGUAGE OF THE OATH FOR FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS.
ACCORDING TO THIS STATUTE, OFFICIALS MUST “SOLEMNLY SWEAR (OR AFFIRM)” THAT THEY “WILL SUPPORT AND DEFEND THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES AGAINST ALL ENEMIES, FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC” AND THAT THEY “WILL BEAR TRUE FAITH AND ALLEGIANCE TO THE SAME.”
There are two Constitutional Amendments that the Enemies of the United States Democratic Republic must take down:
*2ND AMENDMENT: ALL SELF-PROTECTION GONE WITH CONFISCATION OF CITIZENS’ LAWFUL FIREARMS
*1ST AMENDMENT: ALL FREEDOM OF SPEECH GONE, DISALLOWED BY HIGHLY CONFABULATED AND SPECIALLY DESIGNED “HATE” SPEECH LAWS
BOTH ARE NEARLY A FAIT ACCOMPLI!!!
AND THEN THERE WILL BE A STUNNINGLY SUDDEN AND TOTAL LOSS OF ALL INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS AND INDIVIDUAL FREEDOMS. IN ONE FELL INSTANT, THE MOST BRUTAL AND MURDEROUS DICTATORSHIP THE WORLD HAS EVERKNOWN.
THE NEW WORLD ORDER GLOBAL TOTALITARIAN TYRANNY OF TERROR WILL IMMEDIATELY BEGIN THEIR IRON-FIST CAMPAIGNS OF MURDER, AND THEY WILL BE THOROUGHLY RUTHLESS AND VICIOUS INDEED!!!
THEY WILL COME DOOR TO DOOR!!!
ARREST THE COUNTLESS TREASONOUS TRAITORS IN THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT!!!!
ARREST ALL THE CRIMINALS WITHIN THE FEDERAL RESERVE & GOLDMAN SACHS!!!!
PLEASE BRING LAW & ORDER!!!!!
WE NEED LAW & ORDER!!!!!
WE DO NOT WANT VIOLENT REVOLUTION HERE!!!!!
AMERICANS: DO NOT FOR ONE SECOND HOPE FOR REVOLUTION BECAUSE IF THAT HAPPENS–AND THOSE ARE EXACTLY THE ENEMY’S WICKED PLANS–TO INCITE CIVIL VIOLENCE–IF THEY CAN CAUSE CIVIL WAR (AND DUH, THE AMERICANS CONTINUE ON, AS PER THE SCRIPT, PLAYING INTO THEIR HANDS) MILLIONS AND MILLIONS WILL DIE!!!! KNOW THAT!!!
ARREST THE GOVERNMENT NOW!!!
Christina M.
On Jan 15, 2020, at 10:06 AM, Christina Marlowe wrote:
PLEASE INFORM OTHERS
Christina M.
On Jan 15, 2020, at 10:05 AM, Ernest West wrote:
Thanks
On Wed, Jan 15, 2020, 11:48 AM Christina Marlowe wrote:
USA, INC. DBA US “GOVERNMENT” IS SHEER FRAUD AND TAXATION IS UNMITIGATED THEFT
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT WAS DISSOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY IN THE YEAR 1933. AS SUCH, THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA “GOVERNMENT” EXISTS IN NAME ONLY AND IS IN FACT A PRIVATELY OWNED CORPORATION RUN SOLELY UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE PRIVATE BANKS AND CORPORATIONS AND THE UNITED NATIONS.
The United States INC. DBA the US “government” and all the career politicians/lifelong parasitic sycophants and the countless bureaucrat paper-shufflers/useful idiots within it’s many taxpayer-funded departments and agencies are actively engaged in an elaborate criminal conspiracy and all are engaged in criminal collusion with multiple private international banks and multiple private international corporations in cahoots with the UNITED NATIONS, which itself seeks to overtake the entire world in it’s fascist totalitarian global governance scheme.
These thoroughly illegal, in deed CRIMINAL collaborative entities have been actively engaged in all imaginable High Crimes including but not limited to Fraud, High Treason, Treachery; Embezzlement, Profiteering, Larceny; Slavery; Blackmail, Extortion, Bribery; Human Trafficking, Rape, Child Sex Slavery, Child Pornography, Child Trafficking, Murder; Human Organ harvesting and trafficking; Drug Trafficking, Money Laundering; Multiple Crimes Against Humanity; Domestic and International TERRORISM; Ongoing local and global GENOCIDE.
The de facto criminal corporation DBA the government of the United States of America along with it’s many tax-payer-funded departments and agencies’ government “officials,” both elected and/or appointed, have actively and deliberately been plotting to undermine the sovereignty of the United States and have been deliberately deceiving the American citizenry since it’s inception.
The U.S. [corporation] government’s insidious and strictly deliberate use of propaganda and propaganda tools, such as privately-owned media mouthpieces, compliant agency spokespersons and other willing quislings and covert agents do actively and constantly spread outright lies and deliberate misinformation and disinformation through it’s highly organized and directed propaganda outlets also known as the “mainstream media,” to completely stymy and utterly stupefy it’s own population, the taxpaying citizens.
The U.S. fully-kleptocratic (also narco) government is today and has been for at least multiple decades, engaged in all manners of thoroughly criminal activities, particularly by the highly contemplated and systematic use of countless choking bureaucratic agencies, including ALL schools, and also notable, the C.I.A.-controlled (Enemy-owned and -controlled) so-called Mass Media (see Operation Mockingbird, 1950’s), which is itself responsible for spreading constant repetitive LIES, half-truths, disinformation and misinformation through insidious and pernicious programs of brainwashing and mass mind control programming through use of pointed Propaganda confabulated by the devious criminals within this treasonous, traitorous, fraudulent, illegal and thus thoroughly illegitimate United States CORPORATION DBA US government.
These highly deliberate and elaborately deceptive programs have long ago been planned, devised and implemented with very specific goals in order to brainwash and thus control every facet of the United States citizenry and concurrently to conceal the multiple ongoing, vicious, genocidal, abhorrent, blatant and utterly flagrant crimes of this United States government.
The United States’ Central Intelligence Agency, the C.I.A., for only ONE of literally innumerable other bureaucratic criminal agencies engaged in multiple ongoing criminal operations, is entirely funded by the taxpayers of the United States. The nefarious C.I.A. is a government-sponsored Global Terrorist Organization and is linked to many global networks that have long been actively engaged in highly illegal and treasonous operations including but not limited to subversion, collusion; extortion, blackmail, bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud; drug trafficking, money laundering, human trafficking, organ trafficking; war crimes, treachery, treason; multiple foreign and domestic coups d’etat; multiple domestic and foreign assassinations; and countless myriad other activities, all highly illegal and all conducted in secrecy and without the knowledge or the consent of the taxpaying citizens of the United States of America.
We the People of the United States do hereby demand the full and complete DISASSEMBLY of this ENTIRE United States government including ALL government departments and agencies.
Further, all heretofore “public servants”/”employees” and “appointees” of this LIE, this FAKE nation DBA the United States of America, are to be held to full account through the thorough and rigorous investigations which lead to full disclosure of all to the U.S. citizenry.
We the Taxpaying citizen/victims of this CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE, this murderous criminal racket, the USA, WE demand forthwith indictments, arrests, post-haste legal proceedings in public trials, within the NEW COURTS OF LAW, of all heretofore employees/public servants within each and every branch, each and every department, each and every agency within and of this criminal enterprise, USA, INC. DBA the U. S. “government.”
Public Trials and/or Public Tribunals of ALL heretofore government employees, including the entire so-called Military Industrial Apparatus; Thorough prosecutions of every heretofore public employee; the most severe punitive measures to be meted out to each and every one found guilty of any and all crimes against the taxpaying citizens of the United States; the full and immediate forfeiture and full and immediate seizure of all ill-gotten gains, i.e. everything; Lastly, severe terms of imprisonment and/or exile of any and all guilty parties within this illegal United States government, as strictly determined by the newly-instated U. S. citizens’ Courts of Law and/or Public Tribunals.
Last, We the People of the United States of America do hereby demand forthwith full retribution to be paid by all those whom are determined guilty of any and all of these most egregious crimes and henceforth, full reparations and full compensation for first, all citizens of the United States, and second, all other affected citizens around the world.
_____________
Across this entire country, in every single town, city, county, these arrogant and controlling wastrels do absolutely NOTHING BUT STEAL every last nickel of our hard-earned money, our hard-earned tax dollars, all straight into their own filthy pockets!! YES…Just like pouring our tax dollars all down a RAT HOLE!!!
As these LIARS, THESE ACTORS, these self-important, self-serving, self-aggrandizing, narcissist-FREAKS shovel ALL OUR MONEY down their own wide-open filthy throats, ever increasing their disgustingly disgraceful astronomical salaries for doing NOTHING but RAPING THE TAXPAYER, keep the underlings busy with idiotic paper shuffling all whilst listening to their own RAP JIVE, with their big loud TRAPS constantly YAWNING WIDE OPEN talking their garbage NONSENSE in order to SUBVERT and DESTROY this country on behalf of EVIL…All for filthy lucre and junk trinkets.
These little tyrant-sycophants are VERMIN and are much, much worse than useless–they are in FACT and IN DEED DANGEROUS AND VERY, VERY EVIL DICTATORS.
FURTHER, they own the millions upon millions of thoroughly brainwashed, mind-controlled lackey-flunky bureaucrats, police, and the enormous military operatives who only mindlessly FOLLOW ORDERS. They all YAP back and forth incessantly to DUPE YOU.
Yes, there are MILLIONS of THEM…THEY who only serve themselves and in propping up this thoroughly criminal enterprise, this corporate BEAST called America, wasting our precious resources decade after decade, heavily employing their very own “USEFUL IDIOTS” as STALIN coined the term, all whilst ruining entirely every single thing they can get their filthy greedy dirty mitts on…AND THOSE AT THE TOP KNOW EXACTLY WHAT THEY ARE DOING.
As the underlings shuffle, shuffle and shuffle again stupid worthless documents, PRODUCING NOTHING BUT DESTRUCTION AND EVIL, bankrupting all of US, the actual working [stiff] TAX PAYERS.
They should ALL BE PUT INTO PRISON FOR LIFE!!! This entire FAILED “NATION,” which is in FACT actually a CORPORATION, America, INC., is a total DISGRACE and a criminal TRAVESTY.
GO SEE your local CAFR Comprehensive Annual Financial Report for ONE.
Subject: TRUTH????
DO YOU WANT THE TRUTH????
USA, INC. IS A COMPLETE AND TOTAL FRAUD AND TAXATION IS UNMITIGATED THEFT
Democrats and Republicans are the exact selfsame BEAST that together, decade after decade, play the same old Dog and Pony Show to prop up the STATUS QUO.
U.S. KLEPTOCRACY: RULED BY THIEVES
The UNITED STATES OF AMERICA IS A CORPORATION, NOT A NATION (SEE YOUR LOCAL C.A.F.R., THE COMPREHENSIVE ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT, FOR ONE
And, um, “THEY” themselves comprise the STATUS QUO. OH!! Along with the United Nations together with the global banking cartels and global corporations in which they work on behalf.
This is a thoroughly failed, thoroughly corrupt and totally criminal system.
Have you really not noticed the ENORMOUS transfers of Wealth???? And the total destruction of the Middle Class???? Americans Bankrupted by GENOCIDAL health Care every DAY??? U.S. DEBT at $19 TRILLION and counting???? Student DEBT at 1.3 TRILLION DOLLARS????
Do you LIKE DEBT???
Another thing, do you know that the peak of U.S. “wages” was way back in 1968 and wages have ACTUALLY been going DOWN for FIFTY YEARS. QUI BONO??? YOU???
I don’t think so, dearie.
QUI BONO???? WHO WINS??? WHO LOSES????
So consider yourself TOLD that both sham-parties, working in tandem, do represent SOLELY and DE FACTO the UN, the Global Corporate and Banking Cartel Interests and the perpetual furtherance thereof and the ghastly wealth therein;
A MESSAGE TO ALL AMERICANS
(NOVEMBER 12TH 2016)
YOU ARE BEING DECEIVED!!!!!
I HAVE SOME NEWS FOR ALL OF YOU, ESPECIALLY THE YOUTH:
FROM THE CLINTONS TO THE TRUMPS TO THE BUSH CLAN–ALL OF THEM…”THEY” ARE ALL IN “THIS” TOGETHER, WORKING IN TANDEM, DECADE AFTER DECADE, TO DESTROY AMERICA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UNITED NATIONS AGENDA 21/AGENDA 2030.
MARK MY WORDS. LOOK HOW FAR THEY’VE ALREADY COME!!
I ADVISE YOU ALL TO DO YOUR DUE DILIGENCE BECAUSE THESE FARCE “ELECTIONS” DO NOT MATTER ONE WIT. “THEY” CAN AND THEY WILL DO WHATEVER THEY WANT TO DO…AND THEY ALWAYS HAVE.
THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT IS NOT AT ALL–IN ANY WAY, SHAPE OR FORM–“OURS” TO CAST A VOTE IN THE FIRST PLACE;
A FULL-SPECTRUM CORPORATE COUP D’ETAT HAS LONG AGO BEEN ACHIEVED AND THOROUGHLY.
WE ARE LIVING IN ABSOLUTE LAWLESSNESS AND THE EXACT PLANNED RELENTLESS CHAOS ENSUES, THAT WHICH THEY THEMSELVES CREATE AGAIN AND AGAIN AND FOMENT REPEATEDLY TO PUT THE PEOPLE IN CONSTANT FEAR AND DIVISION.
THERE ARE NO “NEGOTIATIONS” TO BE HAD!!
THIS GOVERNMENT IS NOT LEGITIMATE!!
IN FACT AND IN DEED THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT, INCORPORATED, HAS BEEN THE MOST ENORMOUS FRAUD THAT HAS EVER BEEN PERPETRATED ON ANY PEOPLE IN HISTORY THAT I KNOW.
THIS U.S. GOVERNMENT IS 100% ILLEGAL, AS PER THE U.S. CONSTITUTION, WHICH BURNS IN BROAD DAYLIGHT ON A FUNERAL PYRE FOR ALL TO SEE IF ONLY THEY’D LOOK.
FOR YOUR DUE DILIGENCE, PLEASE RESEARCH THE FOLLOWING AND DO NOT STOP UNTIL YOU SEE THAT ABSOLUTELY NOTHING IS AN “ACCIDENT.”
THE SEPTEMBER 11TH 2001 COUP D’ETAT;
THE SO-CALLED NEW WORLD ORDER AND THE UNITED NATIONS’ RESPECTIVE ROLE;
THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE TRILATERAL COMMISSION, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE BILDERBERG GROUP, IT’S HISTORY AND ALL RESPECTIVE MEMBERS;
THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND (IMF) AND THE WORLD BANK AND THEIR ROLES;
BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS (BIS) AND ITS MEMBERS AND HISTORY
THE ROTHSCHILDS DYNASTY AS IT RELATES TO AMERICA AND THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANKING “SYSTEM”
THE ROCKEFELLERS AND ROTHSCHILDS ET AL VIS-A-VIS THE GLOBAL MONETARY SYSTEM;
HINT: SEE THE ROTHSCHILDS, THE ROYALS OF EUROPE, ALL U.S. PRESIDENTS WITH THE POSSIBLE EXCEPTION OF JFK (LOOK WHAT HAPPENED TO HIM!!!)
HINT: SEE LUCIFERIAN FREEMASON ALBERT PIKE’S LETTER TO MAZZINI REGARDING THE THREE WORLD WARS
HINT: SEE THE INTENTIONAL CREATION OF THE MUSLIMS, THE NAZIS ET AL
AND DO NOT STOP THERE!!!
YOU SHOULD THEN THOROUGHLY RESEARCH FREEMASONRY AND IT’S HISTORY AND YES THE SO-CALLED ILLUMINATI; SEE ALL SECRET SOCIETIES SUCH AS SKULL AND BONES AT YALE; RHODES, FULBRIGHT ET AL;
DO NOT STOP THERE!!!
THEN THOROUGHLY RESEARCH MASS MIND CONTROL, MASS BRAINWASHING VIA PROJECT PAPERCLIP AND THE CIA;
PROJECT ARTICHOKE, PROJECT PANDORA, PROJECT MONARCH, PROJECT MK-NAOMI, PROJECT OFTEN, ETC., ETC., ETC. AD NAUSEUM; MK ULTRA TRAUMA-BASED MIND CONTROL, ETC, ETC, ETC. AD NAUSEUM
YOU ARE BEING DECEIVED!!!!!
(AND PIZZAGATE IN IN FACT AND IN DEED REAL!!!!)
MULTI-GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND CONTROL PROGRAMMING
INTENSIVE GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING AND USE OF “RACE” AS A TACTIC IN DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY (This part of this writing is a work in progress)
INTENSIVE GENERATIONAL BRAINWASHING AND MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING AND THE USE OF “RACE” [AS A TACTIC IN] DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY:” (writing is a work in progress)
TACTICS IN THE DIVIDE AND CONQUER STRATEGY (KNOW WHAT THEY’VE ACCOMPLISHED!!)
BRAINWASHING and MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING:
All wings of the private-corporate-owned and -controlled media, under the dictates of the UNITED NATIONS and all others complicit (such as the CIA) under the long-term program named Operation Mockingbird that seized total control of the U.S. media in the 1950s, has successfully and utterly brainwashed and mind-control programmed entire generations of unwitting Americans.
Through use of all forms of media, the carefully orchestrated and directed propaganda campaigns (SEE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE, FRANKFURT SCHOOL, THE FABIAN SOCIETY) incessantly stream highly-contemplated and very specifically-focused confabulations consisting of a combination of total LIES, half-truths, every possible form of distortion, misinformation, disinformation; All is fed directly into the minds and consciousness of a mostly unwitting [HYPNOTIZED] television-addicted American populace.
The diabolical, pernicious and thoroughly calculated propaganda campaigns, serve as a very successful tool in a veritable arsenal of tools used to DIVIDE and CONQUER this population. AND THEN TO GENOCIDE US, WHICH IS PRECISELY WHAT THEY ARE DOING NOW.
One of the most effective of the divide and conquer tactics is the intentionally created “racial division.”
The enemy has instrumentally used this particularly wicked LIE for centuries specifically in order to cause DIVISION: DIVIDE and CONQUER.
The enemy’s use of “race” baiting, always along with the careful use of media, has served and still does today serve the enemy very well. In fact and indeed twas the enemy who invented and concocted the entire layout including the very notion of “race” and all the concocted concepts and insidious precepts associated with so-termed “race,” causing entire swaths of people to hate each other, believe lies of the enemy and cause them to fight and even kill each other.
The enemy has used their own invention called “RACE” a priori to accomplish precisely what they have already accomplished on a huge scale heretofore, and what we are witnessing today. ALL Racial division was deviously invented, systematically created, craftily devised and then implemented in every conceivable way and HERE WE ARE.
KNOW YOUR ENEMY:
The enemy did concoct every bit of theretofore non-existent animosity based on ethnicity, carefully stirring and intentionally fomenting “racial” rather CIVIL strife by creating obvious inequality and wicked injustice and then using the thereby spawned animosity and hatred that did NOT exist before, all imaginable divisions included, contrived racial superiority or inferiority complexes and incite civil strife often ending in riots and death. There are NO ACCIDENTS.
MORE ON BRAINWASHING
Brainwashing through [State] Propaganda uses all techniques, all tactics. A most effective one is the sheer fear tactics; Communism, Socialism, Terrorism; We are all force-fed outright LIES, for very specific results, from the cradle to the grave.
(US against THEM = Divide and Conquer [tactic])
There are entire manuals and playbooks on How to BRAINWASH and Control an Entire Society. See one titled PROPAGANDA written by Edward Bernays in the 1920s; He was the nephew of Kabbalist Sigmund Freud.
One Example, have you ever noticed that there are a dizzying, indeed countless, number of…”groups of people?”
In the last decade, I noticed a new onslaught: Millions of new 501(c)(3)s, many thoroughly fraudulent.
(WEDGE ISSUES = Divide and Conquer)
Have you noticed that these same “groups,” fight vehemently amongst themselves and, most curiously, directly against themselves and their own self interests?
Whether members of these groups are genuine in their profound ignorance; or whether the groups were deliberately created to further spread misinformation and lies, so as to stupefy the populace…
It works in that the desired result is the same:
Significant confusion; convolution; Infighting and pitted fights; It leaves many in in a state of fear or hate; That too is deliberate.
Divide and Conquer.
So!! These same exact hand-selected “issues” are also bandied about, in and on, all forms of media, non-stop, 24/7; The same incessant, irritating high hum of blathering morons on radio; the same empty headed television hosts who I now suspect are hired based solely on either 1. a very low IQ score; or 2. a fundamental ignorance so deep that it cannot ever be challenged. Or they simply CHOOSE TO WORK ON BEHALF OF EVIL.
So!! WHO is it exactly that calls the shots?
Who does hand-pick and then place STUPID CONTRIVED “issues” under the collective noses of the stymied-electorate?
And THEN there IS the OTHER SIDE:
The Stymied-Electorate needs to answer this:
So, who is it that, just like Pavlov’s Dog, decade after decade, who casts their vote each and every time there comes a ballot for the candidates presented?
So then, do any of us even wonder such things as:
WHO in HELL is THIS???
FROM WHERE in HELL did they COME?
And AT WHOSE BEHEST?
Subject: FILTHY PARASITIC LITTLE HACKS…LACKEYS…FLUNKIES…STOOGES…STUPID BUREAUCRATS…USEFUL IDIOTS…
AMERICA IS KAPUT
Today, most of our U. S. population are:
1.) Serving in the vast U. S. military WAR APPARATUS solely for the War Profiteers’ interests, and directly against their own and our interests, i.e the interests of the United States’ taxpayers and the very sovereignty of the U.S.; or
2.) Working within this unwieldy beast government as corporate bureaucrats and technocrats, a.k.a. USEFUL IDIOTS; or
3.) Paid protesters/demonstrators who work directly for the outright enemies of the state such as George Soros and the like; or
4.) Paper-shufflers in do-nothing and thoroughly fraudulent 501 (c)(3)’s and (4)s
5.) Minimum-wage debt slaves in low-paying thankless jobs in the “service” industry
6.) Unemployed, homeless, bankrupt
OR
7.) “WORKING” SHUFFLING PAPERS AND DOING NOTHING ATALL (AND POCKETING HUGE SALARIES CONSISTING OF OUR HARD-EARNED TAX DOLLARS) AS THE MILLIONS OF PARASITIC LITTLE “USEFUL IDIOT” BUREAUCRATS BLEEDING US DRY AND CLOGGING UP THIS FILTHY JOKE OF A “GOVERNMENT,” THIS UNWIELDY CORPORATE BEAST, USA, INC.
*NOTE: NOT A SINGLE ONE OF THESE UNCONSCIONABLE DO-NOTHING LITTLE HACKS, EVERYONE OF THEM WORTHLESS LITTLE LACKEY-FLUNKIES, NOT ONE HAS EVER STEPPED DOWN OR RESIGNED IN PROTEST!!!! THEY ALL GET PAID VERY WELL IN DEED!!!
I recently contacted the New York Office of the Iraq Veterans Against War to ask just what they’ve accomplished and the woman on the phone told me that they just handed in more papers…to the office of COMMUNIST Bernie Sanders!!! In other words they do nothing but…shuffle papers!!! that wind up in the trashcan and they waste precious time and worthless money engaged in pointlessness with the enemies. And they do it all for a filthy paycheck.
There is not one single person within this enormous beast, this corporate state, that works on OUR, the taxpayers’, behalf!! NOT A SINGLE ONE. And by the way, Bernie Sanders is and always has been a filthy, dirty ZIONIST SHILL who has always voted FOR every WAR imaginable; AND he is a Marxist COMMUNIST. Feh.
COMMUNIST TRAITOR Bernie Sanders has and does continue to prop up and keep indefinitely, the STATUS QUO, this “SYSTEM”!!!
SANDERS IS, of course, THE STATUS QUO.
WORDS ARE CHEAP, MEANINGLESS and WORDS DO NOTHING!!!
Look where SANDER’S along with the whole rotten lot of these LIFELONG PARASITE KLEPTOCRATS… LOOK TODAY at where THEY have brought US!!!!!! We the TAXPAYERS!!!!!!
What ON EARTH DON’T you SEE?? Can you THINK AT ALL?????? Is it the FLUORIDE??? THE VACCINES????
This, DEAR ONES, is a TOTALLY FAILED STATE!!! A CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE!!!!
And THEY are ROBBING US BLIND!!!!!
So to the diehards, let me break this to y’all:
Bernie Sanders, just as with the rest of these unconscionable psychopaths, is and always has been a complete FRAUD.
He has never worked a real job in his entire feckless, freeloading lifetime, always living off of WE the TAXPAYERS without lifting a finger.
Words are cheap, meaningless and totally worthless, as Sanders and his many stupid cohorts within this detestable and criminal government so clearly demonstrate over and over, again and again. Wake up America.
SEE Sanders’ ACTUAL VOTING RECORD DAMMIT!!!
Sanders voted for the ACA, which is bankrupting everyone in this Godforsaken country!! What does THAT tell you people?
SANDERS supports CLINTON!! What on earth does THAT say?
SANDERS has ALWAYS, again and again, voted for U.S. WARS of AGGRESSION.
Bernie Sanders is and always has been a POLITICIAN, no different than any other.
JUST BECAUSE HE SAYS “Civil Rights” blah, blah, blah, BLEH.
Look where his lifelong career has gotten US!!!
QUI BONO??? Who benefits from this “system???” YOU??
Well, Sanders certainly benefits!! After all, HE gets lifelong FREE health care ON OUR BACKS, as they DENY WE the TAXPAYERS the SAME…And Sanders now has THREE HOMES!!
THREE HOMES????FEH!!
So um, where has this Bernie Sanders person BEEN all these years…living for free off of US… and what has he ACTUALLY accomplished???
Well!! If anyone here would bother to look at Bernie Sanders’ actual voting record then you’d all find out that Sanders has voted FOR WAR REPEATEDLY. In fact and in deed, Sanders is another duplicitous WAR MONGER AND he is COMPLICIT in the ISRAELI ZIONIST GENOCIDE of PALESTINIANS, and the AFGHANISTAN WAR…And too many other outrageous and CRIMINAL positions, stances and votes to enumerate.
Bernie Sanders, in a long line of WRETCHED, ROTTEN, FILTHY, LYING SWINE lining up at the trough, is a lifelong career politician. PERIOD.
He has never worked a day in his wretched life and HE is just as much part of this SICK “PROBLEM,” also known as “AMERICA,” and he is just as dangerous, just as useless and will and always has continued to sell us all out in a heartbeat. Any hack in this illegitimate government can…You too, Bernie Sanders.
The fact is that a great many fellow people here in America have been and still are so thoroughly deceived and so totally brainwashed by the incessant lies, disinformation and misinformation; And by the deliberate Trauma-based mind control by our own government (and it’s many satanic agencies and military) that our people can no longer think at all. Nor can they even discern fact from opinion. (See Hegelian Dialectic for one)
CIA MK Ultra Trauma-based Mind Control, Mass brainwashing, ETC.
Our U. S. government’s deliberate use, over quite a few decades, of intense, cradle-to-grave mass brainwashing via constant streams of PURE PROPAGANDA; CONSTANT LIES; A veritable plethora of horrid and unimaginably INHUMAN “techniques”–including MASS POISONING, such as dumping toxic Fluoride into our ENTIRE U. S. water supply–I do contend that Americans are so goddamned [STUPID] dumbed down, and so unforgivably unfeeling…because they’ve [UNWITTINGLY] been conditioned to be DOCILE due to being subjected to all of the brainwashing TV etc., and especially by the deliberate use of the CIA’s long-endeavored upon the public, HIDEOUS MK Ultra Trauma-based Mind Control.
PLEASE KNOW THIS!!! Many, MANY Americans can no longer think AT ALL!!
YOU, MY COMPATRIOTS, HAVE ALL BEEN LIED TO ABOUT EVERYTHING!!!!! EVERYTHING YOU’VE EVER BEEN TOLD IS AN OUTRIGHT LIE!!! AMERICA ITSELF IS ONE GIGANTIC LIE!!!!!
Anyway, I think that this mass intensive brainwashing and mass conditioning, over generations now, has lead to and indeed is THE MAIN REASON that so many Americans DO NOT respond to any Atrocities…AT ALL. And Abortion is murder and atrocity too. We ALL have been led to believe that fetuses are not really human. These are LIES!!
SORRY.
_______________
“The Corporate Person”
First Off, A Quote:
What a majority of the electorate…fails to understand is where we really are: owned and operated by [privately-owned] multinational corporations that hold absolutely NO allegiance to any nation, Constitution or system of moral authority.
[Private] Corporations who pick our leaders, buy our representatives, count our votes without oversight or confirmation, taint [POISON] our food and foul [POISON] our water and air, sicken our workers and benefit from their deaths. The [private] corporations’ allegiance is only to money; nothing else. They pay little or no taxes, yet they impose policy and write laws to limit our power and unleash theirs.” (Griffon)
ALL has been designed to and is used in order to obfuscate what our government is actually doing; If the population bickers about nonsense, any knowledge, Any awareness of the so-called Leaders’ actual policies and Laws that have been passed behind the backs of nearly all US citizens. Laws designed to ensure…Profit.
I despise Trickery in all forms; U.S. Government Propaganda is Nothing but Outright Lies and Total Deceit; Treachery and Treason; Bribery and Extortion; Theft and Fraud; Hypocrisy and MORE LIES. And More WAR.
I disagree with the vast network of other U.S. Tools used, such as the IMF and the World Bank; All Tools designed, formed and implemented SOLELY to impudently STEAL the resources of other presumably sovereign nations.
I disagree with any government that so blatantly represents the War Interests, Banking Interests, Corporate Interests and the appalling and ghastly wealth therein;
I disagree with Any Person, Any Group of Persons; Any who Represent Interests Above, Over, and in direct Opposition to the interests of the Common Good, ALL the people; “We the People,” the Tax-paying citizens of the United States; The Un-Represented; The Under-represented. That’s US indeed.
It is simply criminal and totally contemptible how any government “employees” PUBLIC SERVANTS??? are conducting themselves.
And let us remember the fact that these “employees” are there ONLY to represent OUR interests; The interests of the Common Good; The interests of the United States’ Citizenry. The TAXPAYERS.
These government agencies and the elected workers within them are decidedly NOT elected to be mere props who LIE to the citizens. And who represent, de facto, the Corporate interests. AND THE UNITED NATIONS AGENDA 21.
It is MOST egregious, indeed, that ANY government would represent, to the point of collaboration, Wealthy Corporations directly at the Enormous expense {THEFT] of the average U.S. Citizen, not to mention the poor, the needy, the elderly, the working-poor, the disabled and the obliterated Middle-Class-Cum-Slave-Class.
The facts, however, remain. The sole function, the Raison D’être, for every form of government is to represent the common interest of the electorate.
Therefore, it is indeed AMORAL, IMMORAL…utterly unconscionable…AND HIGHLY ILLEGAL what government “officials” (PUBLIC SERVANTS???) are in FACT doing to…WE THE PEOPLE, the very ones who’ve apparently been naive enough to have entrusted these “people” in OUR Government to “DO THE RIGHT THING.”
America is in no way, shape or form “civilized;” America is One Gigantic, Laughable LIE and I will no longer support or endorse such a disgracefully corrupt CRIMINAL CABAL.
Below is a letter I wrote in or around 2015:
My solution is as follows, but requires action of all citizens:
Peaceful, non-violent demonstrations EN MASSE to DEMAND that each member, in each branch of this government, vacate their positions at once.
Here is a sample letter to government representatives stating intent:
Letter to Representative Lois Capps, D-CA
Ms. Capps, You are included in the following statement, by your abject incompetence; your total refusal to address the systemic failure of this government; and your total and willful ignorance of any and all real issues, along with your continued insistence on focusing instead on trifling, insignificant non-issues.
Thus, Ms. Capps, you are very much a part of the problem:
It is abundantly clear that the U.S. government, including the entire Congress, the entire “Judicial” system, and all other government agencies that clearly do not represent “We the People.” In fact, the U.S. government is wholly owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the Corporations, in cahoots with the Banks and the Wall Street Quislings, that have enthroned themselves to UnChecked POWER. This is known as Corporatism. Look it up for yourselves.
I am, therefore, calling for all of you, each and every other member of each and every branch of this horribly failing government; I am calling on YOU to remove yourselves at once, unceremoniously and without protest, from your career seats of total DISGRACE and thorough INJUSTICE.
Stop paying All taxes: Local, State, Federal
Stop paying All Bank Debt
Stop paying All “Insurance” companies
Withdraw All Monies from Insolvent Banks
Stop working for slave-wages
ROBIN HOOD TAX
A “Small Tax” on Wall Street, huh???
A “SMALL TAX???” They should ALL be taxed at 100%, smacked hard in the mouth, and then EXECUTED for Crimes against Humanity.
WHO ARE YOU KIDDING???
TOO LATE NOW!!
___________
Here is a bit of history on Corporations (including Banks) and how dangerous they always have been, still are and always will be:
“When American colonists declared independence from England in 1776, they also freed themselves from control by English corporations that extracted their wealth and dominated trade. After fighting a revolution to end this exploitation, our country’s founders retained a healthy fear of corporate power and wisely limited corporations exclusively to a business role. Corporations were forbidden from attempting to influence elections, public policy, and other realms of civic society.
Initially, the privilege of incorporation was granted selectively to enable activities that benefited the public, such as construction of roads or canals. Enabling shareholders to profit was seen as a means to that end.
The states also imposed conditions (some of which remain on the books, though unused) like these:
For 100 years after the American Revolution, legislators maintained tight controll of the corporate chartering process. Because of widespread public opposition, early legislators granted very few corporate charters, and only after debate. Citizens governed corporations by detailing operating conditions not just in charters but also in state constitutions and state laws. Incorporated businesses were prohibited from taking any action that legislators did not specifically allow.
States also limited corporate charters to a set number of years. Unless a legislature renewed an expiring charter, the corporation was dissolved and its assets were divided among shareholders. Citizen authority clauses limited capitalization, debts, land holdings, and sometimes, even profits. They required a company’s accounting books to be turned over to a legislature upon request. The power of large shareholders was limited by scaled voting, so that large and small investors had equal voting rights. Interlocking directorates were outlawed. Shareholders had the right to remove directors at will.
In Europe, charters protected directors and stockholders from liability for debts and harms caused by their corporations. American legislators explicitly rejected this corporate shield. The penalty for abuse or misuse of the charter was not a plea bargain and a fine, but dissolution of the corporation.
In 1819 the U.S. Supreme Court tried to strip states of this sovereign right by overruling a lower court’s decision that allowed New Hampshire to revoke a charter granted to Dartmouth College by King George III. The Court claimed that since the charter contained no revocation clause, it could not be withdrawn. The Supreme Court’s attack on state sovereignty outraged citizens. Laws were written or re-written and new state constitutional amendments passed to circumvent the Dartmouth ruling. Over several decades starting in 1844, nineteen states amended their constitutions to make corporate charters subject to alteration or revocation by their legislatures. As late as 1855 it seemed that the Supreme Court had gotten the people’s message when in Dodge v. Woolsey it reaffirmed state’s powers over “artificial bodies.”
But the men running corporations pressed on. Contests over charter were battles to control labor, resources, community rights, and political sovereignty. More and more frequently, corporations were abusing their charters to become conglomerates and trusts. They converted the nation’s resources and treasures into private fortunes, creating factory systems and company towns. Political power began flowing to absentee owners, rather than community-rooted enterprises.
The industrial age forced a nation of farmers to become wage earners, and they became fearful of unemployment–a new fear that corporations quickly learned to exploit. Company towns arose. and blacklists of labor organizers and workers who spoke up for their rights became common. When workers began to organize, industrialists and bankers hired private armies to keep them in line. They bought newspapers to paint businessmen as heroes and shape public opinion. Corporations bought state legislators, then announced legislators were corrupt and said that they used too much of the public’s resources to scrutinize every charter application and corporate operation.
Government spending during the Civil War brought these corporations fantastic wealth. Corporate executives paid “borers” to infest Congress and state capitals, bribing elected and appointed officials alike. They pried loose an avalanche of government financial largesse. During this time, legislators were persuaded to give corporations limited liability, decreased citizen authority over them, and extended durations of charters. Attempts were made to keep strong charter laws in place, but with the courts applying legal doctrines that made protection of corporations and corporate property the center of constitutional law, citizen sovereignty was undermined. As corporations grew stronger, government and the courts became easier prey. They freely reinterpreted the U.S. Constitution and transformed common law doctrines.
One of the most severe blows to citizen authority arose out of the 1886 Supreme Court case of Santa Clara County v. Southern Pacific Railroad. Though the court did not make a ruling on the question of “corporate personhood,” thanks to misleading notes of a clerk, the decision subsequently was used as precedent to hold that a corporation was a “natural person.”
From that point on, the 14th Amendment, enacted to protect rights of freed slaves, was used routinely to grant corporations constitutional “personhood.” Justices have since struck down hundreds of local, state and federal laws enacted to protect people from corporate harm based on this illegitimate premise. Armed with these “rights,” corporations increased control over resources, jobs, commerce, politicians, even judges and the law.
A United States Congressional committee concluded in 1941, “The principal instrument of the concentration of economic power and wealth has been the corporate charter with unlimited power….”
Corporate charters (licenses to exist) were granted for a limited time and could be revoked promptly for violating laws.
Corporations could engage only in activities necessary to fulfill their chartered purpose.
Corporations could not own stock in other corporations nor own any property that was not essential to fulfilling their chartered purpose.
Corporations were often terminated if they exceeded their authority or caused public harm.
Owners and managers were responsible for criminal acts committed on the job.
Corporations could not make any political or charitable contributions nor spend money to influence law-making.
David DeGraw: The Economics of Revolution Peak Inequality: The .01% And The Impoverishment Of Society
David DeGraw
The Economics of Revolution
Peak Inequality: The .01% And The Impoverishment Of Society
August 18, 201438 minute read
This is an adapted excerpt from my new book, The Economics of Revolution.
I: The Ultra-Rich .01%
II: The Systematic Impoverishment of Society
III: Economic Slavery
IV: Hidden Wealth & Shadow Banking
V: The Aristocracy & The Death of Liberty
An extensive analysis of economic conditions and government policy reveals that the need for significant systemic change is now a mathematical fact. Corruption, greed and economic inequality have reached a peak tipping point. Due to the consolidation of wealth, the majority of the population cannot generate enough income to keep up with the cost of living. In the present economy, under current government policy, 70% of the population is now sentenced to an impoverished existence.
Let’s take an in-depth look at the evidence.
I: The Ultra-Rich .01%
To see how corrupt the United States government has become, just follow the money. According to the most recent Federal Reserve Flow of Funds report, US households currently have an all-time high $82 trillion in overall wealth. If that wealth were spread out evenly, every US household would now have $712k. However, as of the end of 2013, the median household only had $56k in wealth. From 2007 – 2013, overall wealth increased 26%, while the median household lost a shocking 43% of their wealth. If median wealth continues to decline at this rate, over 50% of US households will be bankrupt within the next decade.
The fact that the majority of households are losing so much wealth in a time of record-breaking overall wealth demonstrates how systemically corrupt the economy has become. To begin to grasp the scale of corruption, let’s analyze how much wealth has been consolidated within the economic top 1% of the population.
The latest comprehensive look at wealth distribution data reveals that the “ultra-rich†economic top 0.01% of US households now has an all-time high 11.1% of overall wealth. The next tier, the 0.1% – 0.99% has 10.4%, and the top 1% – 0.9% has 18.3%. In total, the top 1% now has an all-time high 39.8% of wealth.
When we correlate wealth distribution percentages with the $82 trillion in overall wealth reported by the Federal Reserve, it reveals that the top .01% has a stunning $9.1 trillion in wealth. In total, the top 1% has a mind-blowing $32.6 trillion.
To begin to comprehend wealth of this magnitude, one trillion is equal to 1000 billion. $32.6 trillion written out is $32,600,000,000,000.00.
Having that much wealth consolidated within a mere 1% of the population, while a record number of people toil in poverty and debt, is a crime against humanity. For example, it would only cost 0.5% of the 1%’s wealth to eliminate poverty nationwide. Also consider that at least 40% of the 1%’s accounted for wealth is sitting idle. That’s an astonishing $13 trillion in wealth hoarded away, unused.
Once you truly understand how much $32.6 trillion is, and realize how just a fraction of that wealth could dramatically evolve society for the benefit of all, the argument for significant systemic change is solid. However, as scandalous as these statistics are, they do not factor in trillions of dollars more in unaccounted for offshore wealth, which makes the overall situation sound significantly better than it actually is and hides the true depth of the crisis from popular consciousness. (We will analyze hidden wealth in section 4.)
Looking toward the future, current trends reveal that the rate in which inequality is growing is increasing rapidly. Overall wealth increased by $1.5 trillion in the first quarter of 2014. If wealth keeps increasing at the current rate, there will be an increase of $6 trillion in 2014. How will this wealth be distributed? If you look at income gains since 2009, 95% of them have gone to the top 1%.
We Are The 99.99%
There are now many people within the top 1% who are much closer in wealth to the middle class than they are the ultra-rich. Greed has grown so extreme that even within the top 1% inequality is soaring. The top 1% of the 1%, the .01%, now has 28% of the 1%’s wealth. When you factor in hidden wealth, they have an estimated 33% of the 1%’s wealth. An individual must have over $100 million in wealth to be in the .01%.
In 1980, the richest .01% was already consolidating wealth at a systemically unhealthy rate. Since then, they have more than quadrupled their share of overall wealth. Meanwhile, households who fall between the top 10% and the top 0.1% have actually been losing their share of overall wealth.
As the ultra-rich .01% amasses unprecedented wealth, they are forcing the overwhelming majority of the population into extreme economic insecurity and ever-increasing debt.
II: The Systematic Impoverishment of Society
If you are struggling to get by and running up debt to make ends meet, it is not your fault. It is the intentional outcome of government policy and economic central planning. In the present economy, it is impossible for 70% of the working age population to earn enough income to afford basic necessities, without taking on ever-increasing levels of debt, which they will never be able to pay back because there are not enough jobs that generate the necessary income to keep up with the cost of living.
For every 3.4 working age people, there is only one that can generate an income high enough to cover the cost of living without taking on debt. In total, only 20% of the overall population currently generates enough income to sustain the cost of living. As a result, poverty and declining living standards are much more prevalent throughout US society than the government and corporate media report. Let’s take a look at the reality behind mainstream propaganda…
The US Government & Statistical Fraud
The government engages in outright statistical fraud on the most often cited economic indicators, from the unemployment rate to poverty and inflation rates. Even the use of the Gross Domestic Product measurement as an indicator for overall economic health is incredibly deceptive.
The mainstream media not only incessantly repeats these bogus measurements, they drastically underreport the growing epidemic of poverty. According to a study by Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting, “on average, someone affected by poverty appeared on any nightly news show only once every 20 days…. An average of just 2.7 seconds per 22-minute nightly news program was devoted to segments where poverty was mentioned.â€
On the rare occasion when poverty is actually mentioned, the government’s Census Bureau poverty rate of 15% may be cited. When it comes to the overall employment situation, you will hear the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ unemployment rate, which is presently hovering around 6%. While these statistics are alarming, they drastically undercount the severity of the present crisis. Those two statistics are pure propaganda and mask the economic suffering of over 222 million US citizens.
Before analyzing the employment situation, let’s look at how the government calculates the poverty rate. The methodology behind the federal poverty rate was designed in 1963. It is incredibly outdated and significantly undercounts how much it costs to live in today’s economy. It uses the extremely flawed Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation rate to establish the poverty threshold. Many vital economic statistics that the government reports are based on this fraudulent inflation rate.
To give a more positive impression of overall economic health, the government has “revised†the methodology behind the CPI rate over 20 times since 1970. The CPI currently has inflation rising at a 2% annual rate. If inflation was calculated the way it was in 1980, the current rate would be 10%. When you take a deeper look into how this difference impacts vital economic statistics, it reveals a much different picture of the US economy.
Cost of Living
While the government claims a 2% annual inflation rate, the actual cost of living has been skyrocketing. Here’s the reality of the situation…
The US now has the most expensive healthcare system in the world. There has been a 22% increase in out-of-pocket hospital expenses over the past year. In the first quarter of 2014, healthcare spending rose at the fastest pace in 10 years. The cost of giving birth has tripled since 1996, childbirth out-of-pocket expenses increased fourfold from 2004 to 2010. The cost of childcare increased by 70% from 1985 to 2011. From 1994 to May 2014, the cost of childcare has been more than double the CPI inflation rate.
The overall cost of raising a child has risen 40% in the past decade, not counting the cost of college. Since 1986, the cost of college tuition has increased by 498 percent, compared to the 117% CPI inflation rate over that timeframe. Student loan debt has increased threefold over the last decade. The amount of money students are borrowing to pay tuition bills doubled from 2005 to 2012.
Looking at basic food costs, from 2002 to 2012, total CPI inflation was 28%. Consider the following price increases over that timeframe: Eggs 73%, Ground Beef 61%, Turkey 56%, White Bread 39%, Spaghetti & Macaroni 44%, Peanut Butter 40%, Coffee 90%, Orange Juice 46%, Apples 43%, Margarine 143%.
This dramatic rise in the basic cost of living, the amount of money that people need to survive, which is all but ignored by the CPI in the federal poverty threshold calculation, only reveals part of the government’s deception on poverty. Beyond the fraudulent inflation measurement, the Census Bureau does not adequately account for the differences in cost of living based on geographic locations. For instance, the cost of living in large population states like New York and California, as compared to the costs in more rural lower population Southern and Midwestern states.
When you realistically account for real inflation and geographically based cost of living, how much does it cost to cover basic necessities?
The Economic Policy Institute (EPI) has the most comprehensive look at the costs of living and how much money a family needs to cover basic necessities based on the city they live in. The EPI accounts for the costs of housing, food, healthcare, childcare, transportation and taxes. They do not factor in the costs of a college education or retirement.
Based on EPI calculations, a family of four needs to make $63,364 a year to cover basic necessities. Compare that to the government’s Census Bureau calculation using the CPI inflation rate and non-geographic accounting, which puts this threshold for a family of four at a mere $23,600.
In relation to the government’s poverty rate, the Economic Policy Institute’s numbers sound extremely high. However, they use very modest costs. For example, they use Topeka, Kansas as their median family budget area and calculate the cost of housing for a family of four at only $692 a month. When you analyze geographically based costs, you can see how expensive it is for a family to live in larger population cities:
New York HUD Metro FMR Area: $94,676
Los Angeles-Long Beach: $74,605
Chicago-Naperville-Joliet: $73,055
Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington: $77,928
Washington, DC: $89,643
San Francisco: $82,639
Phoenix: $68,742
San Diego-Carlsbad-San Marcos: $71,673
San Jose-Sunnyvale-Santa Clara: $77,619
To give more context, USA Today recently analyzed how much moderate costs of living for a family of four are today. They calculated that the average family needs to generate an annual income of $130k. Their estimate was more than double the median EPI cost of $63k, primarily because they factored in the costs of owning a home, one car, retirement and education.
Now, consider that the current annual median household income is only $51k per year. While overall wealth and the cost of living have skyrocketed, median household income has declined 8.3% since 2007 and 9% since 1999. To further demonstrate how dramatically the cost of living has truly risen since 2007, while median household income declined 8.3%, their overall wealth declined 43%.
For more historical context and to further demonstrate how corrupt the government and economic system have become; if household income had kept pace with the overall economy since 1970, the current annual median would be $95k, almost double what it presently is. On top of that, it was normal to have only one wage-earner per household in 1970, as compared to two now.
Extreme Poverty
If we look at the government poverty threshold for what it truly is, an indicator of extreme poverty, then it has a little more legitimacy. As the National Center for Children in Poverty reported on the government’s poverty threshold, “Research shows that, on average, families need an income of about twice that level to cover basic expenses.â€
When we count the percentage of the population at double the government’s poverty threshold as living in poverty, the poverty rate explodes from 15% of the population to 47%. Now you can see one of the reasons why the government falsifies the inflation rate. The government will not make this long overdue adjustment because that would mean they have to admit that 150 million people are currently living in poverty and simply cannot afford the cost of basic necessities.
According to the Census Bureau, 28% of children are now born into poverty. This marks a dramatic increase from an already alarming 25% in 2008. In total, the Census Bureau reports that 22% of children live in poverty. However, when we make the proper adjustments to the methodology of the poverty rate, an even more horrifying 45% of children live in poverty. That means there are currently 33,389,063 US children living in households that cannot afford basic necessities.
It would take only 0.3% of the 1%’s wealth to lift every one of these children out of poverty.
Overall, from 2000 to 2010 the Census Bureau found that the percentage of people living in poverty-stricken neighborhoods grew from 18.1% to 25.7%. Extrapolating out to today, we can estimate that 82 million people presently live in extreme poverty-stricken neighborhoods.
Extreme poverty-stricken neighborhoods can become a relic of the past with 0.5% of the 1%’s wealth.
For a deeper understanding of why poverty is growing so rapidly while overall wealth is also growing, let’s analyze the government’s fraudulent unemployment statistics.
Unemployment & Underemployment
Other than the deceptive poverty rate, unemployment is much worse than the 6% that the government reports. The 6% rate does not include part-time workers who need full-time work, long-term unemployed people who have not been able to find work for over six months, and “discouraged workers†who do not consistently look for work. When you account for those groups, as the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) did until 1994, the real unemployment rate is currently 23.2%.
For an example of how deceptive government unemployment reporting is, the BLS June 2014 jobs report decreased the unemployment rate and was portrayed in the mainstream media as a very positive result with 288k jobs added. However, in June, 523k full-time jobs were eliminated, and 800k part-time jobs were added, providing the illusion of job growth and a reduction in the government’s unemployment rate. Due to this trend, there are now over 7.5 million underemployed workers who are “part-time for economic reasons†because they have had their hours cut and/or cannot find full-time employment. None of these people are counted in the official government unemployment total.
Since 2007, well-paying paying jobs have become rare and low-paying full-time, part-time and temporary jobs have replaced them. This has also been a downside of the new healthcare law, as companies are cutting back full-time employment so they don’t have to pay for workers’ healthcare. In total, 50% of jobs created over the past three years are “low-paying,†mostly in retail, food service or temporary help. Low-paying jobs pay 80% or less of median wages.
The bottom line, in a nation of 318.6 million people, with a working age population of 213 million people, there are now only 118 million full-time jobs and 28 million part-time jobs, according to the BLS. However, also according to the BLS, there are currently only 106.6 million full-time workers. In other words, it is impossible for half of the working age population to get a full-time job. On top of that, of the current 118 million full-time jobs, 47% of them generate annual salaries below $35k per year.
III: Economic Slavery
Beyond unemployment and underemployment, the percentage of full-time working poor has grown significantly. US workers are presently producing twice as much wealth per work hour than they were in 1980. Instead of median incomes doubling since then, they have stagnated. The gap between wealth production and median income is now at an all-time high.
Based on the latest available individual level income data, 40% of workers make less than full-time minimum wage workers made in 1968, roughly $20k per year according to the suppressed CPI inflation rate. More realistic adjustments for inflation will reveal a much higher total. For example, the current federal minimum wage is $7.25 an hour. If minimum wage had kept pace with overall income inflation since 1968, the minimum wage would now be $21.16, which means a full-time minimum wage worker would now be making $44k a year. However, the median annual wage is only $27,519. Based on income inflation, only 22% of the working age population and 15% of the overall population currently have an annual income higher than a full-time minimum wage worker had in 1968.
The average person needs to generate $35k in annual income to cover the cost of basic necessities. Looking at the actual spending habits of the average worker, you need to generate an income of $42k to cover annual expenses. If we use $35k as our threshold for a living wage, only 30% of the working age population and 20% of the overall population generate an annual income over $35k. For every 3.4 working age people, there is one that generates an income high enough to cover the cost of basic necessities without taking on debt.
Keep in mind, that does not factor in the cost of paying off student debt. Average student debt is presently $29,400. If paid off over a 10-year period, at an average 4.6% interest rate, it costs $306 per month, $3672 annually. In this situation, a person needs to make an annual income of $38,672 to cover the cost of living plus their student debt. Only 27% of the working age population and 18% of the overall population generate that much income. For every 3.7 working age people, there is one that can sustain the cost of basic necessities plus the average student loan debt without taking on more debt.
Therefore, in the current economy, 73% of people with student debt will not be able to pay it back while also maintaining the cost of living, without going deeper into debt. The US government has sentenced you to a lifetime of ever-increasing debt and ever-declining living standards.
Mathematically Eliminated from the American Dream
For a worker to cover their own cost of living and the cost of one child, they will need to make roughly $45k a year. Only 22% of the working age population and 15% of the overall population currently generate enough income to support one child. For every one person that can generate enough income to sustain the cost of basic necessities for themselves and one child, there are 4.5 working age people.
Now, think back to the American dream that prevailed from the 1950s – 70s. Each family had one wage-earner supporting three children and one other adult who would care for the children. While this was considered the “American dream,†it is also the basis of a healthy society.
How healthy is our society and how many people can afford to live the American dream in today’s economy?
With today’s cost of living, just to cover basic necessities it will cost $80k per year to pull this off in the median family area, Topeka, Kansas. In the current economy, only 5.8% of the population can currently generate enough income to live the traditional American dream in Topeka. Clearly, we are not in Kansas anymore.
Levittown, New York was the first suburb that gave birth to the American dream. Try pulling off the American dream in its birthplace and it will cost $125k a year. Only 2% of the population can pull that off.
Once again, these baseline costs do not take college or retirement costs into account. With the reduced costs in childcare, due to one person in the family focused on taking care of the children, they can at least put some money away for college, as long as they don’t go away for vacation and none of their children go to a private school.
Beyond these baseline costs, looking at moderate costs for a family of four owning a home in a median family area, with one car, education and retirement costs factored in, it will cost $130k a year. Add a third child and a second car into the mix and it will cost roughly $150k a year. Only 1.46% of the overall population makes over $150k per year. In other words, in the current economy, the average traditional American Dream is only attainable for the 1%. The 99% has been mathematically eliminated from the traditional American Dream. If they want to have a family and own a home, they are now sentenced to a lifetime of economic insecurity and ever-increasing debt.
As for retirement, if you American dreamers think you are going to retire at 65, it’s time to wake up.
There Is No Escaping
According to the National Institute on Retirement Security, “the median amount a family nearing retirement has saved for their post-work lives is $12,000.†As 76 million Baby Boomers are due to retire, the real toll of this economic crisis is going to hit home in a huge way.
Up until now, Social Security has been the savior. Currently 57 million people receive Social Security benefits. In the present economy, that works out to two full-time workers for every one person collecting benefits. Adding 76 million to the 57 million people currently drawing benefits would mean 133 million retirees to 118 full-time jobs. Even factoring in death rates, with new full-time jobs a rarity in today’s economy, having one retired person to one full-time worker will soon be a reality.
In fact, Social Security is already giving out more money than it is taking in. From 2010 – 2012, there was a $150 billion deficit. However, the Social Security trust fund is supposed to have a $2.7 trillion in surplus. In reality, all that money was already spent on wars, bailouts and tax cuts for the rich. As Charles Hugh Smith explains, “when Social Security runs a deficit, the Treasury funds it by selling Treasury bonds, the same way it funds any other deficit spending. If the Treasury can’t sell bonds, the phantom nature of the Trust Fund will be revealed.â€
Given the corruption in Washington and the current fiscal debate, the likelihood of Social Security maintaining it promised returns is minimal. On top of that, the dramatic rise in healthcare costs and decline in full-time jobs make the current system inadequate and unsustainable. According to the Census Bureau, 54% of people over age 64 would be living in poverty without Social Security.
The probability that the more fortunate members of the Baby Boom generation will collect full pensions and be able to sell off their assets to cover the cost of basic necessities in this economy is also highly problematic. In “The Happy Story of Boomers Retiring on Their Generational Wealth Is Wrong,†Charles Hugh Smith sums up the situation:
“[Boomers’] wealth will shrivel once they start selling assets en masse. The reality is neither Gen-X nor Gen-Y have the savings, income or desire to buy bubble-level assets from their elders. This reality has been papered over for the past 5 years of super-low interest rates, which have enabled unqualified buyers to buy overpriced assets with modest income. Once the defaults start pouring in (and/or interest rates rise), the reality will become visible: you can’t cash in your wealth if there are no buyers.
There are numerous other fatal flaws with the happy story that 76 million Boomers can retire on full pensions and live off their home equity and stock portfolios…. Pension funds based on annual returns of 7.5% will be unable to fund the promised pensions when annual returns decline to negative 5%. As John Hussman has explained, every asset bubble in effect siphons off all the future return: when the bubble finally pops, average annual returns are subpar or negative for years.â€
Another Wave of Foreclosures on the Horizon
Since 2007, over 5.5 million families have lost their homes to foreclosure. The impact of that is horrifying to think about. The decision to bailout the banks to the extent that they were able to give out all-time record salaries and bonuses to the very people who caused the crisis, while millions of American families were thrown out of their homes is the epitome of tyranny and corruption.
Unfortunately, the foreclosure crisis is far from over. Six million families are still underwater on their mortgages, and this number will increase. Their average negative equity is a shocking 33%. As Ellen Brown recently summed it up, “40% of mortgages nationally are either underwater or nearly so, meaning more is owed on the home than it is worth. Seventy percent of homes that are deeply underwater wind up in default. Worse, second mortgages are due for a reset. Over the next several years, principal payments will be added to interest-only payments on second mortgages taken out during the boom years. Many borrowers will be unable to afford the higher payments. The anticipated result is another disastrous wave of foreclosures.â€
Looking at the overall picture, mortgage debt-to-wages is more than double the historic average. To make matters even worse, the Federal Reserve has been fraudulently inflating housing prices. As part of their wealth extraction operation they currently own $1.7 trillion in Mortgage-backed securities and $2.4 trillion in Treasury securities. (We will take a close look into how the Federal Reserve has been artificially propping up asset values for the benefit of the top economic .01% and the determent of everyone else in Part 2.)
The Illusion of Prosperity & A Tsunami of Debt
The inevitable insolvency of the overwhelming majority of the population hasn’t hit home yet because they have taken on ever-increasing levels of debt to maintain the illusion of prosperity. Other than the staggering national debt that the corrupted government has run up, US citizens have now taken on $12 trillion in personal debt.
On average, that’s $50k of debt for every US citizen over the age of 17. Again, it cannot be stated enough, in the current economy under present government policy, it is impossible for this debt to be paid off while maintaining the cost of basic necessities. Therefore, overall debt will continue to skyrocket. Even if interest rates on these debts dropped to 0%, as the Federal Reserve has done for a select few of their friends on Wall Street, there is no way for people to earn enough income to keep up with cost of living, let alone pay back their debts. On top of that, the already usurious interest rates on these debts are increasing. In fact, the spark that set off the global financial crisis in the first place is heating up once again:
“During the first quarter [of 2014], 3.7 million credit cards were issued to subprime borrowers, up a head-scratching 39% from a year earlier, and the most since 2008. A third of all cards issued were subprime, also the most since 2008…. In the first quarter, the average [interest] rate was 21.1%, up from 20.2% a year ago, while prime borrowers paid an average of 12.9% on their credit cards, and while banks that are lending them the money paid nearly 0%.â€
If current trends continue and current policies remain in place, 90% of the US population is heading for insolvency. That may sound like an exaggeration that is too absurd to be true. However, as the Guardian recently reported in an article headlined, “The Coming Debt Tsunami:â€
“So why look down the road – say, to 2017 – and worry? Here’s why: because the debt held by American households is rising ominously. And unless our economic policies change, that debt balloon, powered by radical income inequality, is going to become the next bust….
Falling government deficits are being replaced by rising debts on everyone else’s ledgers…. the majority of Americans – the 90% – will once again do what was done before: borrow, and then borrow more. By early 2017… it should be apparent that we’re reliving an alarming history. Middle- and low-income households have been following a trajectory of an ever-higher ratio of debt to income….
The evidence demonstrates that the de-leveraging of the very rich and the indebtedness of almost everyone else move in tandem; they follow the same trend line. In short, there’s a strong and continuous correlation between the rich getting richer, and the poor – make that the 90% – going deeper into debt…. The more – proportionally – that the top 10% has prospered, saved and invested (naturally, the gains found their way into the financial markets), the more the bottom 90% has borrowed….
Insolvency for the 90% has become… ‘the new normal’. Unsustainable? Of course…. Under the current disastrous economic and tax policies, we can look forward to rapid increases in debt for both corporations and households from at least 2015 to 2017: a tsunami of debt.â€
The first wave of the coming tsunami of debt has already begun to wash ashore. For the first time since the depth of the recession, credit card debt is now rising faster than wage growth, yet another ominous indicator of what’s to come.
Crimes Against Humanity
Behind all of the statistics presented in this report is immense physical and psychological trauma. The stress of economic insecurity compounds the problem by leading to health problems, which dramatically increase costs of living. Economic insecurity drives people to expensive healthcare, medications, drug use and crime. Beyond the moral and humanitarian imperative, recent studies prove that the cost of poverty to overall society is far higher than the cost of eliminating poverty.
The shortsighted greed of the .01% is causing the unnecessary suffering of an unprecedented number of people. Their consolidation of wealth has created a system of economic slavery. In a wealthy and technologically advanced society, it is a crime against humanity for a majority of the population to be toiling in extreme debt, poverty, unemployment and low-wage jobs.
IV: Hidden Wealth & Shadow Banking
The evidence presented in this report thus far makes a very solid mathematical case for significant systemic change. However, to get a more complete understanding of how corrupt the global economic system is, we also need to factor in wealth that is hidden from public view. Disregarding trillions of dollars in hidden wealth just because the wealthy have the ability to illegally hide it is an absolute injustice. It is completely ignoring a critical aspect of what is now the greatest theft of wealth in human history.
Hidden wealth estimates vary widely. Many of them only take a partial look at the most basic methods of offshoring wealth. Given the unprecedented growth of wealth over the past generation, the secretive methods used to hide it have evolved far beyond well-known tax havens in Switzerland and small-island jurisdictions such as the Bahamas. While estimates based on banking secrecy and tax havens help to give us a more accurate picture of overall wealth, they do not give a total view.
Research by Gabriel Zucman, which analyzed banking secrecy, estimated that “around 8% of the global financial wealth of households is held in tax havens.†If we correlate this 8% with the $82 trillion in accounted for wealth reported by the Federal Reserve, that would be an additional $6.6 trillion for the wealthy, bringing the richest 1% up to roughly $39 trillion in overall wealth.
However, to get a more complete understanding of the reality of the situation, the most wide-ranging look into hidden wealth was done in 2012 by economist John Henry in partnership with the Tax Justice Network (TJN). They estimated that there was $21-$32 trillion hidden globally at the end of 2010. As shocking as that sounds, that estimate still did not give a complete view of hidden wealth. As they put it, “We consider these numbers to be conservative. This is only financial wealth and excludes a welter of real estate, yachts and other nonfinancial assets owned via offshore structures.â€
We also need to consider that overall US household wealth is up 30% and has increased by $25 trillion since the end of 2010. Globally, High Net Worth Individual investible wealth has increased 19% since then, and has begun to accelerate at a record pace. In 2013, it increased globally by 14%, with a 17% increase in North America, which is now at an all-time high. Given these factors, and several others that will be explained below, the higher TJN estimation of $32 trillion in 2012 is conservative today.
Correlating TJN’s wealth estimates with US distribution percentages is not an exact science but it gives a much more accurate total of overall wealth than excluding it. Based on TJN’s estimation, Ultra High Net Worth Individuals (UHNWI) accounted for 48% of hidden wealth. If we correlate that to the overall estimate of $32 trillion, it equates to $15.4 trillion for the UHNWI population. The US accounts for 35% of the UHNWI population, which correlates to $5.4 trillion. In the next tier, High Net Worth Individuals (HNWI) also accounted for 48% of hidden wealth. The US currently has 42% of the HNWI population, which correlates to $6.5 trillion. The additional 4% of hidden wealth is estimated to be held below the economic top 1% of the US population, which correlates to roughly $538 billion.
This brings the estimated total of hidden US wealth to $12.4 trillion, with $11.9 trillion of that held within the top 1%. We can now estimate that the top .01% has $14.5 trillion in wealth, the top .1% has $26.4 trillion and in total the top 1% has $44.5 trillion.
After we factor in estimated hidden wealth, the top 1%’s share of overall wealth increases from 39.8% to 46.9%. To glimpse the scale of theft, if hidden wealth were spread out evenly over every US household, that would be an extra $111k per household, increasing average household wealth to $823k. That is approximately 15 times greater than the 2013 median household with only $56k in wealth. Also consider that the estimated $12.4 trillion that the wealthy have stashed away is roughly equivalent to the $12 trillion in total household debt.
After revealing the 1%’s $32.6 trillion in accounted for wealth, estimating that they have another $11.9 trillion in hidden wealth may seem like an unnecessary risk that will invite attacks to undermine the credibility of this analysis. That is an understandable reaction. However, in the grand scheme of things, that reaction is based on a dangerously naïve understanding of the global economic system. In reality, if we ever get a full look at hidden wealth, the top 1% could more realistically own 50% of overall we…
[TRUNC]
MORE:
SO BERNIE SANDERS:
In TRUTH, in the United States, there is record breaking unemployment, record breaking poverty, record breaking food insecurity, declining income, declining wages…And a decreasing life span…EXCEPT for those who own everything including the entire U.S. money supply.
As of 2009, here are some REAL numbers LOOK AROUND!!! (it has ALL grown increasingly and exponentially worse, to say the LEAST):
INFORMATION COMPILED BY DAVID DEGRAW CIRCA 2009:
As companies continue to downsize and shift jobs overseas, unemployment is once again accelerating. Private-sector job cuts in July surged 60% to a16-month high. When accounting for population growth within the total labor force, from December 2007 to present, we have lost 10.6 million jobs.
With the implementation of state and federal budget cuts, public-sector unemployment is accelerating as well. According to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, since August 2008, state and local governments have cut577,000 jobs. The Economic Policy Institute estimates that cuts in the new deficit deal will lead to an additional 1.8 million job losses.
Of the new jobs that have been added in 2010, 60% of them are in low-wage fields. Since December 2007, the official unemployment rate has masked the fact that 2.8 million of the news jobs created have been part-time jobs.
Breaking down the data, over the last 12 months, the National Employment Law Project found that well-paying jobs are rapidly decreasing, while low-paying jobs are helping to mask an increasingly dire employment crisis:
· Lower-wage industries constituted 23% of job loss, but fully 49% of recent growth
· Mid-wage industries constituted 36% of job loss, and 37% of recent growth
· Higher-wage industries constituted 40% of job loss, but only 14% of recent growth
Declining Income
While 68.3 million Americans struggle to get enough food to eat and wages are declining for 90% of the population, US millionaire household wealth has reached an unprecedented level. According to an extensive study by auditing and financial advisory firmDeloitte, US millionaire households now have$38.6 trillion in wealth. On top of the $38.6 trillion that this study reveals, they have an estimated $6.3 trillion hidden in offshore accounts.
In total, US millionaire households have at least $45.9 trillion in wealth, the majority of this wealth is held within the upper one-tenth of one percent of the population.
The highest bracket for annual income is $50 million or more. Only 74 Americans are in this elite group. The average income within this category was $91.2 million in 2008. As astonishing as that is, in 2009 they averaged$518.8 million each, or about $10 million per week. This means, in the depths of the recession, the richest 74 Americans increased their income by more than 5 times within this one year. These 74 people made more money than 19 million workers combined.
In context, overall, the richest 400 people in the US have as much wealth as 154 million Americans combined, that’s 50% of the entire country. The top economic 1% of the US population now has a record 40% of all wealth, and have more wealth than 90% of the population combined.
The DEBT SLAVE
The Indentured Servant Has Become The Indebted Citizen
As for statistics on Americans being buried in financial debt, the indentured servant has evolved into the indebted citizen. As mentioned before, from 1990 – 2010 costs of living have increased 67%, while wages have stagnated and declined. As the national debt has reached a record $14.6 trillion, total personal debt is now over $16 trillion. Consumer debt is $2.5 trillion. Credit card debt is $805 billion and student debt now exceeds $1 trillion.
Obviously, the more severe your debts are, the more you have to cut back in spending and the less money you have to buy new items. (Debt = Austerity)
Meanwhile, a perfect storm circles overhead as society breaks down and falls into an economic death spiral – health care, food and gas costs are skyrocketing, while income and home values are plummeting. (Inflation + Deflation = Stagflation)
Given these conditions, it is not surprising that over 250 million Americans, another record-breaking number, are currently living paycheck-to-paycheck struggling to make ends meet.
What about Tax Cuts?
To further demonstrate how the mega-wealthy have seized control our political process, consider that the richest 400 Americans paid 30% of their income in taxes in 1995, but they now payonly 18%.
In fact, 1,470 Americans earned over $1 million in 2009 and didn’t pay any taxes.
The average tax rate for millionaires was 22.4% in 2009, down from 30.4% in 1995. The average millionaire saves $136,000 a year due to reduced tax rates.
Looking at the tax rate from a long-term perspective, the amount of money the richest people and most profitable corporations pay in taxes has fallen dramatically since 1955. Corporate tax accounted for 27.3% of federal revenue in 1955. In 2010, corporate tax accounted for only 8.9%of federal revenue. Corporate taxes accounted for 4.3% of overall GDP in 1955, in 2010 they accounted for only 1.3%.
MORE Economic Devastation
Snapshot: According to most recent Census Bureau data, from 2005 – 2009, average US household wealth declined by 28%. This represents a loss of $27,000 per household. Currently, at least 62 million Americans, 20% of US households, have zero or negative net worth.
The Census figures cited above are based on statistics that have been consistently proven to be lowball estimates. The government and corporate media spread propaganda on vital economic statistics that mask the severity of our economic crisis. Deceptive inflation, unemployment, poverty and GDP measures, which cast the illusion of recovery, are easily exposed with some research and a closer look at the data. Throughout this report, we will explore significant examples of government economic propaganda. In several cases, the government has been forced to revise their numbers due to proven inaccuracies. The government’s “revisions” are most always for the worse, and are usually just a footnote correction that the public is rarely ever aware of. All that being said, for many statistics we are forced to use government data, as there are not any other extensive data sets available from alternative sources.
ABSOLUTELY NONE OF “THIS” IS OUR “DEBT!!!!”
WE HAVE BEEN WORKING OUR FINGERS TO THE BONE FROM CRADLE TO GRAVE ONLY TO DIE THOROUGHLY BANKRUPTED!!!!!
THIS IS ALL FRAUD!!!!
THIS PLACE IS BUILT ON OUR BACKS!!!
ON OUR BLOOD SWEAT & TEARS!!!
OH!! AND CRIMINAL CARTELS WHO USE US TO COMMIT THEIR CRIMES!!!
CONTINUAL BANK FRAUD AND PERPETUAL WAR!!!
“THEY” OWN THE PRINTING PRESSES!!!
AND THEY PRINT ALL THE WORTHLESS PAPER MONEY THEY WANT!!!
MONEY IS PRINTED OUT OF THIN AIR!!!
AND THEN THEY CHARGE US TO USE IT!!!!
AND WE PAY THEM TO WORK AT THEIR AWFUL JOBS!!!
TO PRODUCE NOTHING!!!
AND WE WORK FOR NOTHING!!!
THEY OWN EVERY DROP OF FLUORIDATED WATER!!!
AND THEY OWN YOU!!!
Bernie Sanders (INTERCHANGEABLE) has never worked a real job in his entire feckless, freeloading lifetime, always living off of WE the TAXPAYERS without lifting a finger …EXCEPT of course to further the WICKED Communist agenda!!!
Sanders voted for the ACA, which has already bankrupted everyone in this Imprisoned-by DEBT-since-1913 country, USA!!
What does THAT tell you people?
SANDERS pulled the whole rug out from under you ALREADY!!!
Sanders supported CLINTON!! CLINTON!!!!!
What on earth does THAT say?
SANDERS has ALWAYS, again and again, voted FOR U.S. WARS of AGGRESSION.
Bernie Sanders is and always has been a POLITICIAN, no different than any other.
JUST BECAUSE HE SAYS “Civil Rights” blah, blah, blah, BLEH!!!
DO YOU REALIZE:
“CIVIL RIGHTS” was and still IS a PSY-OP!!!! A BUZZ WORD!!!!
They USE US against EACH OTHER and AGAINST OURSELVES and AGAINST OUR OWN INTERESTS!!!!
QUI BONO???
Who benefits from this “system???”
YOU??
Well, Sanders and the clan certainly benefit!!
After all, THEY get lifelong FREE health care ON OUR BACKS, as they DENY WE the TAXPAYERS the SAME…
And Sanders now has THREE HOMES!!
THREE HOMES????
FEH!!
COMMUNIST INFILTRATION NOTES:
Circuit Riders Inc., 1928-1975
1952 pamphlet to spread Gospel of Christ (Methodist Church)
Warns America of Communist Infiltration into Churches, government, education
The “CIVIL RIGHTS” PLOY (SET-UP)
https://steemit.com/communism/@madammortified/advancing-the-communist-agenda-of-global-takeover-the-zionists-using-the-jews-and-black-americans-to-advance-communism
Advancing the Communist AGENDA of GLOBAL TAKEOVER
Abernathy June 7th 1957, Washington Morning Star 1957
Israel Cohen, 1913 “The Racial Program for the 20th Century”
1934 “The Negroes in Soviet America”
Jacob Schiff
Adam Schiff
http://archiveswest.orbiscascade.org/ark:/80444/xv69783
Circuit Riders, Inc. records, 1928-1975
Overview of the Collection
[TRUNC.]
http://archiveswest.orbiscascade.org/ark:/80444/xv69783
Myers G. Lowman, Executive Secretary of Circuit Riders, Inc.
Ohio Committee on Un-American activities:
TARGETS:
ACLU
American Friends Service Committee
Civil Service
DuBois Club
Episcopal Church
Student Non-Violent Coordinating Committee
Students for a Democratic Society
https://ead.lib.virginia.edu/vivaxtf/view?docId=vt/viblbv01292.xml
Black History Pamphlet Collection 1920s-1970s
A Collection in Special Collections Collection Number Ms2012-066
Special Collections, Virginia Tech
“COMMUNIST DECEPTION IN CHURCHES”
Jospeh Zack Kornfeder, 1952
50 Years of Un-Methodist Propaganda, 1957
MYRON C. FAGAN 1967 Recording
1962-1965 Public Records (Communist Ties)
658 Clergy connected to NATIONAL COUNCIL OF CHURCHES (NCC)
42% Unitarian Clergy
450 Rabbis
6,000 Educators
Browder Raissa Berkman
Earl Browder
John Bell Williams, MG Lowman (Bitchute Interview)
Communists Using the RACE CARD to further the COMMUNIST Agenda
“COMMUNISM & CHRIST”
Charles W. Lowry
Benjamin Freedman, 1961
Willard Hotel Washington DC
[Former Zionist] Exposes Zionist Conspiracy
Bernard Beruch
Condi McGinley
Representative Martin Dies (Name), TEXAS
1954 COMMUNIST CONTROL ACT
Un-American Activities Unit
14 Criteria (See Wikipedia, NYT Article)
“COMMUNISM & THE CHURCHES”
“COMMUNISM IN RELIGION”
(Lownary?)
PHONY Balfour Declaration
July 1933 Meeting in Amsterdam
1917 Communist Germany 3-Day Overthrow
“Christian COMMUNISM is SATANISM: An Open Letter to the Clergy of the United States”
Frank A. Parker, 1939
Abernathy June 7th 1957, Washington Morning Star 1957
Israel Cohen, 1913 “The Racial Program for the 20th Century”
1934 “The Negroes in Soviet America”
Jacob Schiff
Adam Schiff
Advancing the Communist AGENDA of GLOBAL TAKEOVER
Abernathy June 7th 1957, Washington Morning Star 1957
Israel Cohen, 1913 “The Racial Program for the 20th Century”
1934 “The Negroes in Soviet America”
Jacob Schiff
Adam Schiff
http://archiveswest.orbiscascade.org/ark:/80444/xv69783
Circuit Riders, Inc. records, 1928-1975
Overview of the Collection
[TRUNC.]
https://ead.lib.virginia.edu/vivaxtf/view?docId=vt/viblbv01292.xml
Black History Pamphlet Collection 1920s-1970s
A Collection in Special Collections Collection Number Ms2012-066
Special Collections, Virginia Tech
Special Collections, University Libraries (0434)560 Drillfield Drive
Newman Library, Virginia Tech
Blacksburg, Virginia 24061
USA
Phone: (540) 231-6308
Fax: (540) 231-3694
Email: specref@vt.edu
URL: http://spec.lib.vt.edu/
©2014 By Virginia Tech. All rights reserved.
Creator
Circuit Riders, Inc.
Title
Circuit Riders, Inc. records
Dates
1928-1975 (inclusive)
__
BY DAVID DEGRAW
Begin forwarded message:
From: Christina Marlowe
Date: March 25, 2013 7:59:47 PM PDT
To: George Vye
Subject: Fwd: Analysis of Financial Terrorism in America by David DeGraw (Just in case y’all missed it)
Editor’s Note: The following report includes adapted excerpts from David DeGraw’s book, “The Road Through 2012: Revolution or World War III.” Release Date: 9.28.11
Analysis of Financial Terrorism in America
Analysis of Financial Terrorism in America: Over 1 Million Deaths Annually, 62 Million People With Zero Net Worth, As the Economic Elite Make Off With $46 TrillionBy David DeGraw, AmpedStatus Report
Abstract :: Welcome to World War III
Introduction
Part One :: The Economic Devastation
I :: Poverty
II :: Food Insecurity
III :: Unemployment
IV :: Declining Income
Part Two :: The Economic Elite
V :: How Much Wealth Do The Economic Elite Have?
VI :: Who Rules America? Revealing The Economic Top 0.1%
VII :: Tax Breaks For The Rich, Budget Cuts For The Rest Of Us
Part Three :: The Perfect Storm Overhead
(Inequality = Debt = Austerity = Civil Unrest = Inflation + Deflation = Stagflation)
VIII :: Debt Slavery
IX :: Inflation
X :: The Beaten Masses
Part Four :: Fascism in America
XI :: Modern Day Slavery
XII :: The Death Toll
XIII :: Deliberate Systemic Attacks
Abstract :: Welcome to World War III
Despite increasing personal financial hardship, most Americans remain unaware of the economic world war currently unfolding. An all-pervasive corporate and government propaganda campaign has effectively obscured this blatant reality. After extensive analysis, it is evident that World War III is a war between the richest one-tenth of one percent of the global population and 99.9 percent of humanity. Or, as I have called it, The Economic Elite Vs. The People. This war has been a one-sided attack thus far. However, as we have seen throughout the world in recent months, the people are beginning to fight back. The following report is a statistical analysis of the systemic economic attacks against the American people.
Introduction
The American public has sustained intensive economic attacks across broad segments of the population. While the attacks have been increasingly severe in scale over the past four years, they have been implemented with technocratic precision. They have been incrementally applied thus far, successfully keeping the population passive and avoiding any large-scale civilian unrest, while effectively reducing living standards for the majority of the population. As you will see in this report, the 55 million Americans that have been hit the hardest have thus far acquiesced due to temporary financial assistance, such as food stamps and extended unemployment benefits.
The global Economic Elite have been much more strategic in handling the American public, as they are potentially the greatest threat to their continued consolidation of wealth, resources and power. National populations that are not as powerful, and on the periphery of the Economic Elite’s global empire, have been dealt with in much harsher fashion. In many smaller and less powerful countries the dramatic rise in food prices and costs of living have led to all-out revolt — Tunisia, Algeria, Albania and Egypt were among the first to rebel. While the contagion of rebellion has rapidly spread throughout Northern Africa and the Middle East, it is also spreading in a decentralized manner throughout most of the world, now threatening popular rebellion throughout Europe. Like the US population, the geographically clustered European nations represent a potentially powerful countervailing force to the Economic Elite’s continued domination.
Within the United States, the technocratic suppression of the population has been extensive. Increasingly severe economic and governmental policies have systematically eroded civilian wealth, power and rights. Intensive propaganda has effectively distracted, confused, isolated, marginalized and divided the US population. Despite the success of these efforts thus far, given the severe, prolonged, unsustainable and escalating level of economic suffering, outbreaks of civil unrest are inevitable. The US population, if a critical mass is reached, represents the greatest threat to the Economic Elite. In this regard, the American people are their primary adversary.
In writing this report, I will clearly demonstrate the severity and scale of the deliberate systemic economic attacks against the US population, in hope that we can urgently build a critical mass of aware and engaged citizens.
Part One :: The Economic Devastation
Snapshot: According to most recent Census Bureau data, from 2005 – 2009, average US household wealth declined by 28%. This represents a loss of $27,000 per household. Currently, at least 62 million Americans, 20% of US households, have zero or negative net worth.
The Census figures cited above are based on statistics that have been consistently proven to be lowball estimates. The government and corporate media spread propaganda on vital economic statistics that mask the severity of our economic crisis. Deceptive inflation, unemployment, poverty and GDP measures, which cast the illusion of recovery, are easily exposed with some research and a closer look at the data. Throughout this report, we will explore significant examples of government economic propaganda. In several cases, the government has been forced to revise their numbers due to proven inaccuracies. The government’s “revisions” are most always for the worse, and are usually just a footnote correction that the public is rarely ever aware of. All that being said, for many statistics we are forced to use government data, as there are not any other extensive data sets available from alternative sources.
I :: Record Breaking Poverty
The Census Bureau poverty rate is a horribly flawed measurement that uses outdated methodology. The Census measures poverty based on costs of living metrics established in 1955 – 56 years ago. They ignore many key factors, such as the increased costs of medical care, child care, education, transportation, and many other basic costs. They also don’t factor geographically-based costs of living. The National Academy of Science measure, which gets little if any corporate media coverage, gives a much more accurate account of poverty, as they factor in these vital cost of living variables.
The most current Census data revealed that 43.6 million Americans, 14.3% of the population, lived in poverty in 2009. While that is a staggering number that represents the highest number of American people to ever live in poverty, and a dramatic increase of four million people since 2008, it significantly under-counted the total. Last year, in my analysis, extrapolating data from 2008 National Academy of Sciencefindings, I estimated that the number of Americans living in poverty in 2009 was at least 52 million. Recently, the National Academy of Science released their latest findings, backing up my claim by revealing that 52,765,000Americans, 17.3% of the population, lived in poverty in 2009.
The poverty rate for children is even worse. According to Census data, a total of 15.5 millionAmerican children lived in poverty in 2009, which is 20% of all children. The number of children in poverty increased 28% since 2000, and jumped 10% from 2008 to 2009. Extrapolating data from the 2009 National Academy of Sciencepoverty rate, in relation to the Census childhood poverty data, the number of American children living in poverty in 2009 is more accurately 18.8 million, which is 24%, or nearly one in four.
Other than this rapidly increasing number children who are in families that have recently fallen into poverty, “every day in America 2,573 babies are born into poverty.”
As the chart to the right shows, even with the lower Census numbers, nine major American cities have a poverty rate over 25%.
It is important to note, based on many key indicators, as you will see throughout this report, the overall poverty totals have increased since 2009. Also consider that the recent deficit reduction plan is going to cut “anti-poverty” programs that currently assist tens of millions of Americans. A study by the National Bureau of Economic Research estimates that “the poverty rate would double without these programs.” It is predicted that the new deficit deal will cut the funding for these programs in half, which, based on these estimates, would bring the total number of Americans living in poverty up to 80 million people, 26% of the population.
II :: Record Breaking Food Insecurity
For another revealing statistic, which has been quickly increasing, we can look at the number of Americans currently surviving off of food stamps. food-stamps.jpgIn 2005, 25.7 million Americans needed food stamps, currently 45.8 million people rely on them. As the chart to the right shows, the number of people in need of food stamps has been rapidly increasing year-over-year.
Meanwhile, Congress is cutting the funding for the food stamp program at a time when the Department of Agriculture estimates that anadditional 22.5 million people will need them, bringing the total number of Americans in need of food assistance to a stunning 68.3 million people.
III :: Record Breaking Unemployment
While the “official” unemployment rate hovers around 9%, 14 million people, the government’s numbers are deceptively low once again. The only reason unemployment has stayed below 10% for the past few months is because millions of long-term unemployed, and part-time workers who are looking for full-time work, are not included in the baseline government unemployment rate. John Williams, from ShadowStats.com, has a consistently proven method of tracking unemployment that provides a much more accurate view of the overall situation. As shocking as it may sound, when you apply his SGS method, counting the total number people in need of employment, you get a current unemployment rate of 22.5%, which is an all-time record total of 34 million people currently in need of work. Here is how the SGS rate is calculated:
“The seasonally-adjusted SGS Alternate Unemployment Rate reflects current unemployment reporting methodology adjusted for SGS-estimated long-term discouraged workers, who were defined out of official existence in 1994. That estimate is added to the BLS estimate of U-6 unemployment, which includes short-term discouraged workers.
The U-3 unemployment rate is the monthly headline number. The U-6 unemployment rate is the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ (BLS) broadest unemployment measure, including short-term discouraged and other marginally-attached workers as well as those forced to work part-time because they cannot find full-time employment.”
On top of these shocking figures, the labor force participation rate, which measures the percentage of the total population currently working, has fallen to a 27-year low of 63.9%.
labor-participation-rate.jpg
Currently, an all-time record 6.3 million people have been unemployed for over six months. As the chart to the right shows, the average time it takes for a person to find a job has also just hit an all-time high of 40.4 weeks.unemploment-duration.jpg
As companies continue to downsize and shift jobs overseas, unemployment is once again accelerating. Private-sector job cuts in July surged 60% to a16-month high. When accounting for population growth within the total labor force, from December 2007 to present, we have lost 10.6 million jobs.
With the implementation of state and federal budget cuts, public-sector unemployment is accelerating as well. According to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, since August 2008, state and local governments have cut577,000 jobs. The Economic Policy Institute estimates that cuts in the new deficit deal will lead to an additional 1.8 million job losses.
Of the new jobs that have been added in 2010, 60% of them are in low-wage fields. Since December 2007, the official unemployment rate has masked the fact that 2.8 million of the news jobs created have been part-time jobs.
Breaking down the data, over the last 12 months, the National Employment Law Project found that well-paying jobs are rapidly decreasing, while low-paying jobs are helping to mask an increasingly dire employment crisis:
· Lower-wage industries constituted 23% of job loss, but fully 49% of recent growth
· Mid-wage industries constituted 36% of job loss, and 37% of recent growth
· Higher-wage industries constituted 40% of job loss, but only 14% of recent growth
IV :: Declining Income
While the cost of living from 1990 – 2010 increased by 67%, worker income has declined. According to the most recent available IRS data, covering the year of 2009, average income fell 6.1%, a loss of $3,516 per worker, that year alone. Average income has declined 13.7% from 2007 – 2009, representing a $8,588 loss per worker.
The decline in worker income is due to the dramatic increase in CEO pay. CEO pay has consistently increased year-over-year since the mid-1970s. From 1975 – 2010, worker productivity increased 80%. Over this time frame, CEO pay and the income of the economic top 0.1% (one-tenth of one percent) of the population quadrupled. The income of the top 0.01% (one-hundredth of one percent) quintupled.
To understand the affect CEO pay increases have had on workers’ declining share of income on an annual basis, after analyzing 2008 tax data, leading tax reporter David Cay Johnston summed upthe situation with these revealing statistics:
“Had income growth from 1950 to 1980 continued at the same rate for the next 28 years, the average income of the bottom 90 percent in 2008 would have been 68 percent higher…. That would have meant an average income for the vast majority of $52,051, or $21,110 more than actual 2008 incomes. How different America would be today if the typical family had $406 more each week…”
As shocking as that is, over the last two years, workers have lost an even higher share of income to CEOs. In the last year alone, CEO pay skyrocketed by 28%. Looking at 2009, according to a recent Dollars & Sense report, workers lost nearly $2 trillion in wages that year alone:
“In 2009, stock owners, bankers, brokers, hedge-fund wizards, highly paid corporate executives, corporations, and mid-ranking managers pocketed—as either income, benefits, or perks such as corporate jets—an estimated $1.91 trillion that 40 years ago would have collectively gone to non-supervisory and production workers in the form of higher wages and benefits.”
As bad as these numbers are, consider that the attack on American workers has increased significantly since 2009. From 2009 to the fourth-quarter of 2010, 88% of income growth went to corporate profits (i.e. CEOs), while just 1% went to workers.
As the NY Times reported in an article entitled, “Our Banana Republic,” from 1980 – 2005, “more than four-fifths of the total increase in American incomes went to the richest 1 percent.” Again, as bad as that was, since 2005 it has gotten even worse, as Zero Hedge recently reported, labor’s current “share of national income has fallen to its lowest level in modern history.” This chart shows how workers’ percentage of income has been rapidly declining:
The bottom line, as statistics clearly demonstrate, these trends are getting worse and the attacks against us, as severe as they have been over the past four years, are dramatically escalating.
Part Two :: The Economic Elite
“There’s class warfare, all right, but it’s my class,
the rich class, that’s making war, and we’re winning.”
– Warren Buffett, Chairman and CEO of Berkshire Hathaway
V :: How Much Wealth Do The Economic Elite Have?
While 68.3 million Americans struggle to get enough food to eat and wages are declining for 90% of the population, US millionaire household wealth has reached an unprecedented level. According to an extensive study by auditing and financial advisory firmDeloitte, US millionaire households now have$38.6 trillion in wealth. On top of the $38.6 trillion that this study reveals, they have an estimated $6.3 trillion hidden in offshore accounts.
In total, US millionaire households have at least $45.9 trillion in wealth, the majority of this wealth is held within the upper one-tenth of one percent of the population.
If all this isn’t obscene enough, to further demonstrate how the global economy has now been completely rigged, Deloitte’s analysis predicated, based on current trends, that US millionaire households will see a 225% increase in wealth to $87.1 trillion by 2020. Accounting for wealth hidden in offshore accounts, they are projected to have over $100 trillion in total within the next decade.
Most people cannot even comprehend how much $1 trillion is, let alone $46 trillion. One trillion is equal to 1000 billion, or$1,000,000,000,000. To put it in perspective, last year the entire cost of feeding all 40 million Americans on food stamps was $65 billion.
Now consider, according to the latest IRS data, only 0.076% of the population, less than one-tenth of one percent, earned over $1 million in 2009.
The graph below, based on data from the Tax Policy Center, shows how much income is earned by a household at any given percentile in income distribution:
economix-24percentilechart-custom1.jpg
The highest bracket for annual income is $50 million or more. Only 74 Americans are in this elite group. The average income within this category was $91.2 million in 2008. As astonishing as that is, in 2009 they averaged$518.8 million each, or about $10 million per week. This means, in the depths of the recession, the richest 74 Americans increased their income by more than 5 times within this one year. These 74 people made more money than 19 million workers combined.
In context, overall, the richest 400 people in the US have as much wealth as 154 million Americans combined, that’s 50% of the entire country. The top economic 1% of the US population now has a record 40% of all wealth, and have more wealth than 90% of the population combined.
VI :: Who Rules America? Revealing The Economic Top 0.1%
Here is an analysis from an investment manager with mega-wealthy clients breaking down the economic top 0.5% of the population, recently published by William Domhoff, sociology professor and author of Who Rules America?:
“Unlike those in the lower half of the top 1%, those in the top half and, particularly, top 0.1%, can often borrow for almost nothing, keep profits and production overseas, hold personal assets in tax havens, ride out down markets and economies, and influence legislation in the US. They have access to the very best in accounting firms, tax and other attorneys, numerous consultants, private wealth managers, a network of other wealthy and powerful friends, lucrative business opportunities, and many other benefits.
Folks in the top 0.1% come from many backgrounds but it’s infrequent to meet one whose wealth wasn’t acquired through direct or indirect participation in the financial and banking industries…. Most of the serious economic damage the US is struggling with today was done by the top 0.1% and they benefited greatly from it…. For example, in Q1 of 2011, America’s top corporations reported 31% profit growth and a 31% reduction in taxes, the latter due to profit outsourcing to low tax rate countries…. The year 2010 was a record year for compensation on Wall Street, while corporate CEO compensation rose by over 30%.…
In 2010 a dozen major companies, including GE, Verizon, Boeing, Wells Fargo, and Fed Ex paid US tax rates between -0.7% and -9.2%. Production, employment, profits, and taxes have all been outsourced….
I could go on and on, but the bottom line is this: A highly complex and largely discrete set of laws and exemptions from laws has been put in place by those in the uppermost reaches of the US financial system. It allows them to protect and increase their wealth and significantly affect the US political and legislative processes.
They have real power and real wealth. Ordinary citizens in the bottom 99.9% are largely not aware of these systems, do not understand how they work, are unlikely to participate in them, and have little likelihood of entering the top 0.5%, much less the top 0.1%….
… the American dream of striking it rich is merely a well-marketed fantasy that keeps the bottom 99.5% hoping for better and prevents social and political instability. The odds of getting into that top 0.5% are very slim and the door is kept firmly shut by those within it.”
To get into the top economic 0.01% (one-hundredth of one percent) of the population, you have to have a household income of over $27 million per year.
If you look at some of the central players who caused this economic crisis, you will see that they are among this Economic Elite group.
Former Goldman Sachs CEO and Bush Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson had already amassed at least $700 million prior to moving to the US Treasury in 2006. Current Goldman Sachs CEO Lloyd Blankfein and a few other top executives at Goldman Sachs just received $111.3 million in bonuses. Blankfein just took home $24.3 million, as part of a $67.9 million bonus he was awarded. Goldman’s President Gary Cohn took home $24 million, as part of a $66.9 million bonus he was awarded. Goldman’s CFO David Viniar and former co-president Jon Winkelried both took home over $20 million in bonuses.
Citigroup CEO Vikram Pandit just took home $80 million, in what may eventually total more than $200 million in compensation and bonuses. Coming in at the top of the list is JP Morgan Chase CEO Jamie Dimon, who just took home $90 million.
dimon-blankfein.jpg
If you think people in this income level don’t control the US political process, you are not paying attention. After they caused this economic crisis, they got the government to give them trillions of dollars in taxpayer support, and then, after taking our tax dollars, they gave themselves all-time record-breaking bonuses. 2009 was an all-time record-breaking year for Wall Street executives bringing in a total of $145 billion. And then, in 2010, they raised the bar even higher, breaking the all-time record set the year before by pulling in another $149 billion. The audacity of it all is stunning.
Finding people more grotesquely greedy than Wall Street executives would seem to be impossible. However, health insurance CEOs are giving them a run for their money. As the LA Timesreported:
“Leaders of Cigna, Humana, UnitedHealth, WellPoint and Aetna received nearly $200 million in compensation in 2009, according to a report, while the companies sought rate increases as high as 39%….
H. Edward Hanway, former chief executive of Philadelphia-based Cigna, topped the list of high-paid executives, thanks to a retirement package worth $110.9 million. Cigna paid Hanway and his successor, David Cordani, a total of $136.3 million last year….
Ron Williams, the CEO of Hartford, Conn.-based Aetna Inc., earned nearly $18.2 million in total compensation, down from $24.4 million in 2008.”
Aetna CEO Ron Williams has recovered from his down year in 2009 by making $72 million in 2010.
Given this level of obscene profiteering within the health care industry, it is not surprising that Americans pay more for medical care than any other nation in the world. In fact, Americans are forced to pay twice as much as most nations, and get lower quality care in return. As health insurance companies admitted, they have been reaping windfall profits because people with health insurance plans still cannot afford to go to the doctors and have stopped going unless it is an absolute emergency. With well over 50 million people unable to afford health insurance and the skyrocketing costs, it is not surprising that over 60% of all personal bankruptcies are the result of medical bills. In fact, 75% of the medical bankruptcies filed are from people who have health insurance.
Within this Economic Elite group, you also have the war profiteering oil companies, which themselves are in large part owned by the big Wall Street banks. The biggest five oil companies, while gas prices have been skyrocketing, reaped $36 billion in profit last quarter. These companies also receive an average of $6 billion per year in tax subsidies.
VII :: Tax Breaks For The Rich, Budget Cuts For The Rest Of Us
To further demonstrate how the mega-wealthy have seized control our political process, consider that the richest 400 Americans paid 30% of their income in taxes in 1995, but they now payonly 18%.
In fact, 1,470 Americans earned over $1 million in 2009 and didn’t pay any taxes.
The average tax rate for millionaires was 22.4% in 2009, down from 30.4% in 1995. The average millionaire saves $136,000 a year due to reduced tax rates.
Looking at the tax rate from a long-term perspective, the amount of money the richest people and most profitable corporations pay in taxes has fallen dramatically since 1955. Corporate tax accounted for 27.3% of federal revenue in 1955. In 2010, corporate tax accounted for only 8.9%of federal revenue. Corporate taxes accounted for 4.3% of overall GDP in 1955, in 2010 they accounted for only 1.3%.
Part Three :: The Perfect Storm Overhead:
(Inequality = Debt = Austerity = Civil Unrest = Inflation + Deflation = Stagflation)
The cuts in taxes for the mega-wealthy have led to record wealth inequality and resulted in a record national deficit. Meanwhile, to make up for the deficit that the richest one-tenth of one percent of the population has created, Democrats and Republicans are committed to making draconian budget cuts to vital social services, which target the poor, middle class, elderly and sick, while handing out billions more in corporate welfare annually. (Inequality = Debt = Austerity)
Just as the government has done, to make up for tax revenue lost to the mega-wealthy, Americans have made up for the decline in income by taking on large amounts of debt as well. (Inequality = Debt)
In a severely unequal society, massive debt will always be created, thus forming a vicious cycle of increasing inequality and increasing debt, until the fragmentation of society reaches a breaking point when those in debt cannot afford to pay back their debts without starving to death. We are now reaching that breaking point. (Inequality = Debt = Austerity = Civil Unrest)
VIII :: Debt Slavery
The Indentured Servant Has Become The Indebted Citizen
As for statistics on Americans being buried in financial debt, the indentured servant has evolved into the indebted citizen. As mentioned before, from 1990 – 2010 costs of living have increased 67%, while wages have stagnated and declined. As the national debt has reached a record $14.6 trillion, total personal debt is now over $16 trillion. Consumer debt is $2.5 trillion. Credit card debt is $805 billion and student debt now exceeds $1 trillion.
Obviously, the more severe your debts are, the more you have to cut back in spending and the less money you have to buy new items. (Debt = Austerity)
Meanwhile, a perfect storm circles overhead as society breaks down and falls into an economic death spiral – health care, food and gas costs are skyrocketing, while income and home values are plummeting. (Inflation + Deflation = Stagflation)
Given these conditions, it is not surprising that over 250 million Americans, another record-breaking number, are currently living paycheck-to-paycheck struggling to make ends meet.
IX :: Inflation
The following charts, from Advisor Perspectives, show the increase in costs of living since 2000:
As you can see, the price of basic necessities are consistently increasing, only clothing (apparel) has declined. The second chart highlights the crucial skyrocketing cost of energy:
The third chart highlights the pernicious skyrocketing cost of education:
The cost of education essentially buries a young person in a debt that they will spend a significant portion of their life attempting to get out of. Given the increasing costs of living, and the decreasing ability to make an expected income from such an expensive level of education, this young demographic will most likely live an entire life locked into spiraling levels of debt that they will never be able to get out of.
Propaganda Inflation
When reporting on inflation, the Bureau of Labor Statistics has twice, since 1980, revised their methodology to mask the severity of inflation, similar to how they mask the severity of unemployment. In their Consumer Price Index (CPI), which measures inflation, they have heavily discounted the measurement weight of energy, food and education – three of the most significant costs for most American households.
To understand the significance in their revised methodology, current “official” CPI is at a 3.6% annual rate. However, if calculated the way it was before former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan altered it in 1980, it would be 11.1%, three times worse than officially stated.
So while the government and the Federal Reserve claim that inflation is low, at 3.6% over the past year, food prices have increased 39% and US gas prices have increased 34% over the same time frame.
The increase in gas cost over the past one-year masks the severity of total gas price inflation, which is currently 125% more expensive since December 2008, increasing from $1.67 per gallon to $3.75.
The Hidden Tax
The Federal Reserve’s strategic policy known as Quantitative Easing (QE) has been a significant factor in the rising cost of basic necessities by deliberately stimulating inflation, while decreasing the value of the dollar. Looking at their recent QE2 program, the dollar lost 7.5% of its value from January 2010 through March 2010. From August 2010 through March 2011, the dollar lost 17%of its value. To understand how this acts as a hidden tax, consider if you had $10,000 in the bank, over this time frame you would have lost $1700 in purchasing power. So your $10,000 would now be worth $8300. At the same time, the cost of gas and food drastically increased.
The Phantom Recovery
By decreasing the value of the dollar, the Federal Reserve is also inflating the stock market by creating the impression that stock prices are rising, which, when measured in dollars, they have. However, in real terms, their overall value has decreased. To understand how deceptive this strategy has been in giving the appearance of a rising market, instead of measuring overall stock value in dollars, let’s look at their overall value when measured in terms of gold:
Dow/Gold Chart from January 1, 2003 – August 8, 2011
As investor Michael Krieger explains:
“You can see from the chart above the downtrend of stock prices in real terms is completely intact and they have now hit a new low, below the previous low point in March 2009. In fact, although stocks did temporarily rise in real terms from the low in 2009 for the year as a whole, they were still down 5% in real terms. Then last year, stocks were 14% lower in terms of gold. Finally, despite a brief rally early in 2011, stocks in terms of gold are down 23% year-to-date.”
Dollar Vs. Gold
When comparing the value of the dollar to the value of gold, the dollar has lost a stunning 84% of its value since 2000. In 2000, gold was worth $279 per ounce, as of August 8, 2011, gold is $1,725 per ounce. In fact, the dollar continues to fall in value while gold continues to rise.
Stagflation
All these factors together create a perfect storm of stagflation. As 90% of Americans experience income declines, and the value of the dollar declines, the price of necessities are rising, while the one major asset many Americans have, a house, is also declining in value. Already, thanks to declining home values, 28% of US homeowners owe more on their mortgages than their home is currently worth. With 10.4 million American families having lost their homes to foreclosure since 2007, Amherst Securities, a leading broker/dealer focused on mortgage-related investments, estimates that another 10.8 million homes are at risk of default over the next six years. This will obviously continue downward pressure on home values.
X :: The Beaten Masses
Confronted With Severe Financial Hardship, Why Do Americans Remain Passive?
With an unprecedented sum of wealth, tens of trillions of dollars, held within the top one-tenth of one percent of the US population, we now have the highest and most severe inequality of wealth in US history. Not even the Robber Barons of the Gilded Age were as greedy as the modern day Economic Elite.
As famed American philosopher John Dewey once said, “There is no such thing as the liberty or effective power of an individual, group, or class, except in relation to the liberties, the effective powers, of other individuals, groups or classes.”
In The Economic Elite Vs. The People, I reported on the strategic withholding of wealth from 99% of the US population over the past generation. Since the mid-1970s, worker production and wealth creation has exploded. As the statistics throughout this report prove, the dramatic increase in wealth has been almost entirely absorbed by the economic top one-tenth of one percent of the population, with most of it going to the top one-hundredth of one percent.
If you are wondering why a critical mass of people desperately struggling to make ends meet are still not fighting back with overwhelming force and running the mega-wealthy aristocrats out of town, let’s consider two significant factors:
1) People are so busy trying to maintain their current standard of living that their energies are consumed by holding on to the little that they have left.
2) People have very little understanding of how much wealth has been consolidated within the top economic one-tenth of one percent.
Considering the first factor, it is obvious that people have become beaten down psychologically and financially. A report in the Guardian entitled, “Anxiety keeps the super-rich safe from middle-class rage,” suggests that people are so desperate to hold on to what they have that they are too busy looking down to look up: “As psychologists will tell you, fear of loss is more powerful than the prospect of gain. The struggling middle classes look down more anxiously than they look up, particularly in recession and sluggish recovery.”
Considering the second factor, people do not understand how much wealth has been withheld from them. The average person has never personally experienced or seen the excessive wealth and luxury that the mega-rich live in. Wealth inequality has grown so extreme and the wealthy have become so far removed from average society, it is as if the rich exist in some outer stratosphere beyond the comprehension of the average person. As the Guardian report mentioned above also states:
“… having little daily contact with the rich and little knowledge of how they lived, they simply didn’t think about inequality much, or regard the wealthy as direct competitors for resources. As the sociologist Garry Runciman observed: ‘Envy is a difficult emotion to sustain across a broad social distance.’… Even now most underestimate the rewards of bankers and executives. Top pay has reached such levels that, rather like interstellar distances, what the figures mean is hard to grasp.”
In fact, the average American vastly underestimates the severe wealth disparity that we currently have. This survey, featured in the NY Times, reveals that Americans think our society is far more equal than it actually is:
“In a recent survey of Americans, my colleague Dan Ariely and I found that Americans drastically underestimated the level of wealth inequality in the United States. While recent data indicates that the richest 20 percent of Americans own 84 percent of all wealth, people estimated that this group owned just 59 percent – believing that total wealth in this country is far more evenly divided among poorer Americans.
What’s more, when we asked them how they thought wealth should be distributed, they told us they wanted an even more equitable distribution, with the richest 20 percent owning just 32 percent of the wealth. This was true of Democrats and Republicans, rich and poor – all groups we surveyed approved of some inequality, but their ideal was far more equal than the current level.”
Here is a chart showing the results from their survey:
The fact of the matter is that the overwhelming majority of US population is unaware of the vast wealth at hand. An entire generation of unprecedented wealth creation has been concealed from 99% of the population for over 35 years. Having never personally experienced or known of this wealth, the average American cannot comprehend what is possible if even a fraction of it was used for the betterment of society as a whole.
In fact, given modern technology and wealth, not a single American citizen should live in poverty. The statistics clearly demonstrate that we now live in a Neo-Feudal society. In comparison to the wealthiest one-tenth of one percent of the population, who are sitting on top of tens of trillions of dollars in wealth, we are modern day serfs, essentially propagandized peasants.
The fact that the overwhelming majority of Americans are struggling to get by, while tens of trillions of dollars are consolidated within a small fraction of the population, is a crime against humanity.
The day the average American fully comprehends how much wealth is consolidated within just the top one-tenth of one percent of the population, there will be a massive uprising and all the paid off politicians will be run out of town.
The next time you are stressed out, struggling to make ends meet and pay off your debts, just think about the trillions of dollars sitting in the obscenely bloated pockets of one-tenth of one percent of the population. The first step in overcoming your peasant status is to understand that you are indeed a peasant. This is a bitter pill to swallow and most will prefer to, as they have been conditioned to do, continue on their path of media-induced delusion, denial, apathy and ignorance.
However, I still cling to the hope that once enough people become aware of this hidden and obscured fact, we can have the non-violent revolution we so urgently need. Until then, the rich get richer as a critical mass with increasingly dire economic prospects desperately struggles to make ends meet.
Part Four :: Fascism in America
Other than driving large segments of the American population into poverty, and pushing the majority into massive debt and a state of financial desperation, there is an ever darker side to what is unfolding today. The Economic Elite have turned America into a modern day fascist state.
Fascism is a very powerful word which evokes many strong feelings. People may think that the term cannot be applied to modern day America. However, as Benito Mussolini once summed it up: “Fascism should more properly be called corporatism, since it is the merger of state and corporate power.” In the early 1900s, the Italians who invented the term fascism also described it as “estato corporativo,” meaning: the corporate state.
Very few Americans would argue the fact that corporations now control our government and have the dominant role in our society. Through a system of legalized bribery – campaign finance, lobbying and the revolving door between Washington and corporations – the most power global corporations dominant the legislative and political process like never before. Senator Huey Long had it right when he warned: “When fascism comes to America, it will come in the form of democracy.”
As President Franklin D. Roosevelt once described fascism: “The liberty of a democracy is not safe if the people tolerate the growth of private power to a point where it comes strong than their democratic state itself. That, in its essence, is fascism — ownership of government by an individual, by a group, or any controlling private power.”
The most blatant modern example of this was the bailout of Wall Street, when the “too big to fail” banks got politicians to promptly hand out trillions of tax dollars in support and subsidies to the very people who caused the crisis, without any of them being held accountable.
XI :: Modern Day Slavery
Another shocking example of how far we have descended into fascism is the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), which is a group of corporate executives who literally write government legislation. They have gone as far as setting up a system that imprisons the poor and then puts them to work, instead of paying living wages to non-imprisoned workers. Make no mistake, this is a modern day system of slavery unfolding before our eyes.
At the leadership of ALEC and various other Economic Elite organizations, poverty has essentially become a crime. To demonstrate these attacks against the poor, there was $17 billion cut from public housing programs, while there was an increase of $19 billion in programs for building prisons, “effectively making the construction of prisons the nation’s main housing program for the poor.” Before laws began to be rewritten in 1980, with direct input from ALEC, we had a prison population of 500,000 citizens. After laws were rewritten to target poor inner city citizens with much more severe penalties, the US prison population skyrocketed to 2.4 million people.
We now have the largest prison population in the world. With only 4% of the world’s population, we have 25% of the world’s prison population. As I reported previously, in a report entitled, “American Gulag: World’s Largest Prison Complex“:
“The US, by far, has more of its citizens in prison than any other nation on earth. China, with a billion citizens, doesn’t imprison as many people as the US, with only 308 million American citizens. The US per capita statistics are 700 per 100,000 citizens. In comparison, China has 110 per 100,000. In the Middle East, the repressive regime in Saudi Arabia imprisons 45 per 100,000. US per capita levels are equivalent to the darkest days of the Soviet Gulag.”
XII :: The Death Toll
The dramatic increase in poverty has obviously torn many families apart and caused a devastating psychological toll, but consider the increase in deaths as a result of poverty and severe wealth inequalities. This is a very difficult statistic to accurately measure, but Columbia University’s School of Public Health conducted an intensive examination of mortality and medical data and estimated that “875,000 deaths in the US in 2000 could be attributed to a cluster of social factors bound up with poverty and income inequality.”
As a report by Debra Watson sums up the study, “There is no reason to believe, after a decade that has seen sustained attacks on social programs and consistently high unemployment rates, that the social mortality rate has declined. On the contrary, it has likely risen.” Indeed, poverty and income inequality have skyrocketed since 2000.
Now, let’s consider the fact that, according to the Census Bureau, 31.1 million people lived in poverty in 2000, and according to Columbia’s study 875,000 deaths came as a result. This means that 1 out of every 35.5 people living in poverty die annually as a result of their impoverishment. If you extrapolate this data to the 2009 total of 52.8 million people living in poverty, you get an estimate of 1,486,338 deaths within that year. Even if you use the lower poverty totals from the Census Bureau, 43.6 million people, you get an estimate of 1,228,169 deaths in 2009.
XIII :: Deliberate Systemic Attacks
The dramatic increase in economic inequality and poverty, along with the unprecedented rise in wealth within the top one-tenth of one percentof the population has not happened by mistake. It is the designed result of deliberate governmental and economic policy. It is the result of the richest people in the world, and the “too big to fail” banks, using the campaign finance and lobbying system to buy off politicians who implement policies designed to exploit 99.9% of the population for their financial gain. To call what is happening a “financial terrorist attack” on the United States, is not using hyperbole, it is the technical term for what is currently occurring.
Compare the million people who die annually as a result of these economic attacks, to the 2,977 that died on 9/11. As someone who lived three blocks from the World Trade Center, as tragic as 9/11 was, these economic attacks are much more severe and damaging to us as a nation, albeit a much slower and unseen death toll. Nonetheless, the result is of genocidal proportions. One can statistically compare the economic attacks on the US to the invasion of Iraq, which some estimate as leading to one million deaths. Once again, many of those deaths came in brutal and spectacular fashion in bombing campaigns known as “shock and awe.” However, the death toll compares to the hidden brutality of a four-year campaign of economic “shock and awe.” Just as Iraq was invaded, the US has been invaded by a global banking cartel.
As shocking as that is to realize, consider that this is happening throughout the world. While the US poverty death rate is probably higher than in most European countries, the Federal Reserve’s economic policies — along with policies from the International Monetary Fund, World Bank and Bank of International Settlements — have caused rioting and uprisings over skyrocketing food prices and costs of living throughout the world. The fact of the matter, and very harsh and unfortunate reality of this crisis, is that the global economic central planners are deliberately carrying out genocidal economic policies.
As Che Guevara, a man who took on the global financial elite, once said, “The amount of poverty and suffering required for the emergence of a Rockefeller, and the amount of depravity that the accumulation of a fortune of such magnitude entails, are left out of the picture, and it is not always possible to make the people in general see this.”
When tens of trillions of dollars deliberately flow to the top economic one-tenth of one percent of the global population, while large percentages live in poverty, you have to conclude, in technical terms, that a Neo-Feudal-Fascist state is upon us. The rich have never been richer, while their paid off politicians make budget cuts for the poor and middle class, and cause the cost of basic necessities to skyrocket.
Submit
You can call me extreme, but the reality of this is extreme, these people, the global economic top one-tenth of one percent, are genocidal fascists carrying out a holocaust. Fascism has evolved. There is no need to get blood on your hands while rounding up people and putting them into concentration camps when you can do it through economic policy while sitting in a jacuzzi on a corporate jet, or in a three-piece custom-made Armani, completely detached and insulated from the world in which you plunder.
However, as what happens with all empires, greed and arrogance makes them overreach. The beaten down masses get to a point where they literally can’t live under these conditions. This desperation spreads throughout the population until it reaches a critical mass, then, suddenly, they rise up and the empire begins to collapse… Tunisia, Algeria, Egypt, Israel, (Northern Africa, the Middle East), Albania, Greece, Spain, Britain (Europe), Wisconsin…
The Economic Elite are overreaching and their empire is collapsing.
The decentralized global rebellion has begun…
Welcome to World War III.
Which side of history do you want to be on?
As a wise old friend once said, “You can’t be neutral on a moving train.”
– David DeGraw is the founder and editor of AmpedStatus.com. His long-awaited book, The Road Through 2012: Revolution or World War III, will finally be released on September 28th. He can be emailed at David[@]AmpedStatus.com. You can follow David’s reporting daily on his new personal website: DavidDeGraw.org
JUST A RANDOM EXCERPT:
Subject: A Short Compilation of American Complicity in the New Fascist State…
First Off, A Quote:
What a majority of the electorate, including supporters of corporations/capitalism fails to understand is where we really are: owned and operated by multinational corporations that hold absolutely no allegiance to any nation, Constitution or system of moral authority. Corporations who pick our leaders, buy our representatives, count our votes without oversight or confirmation, taint our food and foul our water and air, sicken our workers and benefit from their deaths. The corporations’ allegiance is to only money; nothing else. They pay little or no taxes, yet they impose policy and write laws to limit our power and unleash theirs.” (Griffon)
The Failure of the American people to Recognize, Realize, to even momentarily Acknowledge this corporate dominance or, TakeOver, IS the American Way. Total Ignorance. Total Hypocrisy. Total Injustice. This IS the American Way.
I disagree with any and all forms of corporate governance.
I disagree with American Imperialism.
I disagree with American Aggression, American Invasions and American Occupations.
I disagree with WAR; And, further, I disagree with All Instruments used for War.
The Corporate-controlled Media; the outright Propaganda Campaigns, all of which are designed to thoroughly obfuscate any Truth; any knowledge, Any awareness of the so-called Leaders’ actual policies and Laws that have been passed behind the backs of nearly all US citizens. Laws designed to ensure…Profit.
I despise Trickery in all forms; U.S. Government Propaganda is Nothing but Outright Lies and Total Deceit; Treachery and Treason; Bribery and Extortion; Theft and Fraud; Hypocrisy and MORE LIES. And More WAR.
I disagree with the vast network of other U.S. Tools used, such as the IMF and the World Bank; All Tools designed, formed and implemented SOLELY to impudently STEAL the resources of other presumably sovereign nations.
I disagree with any government that so blatantly represents the War Interests, Banking Interests, Corporate Interests and the appalling and ghastly wealth therein;
I disagree with Any Person, Any Group of Persons; Any who Represent Interests Above, Over, and in direct Opposition to the interests of the Common Good, ALL the people; “We the People,” the Tax-paying citizens of the United States; The Un-Represented; The Under-represented. That’s US indeed.
It is simply criminal and totally contemptible how any government “employees” are conducting themselves. And let us remember the fact that these “employees” are there ONLY to represent OUR interests; The interests of the Common Good; The interests of the United States’ Citizenry. The TAXPAYERS..
These government agencies and the elected workers within them are decidedly NOT elected to be mere props who LIE to the citizens. And who represent, de facto, the Corporate interests.
It is MOST egregious, indeed, that ANY government would represent, to the point of collaboration, Wealthy Corporations directly at the Enormous expense {THEFT] of the average U.S. Citizen, not to mention the poor, the needy, the elderly, the working-poor, the disabled and the obliterated Middle-Class-Cum-Slave-Class.
The facts, however, remain. The sole function, the Raison D’être, for every form of government is to represent the common interest of the electorate. Therefore, it is indeed AMORAL and utterly unconscionable what government “officials” are in FACT doing to…WE THE PEOPLE, the very ones who’ve apparently been naive enough to have entrusted these “people” in OUR Government to “DO THE RIGHT THING.”
America is in no way, shape or form “civilized;” America is One Gigantic, Laughable LIE and I will no longer support or endorse such a disgracefully corrupt and decidedly Callous, Blind, and Racist [joke of a] government.
My solution is as follows, but requires action of all citizens:
1. Stop paying All taxes: Local, State, Federal
2. Stop paying All Bank Debt
3. Stop paying All “Insurance” companies
4. Withdraw All Monies from Insolvent Banks
5. Stop working for slave-wages
Peaceful, non-violent demonstrations EN MASSE to DEMAND that each member, in each branch of this government, vacate their positions at once.
Here is a sample letter to government representatives stating intent:
Letter to Representative Lois Capps, D-CA
Ms. Capps, You are included in the following statement, by your abject incompetence; your total refusal to address the systemic failure of this government; and your total and willful ignorance of any and all real issues, along with your continued insistence on focusing instead on trifling, insignificant non-issues.
Thus, Ms. Capps, you are very much a part of the problem:
It is abundantly clear that the U.S. government, including the entire Congress, the entire “Judicial” system, and all other government agencies that clearly do not represent “We the People.” In fact, the U.S. government is wholly owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the Corporations, in cahoots with the Banks and the Wall Street Quislings, that have enthroned themselves to UnChecked POWER. This is known as Corporatism. Look it up for yourselves.
I am, therefore, calling for all of you, each and every other member of each and every branch of this horribly failing government; I am calling on YOU to remove yourselves at once, unceremoniously and without protest, from your career seats of total DISGRACE and thorough INJUSTICE.
Sincerely,
CM
A Bit On Brainwashing:
Brainwashing through Propaganda uses fear tactics; Communism, Socialism, Terrorism; We are all force-fed outright LIES from the cradle to the grave.
I think that the most apt term is Brainwashed. Yes, brainwashing has been used throughout the ages via a myriad of tactics; One is Patriotism, Nationalism; Being taught that America (or which ever country) is Great, Superior; Also, it builds a military that won’t ask questions as they are deluded into thinking that they are Patriots and Heroes.
By the way, off topic but still a fact is that, regarding the Boston Bombings and any other act of violence, including shooting sprees in schools or anywhere else, Specifically regarding the Empire of the United States, the questions in my mind are as follows:
What creates such violent acts and hatred toward America and Americans? What turns people anywhere toward Radicalization/Fundamentalism? As I observe, it is U.S. policies, both domestic and foreign. Examples? Countless. E.g.
Imposing Oppression and Dominance through sheer brute force;
Constant Invasions and Constant War in “strategic” countries, i.e. OIL, for one;
Impudent Theft, Plunder, i.e. Stealing, other nation’s resources, using tools such as the World Bank, IMF for extraction; And, by the way, the leaders of these countries who won’t go with the U.S. program are simply overthrown or, um, Assassinated.
So, it is indeed U.S. foreign policies that are both directly and indirectly responsible for attacks on the United States. U.S. Policies incentivize war and the Military Industrial Complex is entrenched and massively profitable.
As for U.S. Domestic policies, all which increasingly say “to hell with the people,” i.e. US, do in fact lead directly to Ignorance, Hopelessness, Poverty, and many other societal ills, all of which in turn, lead to violence, crime, including the epidemic shootings, and many other acts of violent by both American citizens and foreigners.
As a matter of fact, more “Austerity” measures, if the “officials” are serious about these tactics, will, of course lead directly to much more crime, more violence, more horrible acts of desperation; All of which leads me to believe that the Powers that Be are systematically and deliberately engineering mass genocide. As if to say, let them all DIE OFF, whether in the ghettos, on the battlefields, in the prison yards, the message is becoming quite clear indeed.
Cheers,
Christina Marlowe
Date: November 22, 2012 6:29:26 PM PST
Subject: Fwd: Urgent Letter from a Concerned Citizen…To the GOP
I am a citizen of arguably one of the most imperialistic nations in history, The United States of America. STOP the war mongering NOW. Pull the Plug on the WAR Profiteers, all of whom should be EXECUTED in a Public Forum for WAR CRIMES. Bring the poor sods who’ve been duped into thinking that they are “Patriotic” “Heroes” home. YOU go fight your OWN filthy, venal and endless wars.
Read an elementary history book; America is constantly in danger of attacks by foreign countries because it is AMERICA that reaches it’s filthy tentacles around the globe, impudently stealing other countries’ resources, literally enslaving and Repeatedly RAPING the people; All whilst forcing it’s vile form of dictatorship and twisted, loathsome and hypocritical “values,” onto innocent victims everywhere on this godforsaken planet. And in the name of “DEMOCRACY.” What a FARCE.
By the way, thanks to YOUR OWN Foreign Policies, the walleyed, deranged, fanatical lunatics of the Middle East really did win!! Those filthy dirtbags sought to destroy this godforsaken country and they did it!! But certainly not without the very clear encouragement and the explicit goading of the U.S. government, each and every step of the way.
US foreign policy incentivizes ghastly Wars; And the very Military Industrial Complex that Eisenhower warned AGAINST is entrenched and massively profitable. The United States is NOT an innocent VICTIM; Indeed the low-down bastards that have willfully and intentionally squandered every single DECENT thing that has been fought for in the last 100 years, had been ASKING FOR IT.
How can a WAR-MONGERING country, the UNITED STATES, expect to keep on spreading it’s pathological LIES all across the entire world without any protest?!? Well, thanks largely to America’s astonishingly ignorant, wildly misinformed, downright stupid, self-righteous, sanctimonious, voting base, it’s really no wonder; Just like Pavlov’s dog, “Patriotic” [delusional] fools keep right on electing Psychopaths into the seats of POWER. Decade after decade.
The United States of America has been ultimately over-reaching it’s filthy, greedy, witless and stunningly shortsighted tentacles all over the globe by ANY MEANS NECESSARY, usually by way of UNENDING QUAGMIRES in the most UNSTABLE parts of the world for total extraction (STEALING) of any resource possible in order to satiate America’s insatiable appetite for so-called GREATNESS. Well, Oscar Wilde wrote, “Patriotism is a Virtue of the Vicious.” And Winston Churchill said, “The best argument AGAINST Democracy is a five-minute conversation with the average voter.” They were both right.
The fact of the matter is that America, Land of the FREE, Land of OPPORTUNITY; What a JOKE. The FACT is that America ranks at the VERY BOTTOM of every imaginable demographic chart, Well below every other “developed” country in the world. America is now on par with Cameroon, Uganda, the Ivory Coast of Africa in Wealth and income INEQUALITY. Welcome to America!! Thanks a lot, morons.
Furthermore, you in the Republican Party particularly, repeatedly and emphatically state that you do not want people, no matter their circumstance, dependent on the government; Dependent on the government for health care, dependent on the government for food, dependent on the government, period. You are self-proclaimed “rugged, pull-yourselves-up-by-the-bootstraps Individualists;” Freedom Fighters; “Liberty Patriots,” etc., etc, etc.So!! Is it really that you do not Realize that indeed it is You yourselves who are totally reliant, yes, Dependent–on the very government in which you publicly denounce? Yes, It is You government Hacks that spend every worthless waking hour campaigning to get right back on the Dole, all funded by US, the free-loading TAX PAYERS. I mean, really. Just admit it. You clamor endlessly to get your own free rides, just as you Deny all other, um, constituents, any and all benefits that you yourselves benefit.
Yes, you worse-than-useless parasites do enjoy mightily all your tax-payer funded lifetime health care benefits, limousines, fancy restaurants. living in your very own self-involved, self-centered and thoroughly Spoilt World of Utter Disgrace and Total Failure.
Indeed, You yourselves in this miserably failing government enjoy full, lifetime health care along with endless other benefits, all on the taxpayers dime, right as you continually fight to deny your own constituents, your own fellow citizens, the very so-called entitlements that which you yourselves benefit. How dare you!And so, to you I say this:I propose a simple and straightforward bit of legislation to be given to the citizens of the United States as a REFERENDUM vote:Retract entirely every single benefit that you hypocritical parasites in our miserably failing government, every benefit that you all enjoy on OUR, the taxpayers’, hard-earned dime.
First, No more free health care. And then you corrupt, mean-spirited and unconscionable government HUMPS would all have to do just as WE ALL MUST DO: buy grossly inflated, anti-American, inhumane for-profit health care “insurance,” (one of the biggest SCAMS in history) that covers nothing at all just when you need coverage most; and then, when one of you filthy, horrible Republicans or “Blue-Dog” Democrats gets sick and is denied coverage, let the insurance company CEO immediately and unceremoniously pull the plug.
Then, I myself will form a very long line of the wretched and the doomed, right up to the doorways and into your grand offices; And, THEN, please sirs, allow ME Personally to yank you forcibly out of those Grand offices, right by your well-coiffed hair, and straight out to the squalid streets of WE the PEOPLE; And then YOU can Fend for Yourselves…
GOOD LUCK!!
Mission Accomplished: The Reagan Occupation and the Destruction of the American Middle Class
by David Michael Green | June 25, 2010
Eighty years ago, something occurred in America that was never supposed to happen. An aristocrat came to the presidency and engineered a policy revolution that created a broad and prosperous middle class where it had not existed as such before.
To do this, Franklin Roosevelt and his party had to rewrite the existing rules of wealth redistribution in the United States such that the traditionally fantastically wealthy overclass (which had grown even fatter as the industrialism of the prior century concentrated wealth yet further) would become merely tremendously wealthy from that point forward, in order to leave enough for others to live a decent life.
Needless to say, this rankled the country club set, but, remarkably, they more or less made peace with this development during the early decades of the post-war era, and largely cooperated with the new economic order. So did their political representatives. The Eisenhower administration was the first chance after twenty years of the New Deal to dismantle the newly created American welfare state, and Ike not only refused to take that opportunity, but famously labeled those in his party who wanted to as “stupid”.
If Eisenhower, in his gray suit, black-and-white photos and de rigueur businessman’s hat from the era seems quaint today, so does his political restraint. By the 1980s that was ancient history, and remains so to this day, including through (and via) two Democratic presidencies now.
If Americans understood the real ambitions of Ronald Reagan and his puppeteers, and if they knew the degree to which the supposed patriotism of those folks extended beyond falsity and into the far darker waters of being an irritating irrelevance put on purely for show, then they would not only stop seeing Reagan as some sort of national hero, but would also understand that he instead launched a process far more equivalent to an invasion and occupation of this country.
The goal of the right – which cares about America about as much as it does about Burkina Faso – has been to restore the economic order last seen under Herbert Hoover, in which a tiny minority possess vast sums of wealth and there is (therefore) essentially no remaining middle class. It is nothing short of a breathtaking display of a world class greed, worthy of the ages.
It has also been a work of strategic genius (in much the same way one might appreciate the Germans’ engineering prowess in figuring out the logistics of how to mass murder ten or twelve million civilians in a year or two), one which has drawn upon deep psychological insights, absolutely sociopathic amoralism, and clever tactics that have all simultaneously pushed in the same direction. In plain English, they hired some politicians of hit-man level moral integrity, who then marshaled fear, insecurity, hate and deceit into a witch’s brew of self-destruction that would prove highly attractive to a large segment of the population already sinking from the effects of a global economic order rebalancing after decades of post-war American dominance.
Of course, you couldn’t just come right out and say, “Vote for me and I’ll give your money to people so rich they can’t even imagine what they’ll do with it (but they still demand to have it anyhow)”, so slightly more subtle tactics had to be employed. It is telling that the most honest thing Barack Obama ever said was when he thought there were no microphones in the room. But he was right when, at a presidential fundraiser in San Francisco he told the wine and cheese set that the right uses guns, god and gays (I would add Gaddafis) to scare people out of their money. I’ll believe that Republicans are serious about protecting heterosexual marriage on the day that you can’t find half of them prowling the gay bars of DC every night (and you don’t even want to know what the other half are into).
This bait-and-switch tactic worked perfectly well whenever it was applied. It didn’t hurt that the regressive Billy-Bobs who vote for these folks are as dumb as a tree. With bags of hammers for leaves. But stupid is really only the facilitating quality, and often one that is neither present nor required. What really drives this stuff is fear. If you can turn that into a loathing of fur’ners, fags, bitches, blackies and brownies, you got their vote. Then you can do what you really set out to accomplish in the first place. George W. Bush’s 2004 campaign was the paradigmatic example. All year he talked about jamming through a constitutional amendment to ban gay marriage. Big priority. Urgent national issue. The religitarded across America just about peed themselves, they were so excited. Then he gets elected and is brazen enough to announce that there’ll be no such effort, after all, and that his signature legislative initiative will be an attempt to hand over the fat Social Security pot of money to Goldman Sachs. The redneck dolts with their Bush/Cheney ’04 bumper-stickers didn’t know what to think. So, of course, they just didn’t.
Meanwhile, to say that this kleptocratic revolution worked really well is only untrue by means of the verb tense employed. It is still working really well. And the final leg of Reagan’s March to the Sea is now upon us. Chunks of middle class body parts have been hacked off, bit by bit, over the decades, ’til there’s little remaining anymore. Remember how they told us that ‘free trade’ wouldn’t decimate our jobs, our unions and our bargaining power? Is that why little old ladies serve Happy Meals at McDonald’s all across the country, assuming they’re lucky enough to get that job? Remember how they said that massive tax cuts for the wealthy would be ‘revenue neutral’ and would jump-start the economy? Which is confusing since the national debt doubled under George W. Bush, and then he proceeded to hand us the worst economy since the Great Depression. Remember how they told us that we needed to slash wasteful government spending on benefits? Now that we’ve become the ones who need those, they’re gone. Remember when they said that government is our enemy and corporations should be free to do whatever they want? You know, like spill oil or trade derivatives?
There’s another little trick that is about to become especially prominent in the coming years. When Reagan came to office and began his “voodoo economics” project of nearly quadrupling the national debt, after having promised to cut it instead, many people were puzzled by this. Personally, I figured that they just did the math and realized that in the real world (where governments sometimes live but campaigns rarely do) something simply had to give. If you slash tax revenues and massively increase military spending, guess what’s gonna happen to your budget? Others, however, saw a more nefarious game being played, and perhaps they were right. This is the idea that they intentionally ran up deficits so large that the national government would be forced to do what it otherwise would not, which is to slash spending on popular entitlements and other social programs.
Whether or not the conspiracy was real, it is the case that the federal government is running humongous deficits every year, which pile up further on the massive national debt. And it is also the case that we are now hearing a rising chorus on the right – especially from the tea party know-nothings – about slashing government spending as the top priority for Washington. Even though, according to the principles of Keynesian economics, this is the last thing we should be doing during a recession.
And, of course, something tells me that as the pinch is increasingly felt, the call for cuts won’t be in the domain of military spending, even though our allocation there is obscenely out of proportion to any imaginable threat in the world, and is roughly equal to what almost the entire rest of the world spends on defense – that’s one country equal to almost two hundred others, combined. I’m also guessing that we won’t be raising taxes on the wealthiest Americans either, even though they pay far less than they did in the pre-Reagan era, when the country was generally very prosperous, and even though they often pay a lower percentage in taxes than the secretaries and janitors who work for them. No, we can’t touch those folks.
Instead, the intense pressure now will be to finish the job of eviscerating the middle class and transferring every last nickel of their wealth to the oligarchs who fancy themselves masters of the universe. Unemployment insurance, for example. Never mind that we have ten percent official unemployment and closer to twenty percent in reality, or that whole cities like Detroit are being wiped out. The Republican minority in the Senate, along with the Democratic “moderates” there, are now refusing to extend expiring unemployment benefits (which are already a pittance when they exist). Nine hundred thousand laid-off workers have thus lost their meager sub-subsistence benefits, and that number will grow to more than a million-and-a-half in a few days now. Guess why. Because regressive senators – including John Kerry and Maria Cantwell – are holding unemployment insurance extensions hostage to protecting a loophole that allows wealthy fund managers to be taxed on their profits at an obscenely low percentage rate. How’s that for national priorities? How’s that for compassionate conservatism?
Next, inevitably, will come entitlements. Indeed, most of the states in the union are already heading that way, cutting pensions for employees. Not to mention certain low priority areas like education, which is getting slashed from California to New York. How long can it be before Medicare and Social Security are put on the chopping block? And why? Because we have our priorities good and straight, pal: a morbidly bloated military and pathetically low tax rates for the wealthiest among us comes first. Then, if we could somehow do it for free I suppose we could allow decent education, or health care, or retirement with dignity for our elders. But, of course, since that can’t be done without cost, those things must go.
The other strategic initiative now reaching fruition during the right’s three decade-long campaign to massively redistribute wealth in this country – literally, the crime of the century – is the evisceration of the state. This must be done (or, more accurately, it must be done in some respects but absolutely not in others) because the state is the only force capable of standing up to the power of concentrated wealth, and because the state sets the very rules by which such wealth either is or isn’t concentrated. It also must be done because the state nominally speaks for the public and the public interest, as against the private interest.
Since Reagan, regressive puppet politicians have been spouting anti-state rhetoric and sarcastic venom with increasing intensity. Saint Ron of Hypocrisy told us that government was the problem, not the solution, seemingly without noticing the irony of his massive military build-up or the government-enforced restrictions the right favors on everything from abortion to gay marriage to euthanasia. Now, as gutted and corrupted regulatory institutions have permitted massively harmful meltdowns ranging from Wall Street to coal mines to oil wells, we are forced to listen to sermons from those on the right about the incompetence of government. Well, yeah. If in fact you staff government regulatory bodies with industry shills who are explicitly ordered not to actually, er, regulate, and if you legislate away their power to effectively do so anyhow, and if you pulverize conscientious whistleblowers to within an inch of their lives, then guess what? That little bit of government will in fact be incompetent. In fact, it will be nearly as bad at the competence thing as, say, all the big banks on Wall Street (which had to be rescued by the, uh, government), or all the big auto companies in Detroit (ditto), or British Petroleum, or Enron, or the savings-and-loan industry, or…
And so, despite the astonishing illogic of it all, the American people now clamor for more harm to be brought upon themselves and more of their money to be looted for the further enrichment of the wealthiest one-tenth of one percent of the population. It certainly doesn’t help that the supposed “party of the people” is every bit as much a part of the problem as anyone else, and arguably far more so given the extra measure of disingenuousness involved. From NAFTA to WTO to welfare ‘reform’ to the Telecommunications Bill, Wall Street never had better friend in the White House than Bill Clinton. That is, until Barack Obama simply outright changed the address of Goldman Sachs’ headquarters to 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue. As we speak, the president and his party in Congress are busy gutting meaningful ‘reform’ of the shamelessly gluttonous finance industry, just as their masters have ordered them to do. And if you think Obama’s bad now, wait until after November. Like Clinton in 1994, he will take the trouncing he’s about to receive in the election as a signal to move even further to the right.
And thus the Reagan Occupation inches closer yet to a full-blown “mission accomplished”. The middle class is on its knees and shrinking fast. Unions have been broken into irrelevance. Government, supposedly an agent of the public interest, has become a complete tool of those it is meant to monitor. Both political parties are fully owned by the oligarchy. The public has been brainwashed into seeing its allies as enemies and its enemies as allies. We have been drained of hope that any actor on the horizon can come to our rescue.
Bad policy choices by self-serving politicians? Would that ’twere only thus.
We are occupied.
_______________
FOR NOW THAT’S IT.
https://www.infowars.com/covid-restrictions-mandatory-vaccines-outlawed-by-common-law-assembly/
In another example of pushback by citizens against draconian COVID-19 lockdown measures, a Canadian Common Law Assembly has passed a bylaw prohibiting COVID restrictions in several communities on Vancouver Island.
The Oceanside Common Law Assembly (OCLA) passed a public safety bylaw last month declaring that any government officials who attempt to enforce COVID restrictions, including mandatory distancing, masking, quarantines, and vaccinations in Parksville and Qualicum Beach may face fines and imprisonment.
“We made history tonight by putting power back in the hands of the people,” one of the bylaw’s authors reportedly said. “This is our answer to the police state and the COVID scam. We call on people everywhere to take the same step through their own Common Law Assemblies and Courts.”
Citing International law, the Assembly Bylaw states that these COVID regulations “are unlawful, unwarranted and medically unsound measures that threaten and assault the fundamental liberties, health and security of the people of our community … Therefore it is ordered that no-one is obligated to consent to or comply with any of these regulations … and anyone is free to actively resist and disobey such regulations and measures by any means necessary without fear of legal consequence.”
The Bylaw concludes by accusing anyone who tries to impose COVID regulations on the community as being part of a criminal conspiracy and threatens them with “penalties and imprisonment upon conviction by the Common Law Court of Parksville … All police authorities are expected and compelled by law to enforce this Bylaw or be charged with obstructing justice and democratic process.”
This comes as Virginia’s and New Jersey’s government has declared their intention to mandate the COVID-19 and flu vaccine, while the Australian government expands its coronavirus lockdown measures even as hospitalizations and death rates continue to fall.
The core issue is so called representative democracy itself.
Have as many elections as you like, the same kind of morally bankrupt scum will gain power. The stupid, selfish majority cannot recognise intelligence and only care about money. We cannot vote our way out of this.
And because nobody ever bothers to think about limitations of government power, they gain absolute power. They effectively own everyone in the “nation” who must obey or face state violence and deprivation of liberty. They can even kill us for crying out loud. Why does everybody subscribe to this lunacy when it is not necessary? We don’t have to draw an imaginary line around an area and choose somebody to rule over every aspect of everyone’s lives who happen to be located there. It is humankind’s uncritical faith in the idea of leadership which must die, along with the us vs. them mentality where we are trained to think it’s perfectly normal to compete for more than our fair share of resources, products and services.
Rich people are bad people. Politicians are dishonourable by nature.
By accepting that working, voting and shopping are our only participatory roles in society we are practically begging for totalitarianism.
“Australians” are getting what they chose, what they deserve.
The “nation state” is a flawed concept, a worthless product. Stop buying it.
Re Ms Manchester
this is what happens when u stick a usb memory stick up ur arse!!
a total stream of sh*te!!
..please write a book to clear your bowels next time